WO2023127331A1 - Peptide production method, protecting group removing method, removing agent, and benzyl compound - Google Patents

Peptide production method, protecting group removing method, removing agent, and benzyl compound Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2023127331A1
WO2023127331A1 PCT/JP2022/042265 JP2022042265W WO2023127331A1 WO 2023127331 A1 WO2023127331 A1 WO 2023127331A1 JP 2022042265 W JP2022042265 W JP 2022042265W WO 2023127331 A1 WO2023127331 A1 WO 2023127331A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
represented
peptide
solvent
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2022/042265
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
宗江 葛西
康嗣 下田
誠 佐藤
杏梨 上原
圭介 松浦
Original Assignee
株式会社トクヤマ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 株式会社トクヤマ filed Critical 株式会社トクヤマ
Priority to JP2022578817A priority Critical patent/JP7260725B1/en
Publication of WO2023127331A1 publication Critical patent/WO2023127331A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07CACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07C43/00Ethers; Compounds having groups, groups or groups
    • C07C43/02Ethers
    • C07C43/20Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring
    • C07C43/23Ethers having an ether-oxygen atom bound to a carbon atom of a six-membered aromatic ring containing hydroxy or O-metal groups
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K1/00General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length
    • C07K1/02General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length in solution
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07KPEPTIDES
    • C07K1/00General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length
    • C07K1/06General methods for the preparation of peptides, i.e. processes for the organic chemical preparation of peptides or proteins of any length using protecting groups or activating agents
    • YGENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02PCLIMATE CHANGE MITIGATION TECHNOLOGIES IN THE PRODUCTION OR PROCESSING OF GOODS
    • Y02P20/00Technologies relating to chemical industry
    • Y02P20/50Improvements relating to the production of bulk chemicals
    • Y02P20/55Design of synthesis routes, e.g. reducing the use of auxiliary or protecting groups

Definitions

  • One aspect of the present invention relates to a novel benzyl compound, particularly to a novel benzyl compound used in a peptide synthesis method using a tag synthesis method, and a peptide synthesis method using the benzyl compound.
  • Another aspect of the present invention is to efficiently capture a by-product having a fulvene skeleton generated during the deprotection reaction of a protective group having a fluorene skeleton in liquid-phase peptide synthesis, and to efficiently remove the by-product by washing. It also relates to methods, methods of producing peptides using the methods, and the like.
  • solid phase peptide synthesis method SPPS method
  • liquid phase peptide synthesis method LPPS method
  • the solid-phase peptide synthesis method purifies the peptide by filtering out unnecessary substances in the condensation reaction of amino acids, so that the peptide can be synthesized relatively easily, and therefore, it is suitable for the synthesis of long-chain peptides.
  • the solid-phase peptide synthesis method uses an excessive amount of amino acids and washing solvents, resulting in a high synthesis cost and is considered unsuitable for large-scale peptide synthesis.
  • liquid-phase peptide synthesis method is used for large-scale peptide synthesis.
  • the elongation of the peptide chain tends to become difficult when the peptide chain becomes long, and there is a problem in long-chain peptide synthesis.
  • the synthesis method is a method of synthesizing a peptide using a protective group soluble in a solution (a C-terminal protective group of an amino acid, hereinafter also referred to as a "tag").
  • a peptide is synthesized by binding amino acids to the tag possessed and sequentially repeating the elongation reaction.
  • this synthetic method by solidifying (for example, crystallizing) only the peptide bound to the tag at each elongation step, the solidified substance can be easily separated and purified.
  • a benzyl alcohol tag having linear alkyl groups each having 18 carbon atoms at the 3, 4, and 5 positions disclosed in Patent Document 4 and a tag at the 3 and 5 positions disclosed in Patent Document 2
  • the benzyl alcohol tags each having a linear alkyl chain of 22 carbon atoms have low solubility in organic solvents that satisfy the above conditions, and thus only precipitate from the reaction system during peptide synthesis. Moreover, it was often difficult to separate and purify the compound after the reaction.
  • Patent Document 3 describes an organic group having at least one aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one or more branched chains, a total number of branched chains of 3 or more, and a total carbon number of 14 or more and 300 or less. Branched chain-containing aromatic compounds having substituents are disclosed.
  • Patent Document 6 discloses a benzyl compound having a group containing a -O-Si- structure at its terminal.
  • the benzyl compound described in Patent Document 6 is highly soluble in organic solvents and can be effectively used for liquid phase synthesis.
  • the technique of using the Fmoc group as an amino group-protecting group of amino acids is often used.
  • a by-product derived from the Fmoc group dibenzofulvene (DBF)
  • DBF dibenzofulvene
  • a technique is known in which a reagent for removing DBF is used, and an adduct of DBF and a removing reagent (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as DBF-capture) is removed by liquid separation washing.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a method in which a thiol-containing carboxylic acid or a thiol-containing sulfonic acid is added during deprotection of an Fmoc group to generate a DBF-trapper, which is then removed by washing with an alkaline solution.
  • the thiol-containing carboxylic acid added as a scavenger reacts with the amino acid to produce a thioester. Since this thioester is an active ester, it may react with the amino group generated after removing Fmoc to form a double hit product.
  • the capture of DBF with a thiol compound reacts with the thiol structure at the side chain site of the cysteine residue contained in the peptide sequence, producing other byproducts. there is a risk of
  • Patent Document 2 DBF generated in the deprotection of the Fmoc group is reacted with a divalent or higher water-soluble amine (for example, N-methylpiperazine) to obtain a DBF-captured product, which is then removed by acidic liquid separation washing. method is described.
  • a divalent or higher water-soluble amine for example, N-methylpiperazine
  • Patent Document 9 and Non-Patent Document 4 disclose that the N-terminal Fmoc group is deprotected under basic conditions in the presence of a reagent such as diethylamine.
  • the branched chain-containing aromatic compound described in Patent Document 3 requires an expensive noble metal reduction catalyst such as platinum-carbon to produce the branched chain, so when applied to mass production, the cost increases. Therefore, there is room for improvement.
  • the benzyl compound described in Patent Document 6 has a possibility that the O—Si bond is cut under conditions such as acidic liquid separation, resulting in considerable decomposition, and there is room for improvement (see also Non-Patent Document 5). see).
  • a divalent or higher water-soluble amine is used, and there are operational problems such as the need to use a large amount of acid for neutralization.
  • water-soluble divalent amines represented by N-methylpiperazine and diethylamine used in Patent Document 10 and Non-Patent Document 4 have sufficient basicity. Therefore, when a water-soluble divalent amine is added for the purpose of inactivating amino acid active esters generated from surplus amino acids and condensing agents during the condensation reaction, an unintended deprotection reaction of the Fmoc group may proceed. There is As a result, other side reactions such as the formation of diketopiperazine may proceed.
  • one of the objects of the present invention is to solve the above problems and improve the solubility of the tag in organic solvents so that it can be precipitated or insolubilized during the peptide synthesis or during liquid separation after the reaction.
  • the object of the present invention is to provide a tag that does not contain a soluble tag, a method for producing the same, and a method for synthesizing a peptide using the tag.
  • one of the objects of the present invention is to suppress the formation of double-hit compounds and diketopiperazines, and to facilitate production of a compound having a fulvene skeleton, which is a by-product that can be generated after deprotection of a protective group having a fluorene skeleton. It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for removing a protective group, which enables easy separation of the trapped substance from the by-product, a method for producing a peptide comprising the step of removing the protective group, and an agent for removing the protective group.
  • the present inventors have made intensive studies to solve the above problems, and found that an aromatic ring compound having a substituent, or an alkyl group and an aralkyl group are introduced into a benzene ring having a benzyl alcohol via an oxyarene group.
  • the present inventors have found that a benzyl compound that is highly soluble in an organic solvent and highly hydrophobic can be provided, and completed one embodiment of the present invention.
  • benzyl compound according to one aspect of the present invention has the following formula (X1):
  • m Q 1 and Q 2 are each an oxygen atom
  • m R 1 are each independently an alkylene group
  • m R 2 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group
  • k R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom
  • X is a hydroxyl group
  • m is an integer of 2 or 3
  • k represents an integer from 0 to (5-m).
  • X1 is a benzyl compound (X1) represented by
  • the present inventors found that by using a highly hydrophobic tag in addition to being highly soluble in an organic solvent, peptides can be synthesized more uniformly in an organic solvent that is immiscible with the aqueous layer. Therefore, when unnecessary substances are removed by liquid separation through the aqueous layer after the reaction, the peptide bound to the tag does not precipitate or become insoluble, and the loss of the peptide bound to the tag to the aqueous layer is suppressed. Based on the idea that it might lead to an improvement in yield, the inventors conducted intensive studies.
  • benzyl compound according to one aspect of the present invention has the following formula (Y1):
  • m Q's each represent an oxygen atom
  • m R 1 are each independently represented by the following formula (YA):
  • R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , R 1d and R 1e each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 6
  • n 2 represents an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less
  • R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d are hydrogen atoms.
  • R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a halogen atom
  • X represents a hydroxyl group
  • m represents an integer of 2 or 3
  • k represents an integer of 0 or more (5-m) or less
  • At least one of m [QR 1 ] is substituted at the meta position with respect to the substituent containing X.
  • ] is a benzyl compound (Y1) represented by
  • the present inventors have made intensive studies and found that, among cyclic amines, a specific cyclic amine containing only one nitrogen atom in particular is used as a scavenger to obtain a fluorene skeleton such as an Fmoc group. Capturing a by-product having a fulvene skeleton such as DBF generated in the deprotection reaction of a protecting group having and separating the trapped body with the by-product from the reaction system can easily remove the by-product and completed one aspect of the present invention.
  • the method for producing a peptide according to one aspect of the present invention is In an organic solvent, an amino group-containing compound protected with a protective group having a fluorene skeleton at the N-terminus is brought into contact with a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1) to obtain a compound having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protective group. obtaining a capturing body in which the by-product and the capturing agent are bound; a step of separating the captured body obtained from the organic solvent; including, It is a peptide manufacturing method.
  • N is a nitrogen atom
  • H is a hydrogen atom
  • X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—
  • n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 )
  • R is the same as that of -OR above
  • R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded
  • n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2
  • m is an integer of 0 or
  • a method for removing a protecting group comprises, in an organic solvent, an amino group-containing compound whose N-terminus is protected with a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton, and a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1): and a step of contacting with to obtain a capturing body in which a by-product having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protecting group and the capturing agent are bound; a step of separating the captured body obtained from the organic solvent; including, A method for removing protecting groups.
  • N is a nitrogen atom
  • H is a hydrogen atom
  • X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—
  • n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 )
  • R is the same as that of -OR above
  • R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded
  • n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2
  • m is an integer of 0 or
  • the remover according to one aspect of the present invention is an agent for removing a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton, containing a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1) and a basic deprotecting agent.
  • N is a nitrogen atom
  • H is a hydrogen atom
  • X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—
  • n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 )
  • R is the same as that of -OR above
  • R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded
  • n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2
  • m is an integer of 0 or
  • a benzyl compound that has improved solubility in an organic solvent and that can be easily separated and purified after a peptide condensation reaction by liquid-liquid layer separation. can be done.
  • DBF can be easily captured and the DBF-captured body can be easily removed.
  • the cyclic amine used in the present invention has low basicity, unintended deprotection of the Fmoc group can be suppressed, and the progress of side reactions can be suppressed.
  • m represents the number of substituents (-[Q 1 -R 1 -Q 2 -R 2 ]).
  • m is an integer of 2 or 3;
  • the substituents (-[Q 1 -R 1 -Q 2 -R 2 ]) are preferably present at the 3- and 5-positions or at the 2- and 4-positions.
  • the two substituents (-[Q 1 -R 1 -Q 2 -R 2 ]) are more preferably present at the 2- and 4-positions.
  • m is 3 they are preferably present at adjacent positions.
  • the three substituents (-[Q 1 -R 1 -Q 2 -R 2 ]) are more preferably present at the 3-, 4- and 5-positions.
  • k represents the number of substituents (-R 3 ).
  • k is an integer of 0 or more and (5-m) or less. Specifically, when m is 2, k is an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, and when m is 3, k is an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less.
  • n Q 1 and Q 2 each represent an oxygen atom.
  • X represents a hydroxyl group.
  • R 1 is independently an alkylene group.
  • R 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and even more preferably 8 or more, from the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the peptide bound to the benzyl compound (X1) of the present invention in an organic solvent. Also, it is preferably 16 or less, more preferably 14 or less, and even more preferably 12 or less.
  • alkylene group examples include ethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, heptamethylene, octamethylene, nanomethylene, decamethylene, undecamethylene, dodecamethylene, tetra decamethylene group, tridecamethylene group, tetradecamethylene group, pentadecamethylene group, hexadecamethylene group and the like.
  • Each of m R 2 is independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • R 2 is an alkyl group having 5 to 28 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 5 to 28 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms and having a substituent.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and 7 or more from the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the peptide bound to the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment in an organic solvent. It is more preferably 28 or less, more preferably 24 or less, and even more preferably 22 or less.
  • alkyl group is a linear alkyl group (that is, an alkyl group having no branched chain) or an alkyl group having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains, and specifically, the following formula (XA ):
  • n1 is an integer of 0 or more and 16 or less
  • n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 16 or less.
  • n1 is an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less
  • n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 13 or less.
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d and R 2e are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is, for example, a halogen atom such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine.
  • At least two or more of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c and R 2d are hydrogen atoms.
  • groups represented by the formula (XA) include pentyl group, octyl group, isooctyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, undecyl group, dodecyl group, 1-methyl-1-dodecyl group, 1-methyl-1 -hexadecyl group, 1-ethyl-1-heptadecyl group, 1-propyl-1-decyl group, 1-butyl-1-decyl group, 2-methyl-1-dodecyl group, 2-methyl-1-hexadecyl group, 2 -butyl-1-octyl group, 2-butyl-1-dodecyl group, 2-butyl-1-octadecyl group, 2-hexyl-1-decyl group, 2-hexyl-1-dodecyl group, 2-heptyl-1- dodecyl group, 2-octyl-1-dodecyl group,
  • the alkyl group includes pentyl group, octyl group, isooctyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, undecyl group, dodecyl group, 2-butyl-1-octyl group, 2-hexyl-1-dodecyl group, 2-octyl- Preferred examples include 1-dodecyl group, 2-decyl-1-tetradecyl group, 2-dodecyl-1-hexadecyl group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably 5 or more, and preferably 6 or more, from the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the peptide bound to the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment in an organic solvent. is more preferable, 7 or more is more preferable, 28 or less is preferable, 24 or less is more preferable, and 22 or less is even more preferable.
  • the aryl substituent is preferably a substituent containing a halogen atom.
  • alkyl group examples include 6-phenyl-1-hexyl group, 8-phenyl-1-octyl group, 10-phenyl-1-decyl group, 12-phenyl-1-dodecyl group and the like.
  • the number of carbon atoms in the aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably 6 or more, and preferably 7 or more, from the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the peptide bound to the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment in an organic solvent. is more preferable, 8 or more is more preferable, 16 or less is preferable, 14 or less is more preferable, and 12 or less is even more preferable.
  • R 2 is preferably aryl having a substituent containing a halogen atom.
  • Halogen atoms include fluorine, chlorine and bromine, with fluorine being particularly preferred.
  • aryl group examples include a 3-trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 3,5-bistrifluoromethylphenyl group, a 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl group, a 2- isopropylphenyl group, 2,6-isopropylphenyl group, 2-sec-butylphenyl group, 5-isopropyl-2-methylphenyl group and the like.
  • Each of the k R3 's is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom.
  • R 3 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom.
  • Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group and the like, of which methyl group is particularly preferred.
  • alkoxy group examples include methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propyloxy group, isopropyloxy group, n-butyloxy group, tert-butyloxy group and the like, among which methoxy group is particularly preferred.
  • the halogen atom includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, of which the fluorine atom is particularly preferred.
  • benzyl compounds As the benzyl compound (X1) represented by the above formula (X1), compounds represented by the following formulas (X1A) to (X1D) can be mentioned as preferable ones in view of their usefulness.
  • the benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1A) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1) in which three substituents represented by the above formula (XB1) are substituted at positions 3, 4 and 5. (3,4,5-tris(11-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)undecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol).
  • the benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1B) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1) in which two substituents represented by the above formula (XB2) are substituted at positions 2 and 4. (2,4-bis((12-((2-octyldodecyl)oxy)dodecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol).
  • the benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1C) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1) in which three substituents represented by the above formula (XB2) are substituted at positions 3, 4 and 5.
  • the resulting compound (3,4,5-tris((12-((2-octyldodecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol)).
  • the benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1D) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1) in which two substituents represented by the above formula (XB3) are substituted at positions 2 and 4. (2,4-bis((12-((2-decyltetradecyl)oxy)dodecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol).
  • Method for producing benzyl compound (X1) in which R 2 is a substituent other than an aryl group is not particularly limited. An example is described below. For example, a dialkyl bromide and an alkyl alcohol are dissolved in a suitable solvent and heated in the presence of a base to obtain an alkyl-etherified monobromide (hereinafter also referred to as "Step Xa1").
  • Step Xa2 A compound or a benzester compound is obtained (hereinafter also referred to as “Step Xa2”).
  • the alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound is dissolved in an appropriate solvent, and the formyl group or ester group is reduced using a reducing agent such as a metal hydride (hereinafter also referred to as “step Xa3”). ), and a method of obtaining as a benzyl alcohol compound.
  • the base used for the reaction between the dialkyl bromide and the alkyl alcohol includes an organic base such as lithium diisopropylamide (LDA), lithium hexamethyldisilazide (LHMDS), sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (NaHMDS). , sodium hydride (NaH), and lithium hydride (LiH).
  • LDA lithium diisopropylamide
  • LHMDS lithium hexamethyldisilazide
  • NaHMDS sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide
  • NaH sodium hydride
  • LiH lithium hydride
  • the amount of the base used is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use 1.0 mol or more and 10 mol or less, more preferably 1.0 mol or more and 5 mol or less, relative to 1 mol of the alkyl alcohol. preferable.
  • Solvents include hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (THF), cyclopentyl methyl ether (CPME), 4-methyltetrahydropyran (MTHP), ethers such as dioxane, dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl
  • hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane
  • diisopropyl ether such as tetrahydrofuran (THF), cyclopentyl methyl ether (CPME), 4-methyltetrahydropyran (MTHP), ethers such as dioxane, dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl
  • amides such as acetamide, sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), lactams such as N-methylpyrrolidone, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, and mixed solvents thereof.
  • toluene
  • the amount of solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use 5 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 10 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of alkyl alcohol. Moreover, when a mixed solvent is used, the total amount of the mixed solvent should satisfy the above range. Hereinafter, similar description may be omitted.
  • reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 70°C to 150°C, for example.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
  • Step Xa2 the base used for the reaction between the alkyl-etherified monobromide and the benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound includes triethylamine (TEA), diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4.
  • DBU 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene
  • DBN 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane
  • pyridine imidazole, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (DMAP), LDA, sodium acetate (NaOAc), sodium methoxide (MeONa), potassium methoxide (MeOK), lithium hexamethyldisilazide (LHMDS), sodium bis(trimethylsilyl ) organic bases such as amides (NaHMDS), sodium carbonate ( Na2CO3 ), sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3) , potassium carbonate ( K2CO3 ), cesium carbonate ( Cs2CO3 ), sodium hydride (NaH) and inorganic bases such as Among these, K 2 CO 3 is preferably used as the base in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly.
  • the amount of the base used is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use 1 mol or more and 10 mol or less, more preferably 2 mol or more and 8 mol or less, per 1 mol of the benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound. preferable.
  • the solvent described in step Xa1 may be used.
  • DMF or a mixed solvent of DMF and CPME or MTHP is preferably used, and DMF is more preferably used, in order to allow the reaction to proceed smoothly.
  • the amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 30 mL or more and 200 mL or less, more preferably 50 mL or more and 180 mL or less, per 1 g of the benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound.
  • reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 50°C to 150°C, for example.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
  • the reducing agent used for reducing the formyl group of the alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde compound or the ester group of the benzester compound to obtain the benzyl alcohol compound includes sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, lithium triethylborohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, aluminum hydride, sodium bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride, and diisobutylaluminum hydride.
  • the reducing agent used for reducing the formyl group of the benzaldehyde compound is preferably sodium borohydride, and the reducing agent used for reducing the ester group of the benzester compound includes sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, Lithium triethylborohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, aluminum hydride, sodium bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride, diisobutylaluminum hydride are preferred.
  • sodium borohydride is used as a reducing agent, for example, iodine, sulfuric acid, borane trifluoroetherate (BF 3 Et 2 O), etc. may be allowed to coexist in order to increase the reducing power of the reducing agent. is preferred.
  • Solvents include hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane, alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, THF, CPME, MTHP and dioxane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, Alternatively, a mixed solvent thereof may be used.
  • a mixed solvent of alcohols and ethers is preferably used from the viewpoint of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly.
  • the amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 5 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of the benzaldehyde compound. Moreover, when using the mixed solvent of alcohols and ethers, it is preferable to use 1 mL or more and 10 mL or less of ethers with respect to 1 mL of alcohols.
  • Solvents used for reduction of ester groups include ethers such as diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, THF, CPME, MTHP and dioxane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, and mixed solvents thereof.
  • THF, CPME, and MTHP are preferably used as the solvent for reducing the methyl ester group from the viewpoint of smooth progress of the reaction.
  • the amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 5 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of the ester compound.
  • reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of -10°C to 90°C, for example.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
  • Step Xb1 Method for producing a benzyl compound (X1) in which R 2 in formula (X1) is an aryl group
  • the method for producing a benzyl compound in which R 2 in formula (X1) has an aryl group is particularly limited. isn't it. An example is described below. For example, a bromoalkyl alcohol and a phenol compound having a substituent are heated in the presence of a base to obtain an aryl-etherified bromoalkyl alcohol compound (hereinafter also referred to as “Step Xb1”).
  • step Xb2 a bromoalkylaryl ether compound in which the hydroxyl group is substituted with a bromine atom is obtained.
  • Step Xb3 The obtained bromoalkylaryl ether compound and the hydroxybenzaldehyde compound or hydroxybenzester compound are heated in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate to obtain an alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound (hereinafter referred to as “Step Xb3 ”).
  • a base such as potassium carbonate
  • Step Xb4 the alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound
  • the compound is dissolved in an appropriate solvent, and the formyl group or ester group is reduced using a reducing agent (hereinafter also referred to as “step Xb4”. ) and benzyl alcohol.
  • the base used for the reaction between the bromoalkyl alcohol and the substituted phenol compound includes TEA, DIPEA, DBU, DBN, DABCO, pyridine, imidazole, DMAP, LDA, NaOAc, MeONa, MeOK, and LHMDS. , NaHMDS, and inorganic bases such as Na 2 CO 3 , NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , and NaH.
  • K 2 CO 3 is preferably used as the base in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly.
  • the amount of the base used is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use 1 mol or more and 10 mol or less, more preferably 1 mol or more and 5 mol or less, per 1 mol of the phenol compound having a substituent. preferable.
  • the solvent described in step Xa1 may be used.
  • DMF is preferably used as the solvent in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly.
  • the amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 2 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 4 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of the phenol compound having a substituent.
  • reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 40°C to 150°C, for example.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
  • the reagent used in the reaction for converting the hydroxyl group of the aryl-etherified bromoalkyl alcohol into a bromine atom includes a reagent containing triphenylphosphine and carbon tetrabromide, a reagent containing hydrobromic acid, and the like. is mentioned.
  • the amount of the reagent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.5 mol or more and 10 mol or less, and 1 mol or more and 5 mol or less, per 1 mol of the aryl-etherified bromoalkyl alcohol. It is more preferable to use
  • solvents include the solvents described in step Xa1, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane and chloroform, and mixed solvents thereof.
  • Halogenated hydrocarbons are preferably used as the solvent in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly.
  • the amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.5 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 1 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of the aryl-etherified bromoalkyl alcohol. .
  • reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 20°C to 150°C, for example.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
  • Step Xb3 As the base used for the reaction between the bromoalkylaryl ether and the benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound, the base explained in step Xb1 can be used. In step X3b, the same base as that used in step X1b may be used, or a different base may be used. However, it is preferable to use the same base as the base used in step X1b in terms of production efficiency and cost reduction.
  • the amount of the base used is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use 1 mol or more and 50 mol or less, more preferably 3 mol or more and 30 mol or less, per 1 mol of the benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound. preferable.
  • the solvent described in step Xa1 may be used.
  • DMF is preferably used as the solvent in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly.
  • the amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 30 mL or more and 200 mL or less, more preferably 50 mL or more and 180 mL or less, per 1 g of the benzester compound.
  • reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 40°C to 150°C, for example.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
  • Step Xb4 As the reducing agent used to obtain the benzyl alcohol compound by reducing the formyl group of the alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde compound or the ester group of the benzester compound, the reducing agent used in the above step Xa3 can be used.
  • Solvents include hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane, alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, THF, CPME, MTHP and dioxane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, Alternatively, a mixed solvent thereof may be used.
  • hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane
  • alcohols such as methanol and ethanol
  • ethers such as diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, THF, CPME, MTHP and dioxane
  • aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene
  • a mixed solvent thereof may be used.
  • reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of -10°C to 90°C, for example.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
  • a peptide synthesis method using the benzyl compound (X1) of the present invention as a protective group at the C-terminal of an amino acid is, for example, a production method comprising the following steps (X1) to (X5).
  • the C-terminal protected peptide obtained in each condensation step can be separated by liquid-liquid separation, which facilitates the purification step.
  • Step (X1) a step of dissolving the benzyl compound (X1) of the present invention in a soluble solvent (dissolving step);
  • Step (X2) a step of condensing the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment dissolved in the solvent obtained in the above step and a reaction substrate (condensation reaction step);
  • Step (X3) A base is added to the reaction solvent containing the condensate obtained above to scavenge the amino acid active ester, which is an unreacted substance, and deprotect the peptide N-terminal protecting group, and the protecting group a step of scavenging the derived by-products with a base (deprotection and scavenging reaction step);
  • Step (X4) An acidic aqueous solution is added to the reaction solution containing the condensate and the scavenged product obtained in the above step for washing, and the layers are separated to remove the scavenged product and unreacted substances (condensing agent, activ
  • Step (X5) A step of removing into layers (layer splitting step), and Step (X5) A step of removing the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment and the protective group of the peptide side chain from the C-terminal of the peptide and performing purification to obtain the target peptide (deprotection and purification step).
  • the benzyl compound (X1) (hereinafter also referred to as “tag X”) according to the present embodiment has N (N represents an amino group at the ⁇ -position of an amino acid)-9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl
  • N represents an amino group at the ⁇ -position of an amino acid
  • the introduction of (N-Fmoc) protected amino acids and the condensation reaction of N-Fmoc protected amino acids to tag-protected peptides are described as examples.
  • the N-Fmoc protected amino acids used may have side chain protecting groups.
  • the Fmoc group is used as an example of the amino acid N-terminal protective group, the amino acid protective group is not limited to this. Examples include benzyloxycarbonyl group (Cbz group), tert-butoxycarbonyl group (Boc group), allyloxycarbonyl group (Alloc group) and the like.
  • Step (X1) (dissolving step)
  • This step is a step of dissolving tag X in a soluble solvent.
  • a soluble solvent a general organic solvent used for peptide synthesis can be used for the reaction.
  • ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, methyl-t-butyl ether, CPME and MTHP
  • acetic esters such as ethyl acetate and isopropyl acetate
  • halogenation such as chloroform and dichloromethane
  • Examples include hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, and hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane and cyclohexane.
  • methyl-t-butyl ether, CPME, MTHP, isopropyl acetate, chloroform and toluene are preferred, and CPME, MTHP, isopropyl acetate and toluene are more preferred. CPME and MTHP are particularly preferred.
  • the soluble solvent is used to improve the solubility of the substrate in the reaction, to improve the solubility of unreacted substances and by-products in the aqueous layer during extraction, or to improve the liquid separation.
  • DMF dimethylacetamide, DMSO, sulfolane, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N'-dimethylpropylene urea (DMPU), acetonitrile, etc., in a suitable ratio.
  • Step (X2) (condensation reaction step)
  • an N-Fmoc protected amino acid is introduced into the tag X dissolved in the soluble solvent obtained in the above step (X1), an esterification reaction and an N-Fmoc protected amino acid are introduced into the tag X-protected peptide, This is the step of carrying out the amidation reaction.
  • the amount of the N-Fmoc-protected amino acid used is 1 to 4 mol, preferably 1 to 2 mol, particularly preferably 1.05 to 1.3 mol, relative to 1 mol of tag X.
  • an ester bond is formed by adding a condensing agent under the presence of dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) catalyst in a solvent that does not affect the reaction.
  • DMAP dimethylaminopyridine
  • an amide bond is formed by adding a condensing agent and an activating agent in a solvent that does not affect the reaction.
  • the condensing agent is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, and condensing agents commonly used in peptide synthesis can be used.
  • DMT-MM 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorphonium chloride
  • HBTU O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-1, 1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • HATU O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • HBTU(6-Cl) O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-1 , 1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate
  • TBTU 1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
  • TCTU O-(6-chlorobenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate
  • the amount of the condensing agent used is usually 1 to 4 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents, more preferably 1.05 to 1.5 equivalents, still more preferably 1.05 to 1.05 equivalents, relative to the tag X or the tag X-protected peptide. 1.3 equivalents.
  • an activator is preferably added in order to promote the reaction and suppress side reactions such as racemization.
  • the activating agent is a reagent that facilitates the formation of a peptide bond (amide bond) by leading an amino acid to a corresponding active ester, symmetrical acid anhydride, or the like in coexistence with a condensing agent.
  • activators commonly used in peptide synthesis can also be used in the present invention without limitation.
  • HOAt ethyl 1-hydroxy-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylate
  • HOBt 3-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazin-4(3H)-one
  • HOOBt N -hydroxysuccinimide
  • HPht N-hydroxyphthalimide
  • HONb N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide
  • pentafluorophenol ethyl cyano(hydroxyimino)acetate
  • Oxyma ethyl cyano(hydroxyimino)acetate
  • the amount of the activating agent to be used is generally 0.1-2 equivalents, preferably 0.2-1.5 equivalents, more preferably 0.3-1.0 equivalents, relative to the tag X-protected peptide.
  • Solvents commonly used in peptide synthesis can be used without limitation for the solvent used in the condensation reaction step, and examples thereof include, but are not limited to, the above-described soluble solvents or mixed solvents of soluble solvents and polar solvents. be done.
  • the amount of the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, but it is an amount such that the concentration of the dissolved tag X-protected peptide or the like is usually 0.1 mM to 1 M, preferably 1 mM to 0.5 M. is the amount to be
  • reaction temperature the temperature generally used in peptide synthesis is also used in the present invention.
  • the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 30 hours (condensation time for one residue).
  • Step (X3) (deprotection and scavenging reaction step)
  • the first base is added to the reaction solvent to capture (scavenge) unreacted amino acid active esters to form captured bodies and inactivate them.
  • the removal of the Fmoc group from the N-Fmoc-protected peptide proceeds, and the first base also acts as a scavenger for dibenzofulvene, which is a by-product derived from the Fmoc group. form and inactivate.
  • the amount of the first base used to scavenge unreacted amino acid active esters is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents, relative to the theoretically remaining amino acid equivalents. .
  • the amount of the second base necessary for deprotecting the Fmoc group of the N-Fmoc protected peptide is preferably 1 to 12 equivalents, preferably 2 to 10 equivalents, relative to the Fmoc group present in the reaction system. More preferably, 3 equivalents to 8 equivalents are particularly preferred.
  • the amount of the first base used to scavenge the dibenzofulvene derived from the de-Fmoc group is preferably 5 equivalents to 50 equivalents, more preferably 8 equivalents to 40 equivalents, relative to the Fmoc groups present in the reaction system. 10 equivalents to 35 equivalents are particularly preferred.
  • Step (X4) (layer splitting step)
  • an acidic aqueous solution is added to the solution of the above step (X3) to neutralize it, and an acidic solution is added to remove the scavenger of the first base and the unreacted substances (condensing agent, activating agent, base).
  • This is the step of removing to the water layer.
  • the amino acid active ester and dibenzofulvene scavenged by the first base can be easily removed to the aqueous layer by acid washing.
  • the acid used for neutralization is not limited as long as it can neutralize the base in the reaction solution, but examples include aqueous solutions of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, and the like.
  • hydrochloric acid 1M to 12M, preferably 3M to 12M, more preferably 5M to 12M hydrochloric acid is used.
  • Neutralization here means that the reaction solution should have a neutral pH, and the pH may be 7.0 or less.
  • An acidic aqueous solution is further added to the reaction solution neutralized with the acid for washing, followed by liquid separation, removing the aqueous layer, and recovering the organic layer.
  • the acidic aqueous solution to be used is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, dilute sulfuric acid aqueous solution, phosphoric acid aqueous solution, and acetic acid aqueous solution, preferably hydrochloric acid aqueous solution.
  • the pH of the acidic aqueous solution is 1-5, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
  • the amount of the acidic aqueous solution used for washing is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits a washing effect. ⁇ 2 times the amount.
  • the number of washings, liquid separations, and discarding of the aqueous layer there are no particular restrictions on the number of washings, liquid separations, and discarding of the aqueous layer, and it may be performed once or multiple times. The number of times is appropriately selected depending on the type of compound in the reaction system, the amount of unnecessary substances, and the like.
  • the temperature for washing is not particularly limited, but is 10°C to 50°C, preferably 15°C to 45°C, more preferably 20°C to 40°C.
  • this step basically, the capturing body of the first base and unnecessary substances are removed with an acidic aqueous solution, but other cleaning steps may be added in addition to the cleaning with the acidic aqueous solution. For example, washing with a weak base and washing with a saline solution can be mentioned.
  • Examples of the weakly basic aqueous solution include an aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, an aqueous sodium carbonate solution, an aqueous potassium carbonate solution, etc., having a pH of 8 to 12.
  • salt solution 5 wt% to saturated salt solution can be mentioned.
  • Step (X5) (deprotection, purification step)] This step is a step of removing the tag X and the protective group of the peptide side chain from the C-terminal of the peptide to obtain the target peptide.
  • the method for removing the tag X and the protective group of the peptide side chain from the peptide C-terminus is not particularly limited, and a known deprotection method may be used, preferably by acid treatment.
  • a known deprotection method may be used, preferably by acid treatment.
  • deprotection methods using trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) can be used.
  • TFA may be used in combination with molecules such as water, thioanisole, 1,2-ethanedithiol, phenol, and triisopropylsilane in an appropriate composition.
  • the deprotected peptide can be isolated and purified according to purification methods commonly used in peptide synthesis.
  • the target peptide can be isolated and purified by extraction washing, crystallization, and chromatography.
  • benzyl compound (Y1) represented by.
  • m Q's each represent an oxygen atom.
  • the total carbon number of the benzyl compound represented by formula (Y1) is preferably 30 or more and 80 or less, more preferably 40 or more and 60 or less.
  • this poor liquid separation is due to the formation of an emulsion (micelle structure) at the time of liquid separation between the organic layer and the aqueous layer containing a component in which a peptide is bound to a highly hydrophobic benzyl compound. Therefore, it is preferable that the hydrophobicity of the benzyl compound is not too high from the viewpoint of performing the liquid separation operation well.
  • the hydrophobicity of benzylic compounds can be adjusted, for example, by the number of carbons contained in R 1 and R 2 .
  • the number of carbon atoms of m R 1 in the above formula (Y1) (hereinafter also referred to as “side chain carbon number”) is preferably in the range of 24 to 84, and the side chain More preferably, the number of carbon atoms in the chain is 30-72, and it is particularly preferable that the number of carbon atoms in the side chain is 36-48.
  • each of the m R 1 's has a total of 1 or 2 branched chains.
  • each of the m R 1 is an alkyl group.
  • R 1 is an alkyl group having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains, preferably an alkyl group having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains and a total of 24 to 84 carbon atoms, It is more preferably an alkyl group having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains and a side chain carbon number of 30 to 72, having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains and a side chain carbon number of 36. ⁇ 48 alkyl groups are particularly preferred.
  • R 1 is particularly preferably an alkyl group having one branched chain in total, and the position of the branched chain is 1 to 7 with respect to Q. is preferred, it is more preferably present at positions 1 to 4 with respect to Q, and more preferably at position 2 with respect to Q. Also, when R 1 has two branches, the two branches are separated from each other by 0-6 carbons, preferably 0-3 carbons.
  • the above branched chain is an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group.
  • the branched chain is preferably an optionally substituted alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an optionally substituted alkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • This substituent is, for example, a halogen atom such as fluorine or chlorine.
  • m R 1 are specifically each independently represented by the following formula (YA):
  • n1 is an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less
  • n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less
  • n1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less
  • n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less.
  • R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , R 1d and R 1e are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group.
  • the above alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is, for example, a halogen atom such as fluorine or chlorine.
  • at least two or more of R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d are hydrogen atoms.
  • R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d may all be hydrogen atoms, but preferably all of R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d are hydrogen atoms. except.
  • Specific examples of the group represented by the above formula (YA) have the same meanings as specific examples of the group represented by the above formula (XA), and thus description thereof is omitted.
  • R 1 is preferably an organic group having one branched chain, and the branched chain is present at the 2-position relative to Q. That is, m R 1 are each independently represented by the following formula (YA'):
  • R 1f is preferably a linear alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; It is more preferably a straight-chain alkyl group, and most preferably a straight-chain alkyl group having 6 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent.
  • This substituent is, for example, a halogen atom such as fluorine or chlorine.
  • R 1g is preferably a linear alkyl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, and a linear alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent It is more preferably a linear alkyl group, and most preferably a linear alkyl group having 8 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
  • the group represented by (YA′) above includes a 2-n-butyl-1-octyl group, a 2-hexyl-1-decyl group, a 2-octyl-1-dodecyl group, a 2-decyl-1- Preferred examples include a tetradecyl group and a 2-dodecyl-1-hexadecyl group.
  • Each of the k R 2 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a halogen atom.
  • Specific examples of the k R 2 are the same as the specific examples of the k R 3 in the first embodiment.
  • the k R 2 are more preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • X represents a hydroxyl group.
  • m represents an integer of 2 or 3;
  • k represents an integer of 0 or more (5-m) or less, At least one of m [QR 1 ] is preferably meta-substituted with respect to the substituent containing X.
  • the benzyl compound represented by formula (Y1) is particularly preferably used as a tag in long-chain peptide synthesis.
  • the benzyl compound represented by formula (Y1) is preferably used for synthesizing a peptide having 5 or more residues, and preferably used for synthesizing a peptide having 7 or more residues. More preferably, it is used for synthesizing ten or more peptides.
  • benzyl compounds As the benzyl compound (Y1) represented by the above formula (Y1), compounds represented by the following formulas (Y1A) to (Y1D) can be mentioned as preferable ones in view of their usefulness.
  • the benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1A) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1) in which three substituents represented by the above formula (YB1) are located at the 3-position relative to the hydroxyl group (—OH). , (3,4,5-tris((2-butyloctyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol substituted at the 4- and 5-positions, respectively.
  • the benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1B) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1) in which the three substituents represented by the above formula (YB2) are at the 3-position with respect to the hydroxyl group (—OH). , (3,4,5-tris((2-hexyldecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol substituted at the 4- and 5-positions, respectively.
  • the benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1C) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1) in which three substituents represented by the above formula (YB3) are located at the 3-position relative to the hydroxyl group (—OH). , (3,4,5-tris((2-decyltetradecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol substituted at the 4- and 5-positions, respectively.
  • the benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1D) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1) in which the three substituents represented by the above formula (YB3) are at the 3-position with respect to the hydroxyl group (--OH). and a compound (3,5-bis((2-decyltetradecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol substituted at the 5-position, respectively.
  • an alkyl halide and a hydroxybenzester compound are dissolved in an appropriate solvent and heated in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate to obtain an alkyl-etherified benzester compound (hereinafter also referred to as "step Ya1").
  • a base such as potassium carbonate
  • an alkyl halide is a compound in which a halogen atom is bonded to the tip of an alkyl group. Examples of the halogen atom include chlorine, bromine, and iodine.
  • the alkyl halide is preferably alkyl bromide or alkyl iodine, more preferably alkyl bromide.
  • the alkyl halide a commercially available product may be used, or a hydroxyl compound corresponding to the starting material of the alkyl halide may be halogenated by a known method.
  • an alkyl bromide and a hydroxybenzester compound are dissolved in an appropriate solvent and heated in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate to obtain an alkyl-etherified benzester compound.
  • a base such as potassium carbonate
  • the alkyl bromide a commercially available product may be used, or a hydroxyl derivative corresponding to the raw material of the alkyl bromide may be brominated by a known method.
  • the alkyl-etherified benzester compound is dissolved in an appropriate solvent, and the ester group is reduced using a reducing agent such as a metal hydride (hereinafter also referred to as “step Ya2”) to obtain a benzyl alcohol compound.
  • a reducing agent such as a metal hydride
  • the base used for the reaction between the alkyl bromide and the hydroxybenzester compound includes triethylamine (TEA), diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene.
  • TAA triethylamine
  • DIPEA diisopropylethylamine
  • 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene.
  • DBU 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene
  • DABCO 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane
  • pyridine imidazole, 4-(dimethyl amino)pyridine (DMAP), lithium diisopropylamide (LDA), sodium acetate (NaOAc), sodium methoxide (MeONa), potassium methoxide (MeOK), lithium hexamethyldisilazide (LHMDS), sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide organic bases such as (NaHMDS), sodium carbonate ( Na2CO3 ), sodium hydrogencarbonate (NaHCO3), potassium carbonate (K2CO3), cesium carbonate (Cs2CO3 ) , sodium hydride ( NaH), etc.
  • Inorganic bases can be mentioned.
  • K 2 CO 3 is preferably used as the base in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly.
  • the amount of the base used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably used in an amount of 1 to 10 mol, more preferably 2 to 8 mol, per 1 mol of the hydroxybenzester compound.
  • Solvents include hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (THF), cyclopentyl methyl ether (CPME), 4-methyltetrahydropyran (MTHP), ethers such as dioxane, dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl
  • Examples include amides such as acetamide, sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), lactams such as N-methylpyrrolidone, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, and mixed solvents thereof.
  • DMF or a mixed solvent of DMF and CPME in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly.
  • the amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10 mL or more and 200 mL or less, more preferably 15 mL or more and 150 mL or less, per 1 g of the hydroxybenzester compound.
  • reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 50°C to 150°C, for example.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
  • a metal hydrogen compound may be used as the reducing agent used to reduce the ester group of the alkyl-etherified benzester compound to obtain the benzyl alcohol compound.
  • a metal hydride a hydrogenated Group 13 alkali metal compound is preferred.
  • alkali metal borohydride compounds such as sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, and lithium triethylborohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, aluminum hydride, and bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride
  • aluminum hydride compounds such as sodium and diisobutylaluminum hydride.
  • the amount of the reducing agent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably used in an amount of 1 mol or more and 10 mol or less, preferably 2 mol or more and 5 mol or less, relative to 1 mol of the alkyl-etherified benzester compound. is more preferable.
  • sodium borohydride for example, iodine, sulfuric acid, borane trifluoroetherate (BF 3 Et 2 O), etc. may be allowed to coexist in order to increase the reducing power of the reducing agent. is preferred.
  • Solvents used for reducing the ester group of the alkyl-etherified benzester compound include ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, THF, CPME, MTHP and dioxane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, or Mixed solvents of these are included.
  • THF, CPME, and MTHP are particularly preferable as the solvent used for reducing the methyl ester group from the viewpoint of smooth progress of the reaction.
  • the amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 5 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of the ester compound.
  • reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of -10°C to 90°C, for example.
  • reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
  • a method for synthesizing a peptide using the benzyl compound (Y1) of the present invention as a protective group (that is, tag) at the C-terminal of an amino acid is, for example, a production method including the following steps (Y1) to (Y6).
  • This peptide synthesis method is capable of liquid-liquid separation of peptides with C-terminal protected amino acids (hereinafter also referred to as "C-terminal protected peptides”) obtained in the condensation reaction step and the peptide elongation step. Therefore, the purification process is facilitated.
  • Step (Y1) a step of dissolving the benzyl compound (Y1) of the present invention in a soluble solvent (dissolving step),
  • Step (Y2) A condensing agent and an activating agent are added to the soluble solvent obtained in the above step, and the benzyl compound (Y1) dissolved in the soluble solvent and the second 1 amino acid (hereinafter also referred to as "N-terminal protected amino acid") to produce a first condensate (condensation reaction step);
  • Step (Y3) Soluble containing the first condensate obtained in the step (Y2) (condensation of the N-terminal protected amino acid and the benzyl compound (Y1) from which the —OH group has been removed)
  • a first base is added to a solvent (reaction solvent) to scavenge the remaining amino acid active ester (resulting from the reaction of the C-terminal carboxylic acid of the surplus amino acid in step (Y2) with a condensing agent and then with an activating agent).
  • scavenging the by-product (dibenzofulvene) from the N-terminal protecting group with a first base deprotection and scavenging reaction step);
  • Step (Y4) The second condensate obtained in the above step (Y3) (meaning a condensate in which the N-terminal protective group is removed from the first condensate), a scavenger (first base and amino active ester and is bound, and the first base and dibenzolfulvene are bound) and unreacted substances (by-products derived from condensing agents, activators, bases, water-soluble organic solvents)
  • An acidic aqueous solution is added to the reaction solution (soluble solvent) to wash the solution, and the aqueous layer and the organic layer are separated to remove the capturing bodies and unreacted substances into the aqueous layer, and the organic layer separated from the aqueous layer.
  • a step of obtaining a second condensate i.e., C-terminal protected peptide obtained by deprotecting the N-terminal protecting group from the first condensate in step (Y3) above (reaction solvent) (liquid separation step);
  • Step (Y5) A second amino acid having a protected N-terminus is added to the reaction solvent containing the second condensate obtained in the above step (Y4), and a second amino acid is produced in the same manner as in step (Y2).
  • Step (Y5) includes repeating the following sub-steps (Y5-1) to (Y5-3):
  • Step (Y5-2) A step of scavenging the remaining amino acid active ester and then deprotecting the N-terminal protecting group from the (2n+1) condensate to scavenge the by-product derived from the N-terminal protecting group. ,as well as,
  • Step (Y5-3) Wash by adding an acidic aqueous solution to the soluble solvent, separate the phases, remove the captured body and unreacted substances into the aqueous layer, and transfer to the organic layer (reaction solvent) in the above step (Y5-2).
  • a step of obtaining the obtained (2n+2)th condensate (referring to a deprotected condensate obtained by removing the N-terminal protecting group from the (2n+1)th condensate), and
  • Step (Y6) A step of removing the benzyl compound (Y1) and the protective group of the peptide side chain from the C-terminal of the peptide obtained in step (Y5) and purifying to obtain the target peptide (deprotection and purification step) .
  • step (Y5) may be performed by repeating steps (Y2) to (Y4).
  • step (Y2) includes sub-step (Y5-1)
  • step (Y3) includes sub-step (Y5-2)
  • step (Y4) includes sub-step (Y5-3).
  • step (Y5) including substeps (Y5-1) to (Y5-3) may be performed by repeating such steps (Y2) to (Y4).
  • Step (Y1) (dissolving step)] This step is a step of dissolving the benzyl compound (Y1) in a soluble solvent. Since step (Y1) can be performed in the same manner as step (X1) described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • Step (Y2) (condensation reaction step)
  • the tag Y and the N-Fmoc protected amino acid dissolved in the soluble solvent obtained in the above step (Y1) are introduced, the esterification reaction is performed, and the N-Fmoc protected amino acid is introduced into the tag Y-protected peptide to form an amide.
  • step (Y2) can be performed in the same manner as step (X2) described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • Step (Y3) (deprotection and scavenging reaction step)]
  • the first base is added to the reaction solvent to capture (scavenge) unreacted amino acid active esters to form captured bodies and inactivate them.
  • the first base also acts as a scavenger for dibenzofulvene, which is a by-product derived from the Fmoc group. form and inactivate. Since step (Y3) can be performed in the same manner as step (X3) described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • Step (Y4) liquid separation step
  • an acidic aqueous solution is added to the solution of the above step (Y3) for neutralization, and the scavenger of the first base and unreacted substances (condensing agent, activating agent, base, water-soluble organic solvent) are separated. It is a step of removing to the water layer by The amino acid active ester and dibenzofulvene scavenged by the first base can be removed to the aqueous layer by an acid wash.
  • the acid used for neutralization is not limited as long as it can neutralize the base in the reaction solution, but examples include aqueous solutions of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, and the like.
  • hydrochloric acid 0.5M to 12M, preferably 1M to 12M, more preferably 1M to 6M hydrochloric acid is used.
  • Neutralization here means that the reaction solution should have a neutral pH, and the pH may be 7.0 or less.
  • a ketone-based liquid separation promoting solvent such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone may be further added.
  • the inventors speculate that the reason for the decrease in liquid separation is that tag Y-peptide molecules associate with each other through hydrophobic interaction and hydrogen bonding to form a micelle structure, thereby reducing liquid separation. .
  • the hydrophobic interaction between the side chains of the tag Y or the hydrogen bond between the peptide molecules is weakened, and the formation of the micelle structure is suppressed, thereby improving the liquid separation. It is estimated to be. It is also effective in improving the liquid separation property to perform the step of heating the solution in the step (Y3) instead of or together with the step of adding the liquid separation promoting solvent.
  • An acidic aqueous solution is further added to the reaction solution neutralized with the acid for washing, followed by liquid separation, removing the aqueous layer, and recovering the organic layer. Since the cleaning using the acidic aqueous solution can be performed in the same manner as the cleaning in step (X4) described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the step (Y4) basically removes the capturing body of the first base and unnecessary substances with an acidic aqueous solution. may be added before or after washing with Examples include washing with a basic aqueous solution and washing with a saline solution.
  • a sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution for example, a sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, a sodium carbonate aqueous solution, or a potassium carbonate aqueous solution having a pH of 8 to 13 can be mentioned.
  • salt solution 5 wt% to saturated salt solution can be mentioned.
  • washing with a basic aqueous solution is performed to make the pH of the solution neutral to weakly basic.
  • the basic aqueous solution include the aqueous solutions described above.
  • Step (Y5) (peptide elongation step)
  • an N-terminally protected amino acid is added to the reaction solvent containing the tagged Y-protected peptide obtained in the above step, and the above steps (Y5-1) to (Y5-3) are repeated to obtain the peptide.
  • This is the process of elongation.
  • the DMAP used in the step (Y2) is not used, but the activating agent specified below is used.
  • the amount of the N-Fmoc-protected amino acid to be used is 1-4 mol, preferably 1-2 mol, particularly preferably 1.05-1.5 mol, per 1 mol of the benzyl compound (Y1).
  • the condensing agent used can be the same as the condensing agent described in step (Y2).
  • an activator is preferably added to promote the peptide condensation reaction and suppress side reactions such as racemization.
  • the activating agent is a reagent that facilitates the formation of a peptide bond (amide bond) by leading an amino acid to a corresponding active ester, symmetrical acid anhydride, or the like in coexistence with a condensing agent.
  • activators commonly used in peptide synthesis can also be used in the present invention without limitation.
  • HOAt ethyl 1-hydroxy-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylate
  • HOBt 3-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazin-4(3H)-one
  • HOOBt N -hydroxysuccinimide
  • HPht N-hydroxyphthalimide
  • HONb N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide
  • pentafluorophenol ethyl cyano(hydroxyimino)acetate
  • Oxyma ethyl cyano(hydroxyimino)acetate
  • the amount of the activating agent used is generally 0.1-2 equivalents, preferably 0.2-1.5 equivalents, more preferably 0.3-1.0 equivalents, relative to the tag Y-protected peptide.
  • the solvent used in the peptide elongation step can be any solvent commonly used in peptide synthesis without limitation, and is not limited thereto. and a mixed solvent of
  • the amount of the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, but it is an amount such that the concentration of the dissolved tag Y-protected peptide or the like is usually 0.1 mM to 1 M, preferably 1 mM to 0.5 M. is the amount to be
  • reaction temperature the temperature generally used in peptide synthesis is also used in the present invention.
  • the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 30 hours (condensation time for one residue).
  • Step (Y6) (deprotection, purification step)] This step is a step of removing the benzyl compound (Y1) and protecting groups of peptide side chains from the C-terminus of the peptide to obtain the desired peptide. Since step (Y6) can be performed in the same manner as step (X5) described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • ⁇ 1> a removal method of removing the protecting group from an amino group-containing compound protected with a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton at the N-terminus
  • ⁇ 2> a step of removing the protecting group. Details will be described in the order of ⁇ 3> the removing agent for the protecting group.
  • an amino group-containing compound whose N-terminus is protected by a protective group having a fluorene skeleton is brought into contact with a scavenger in an organic solvent. obtaining a scavenger in which a by-product having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protecting group and the scavenger are bound; and separating the obtained scavenger from the organic solvent.
  • amino group-containing compound means a compound having a primary amino group or a secondary amino group.
  • Amino group-containing compounds include, for example, single amino acids, peptides formed by peptide bonds of a plurality of amino acids, amino acids, and the like.
  • a protective group having a fluorene skeleton is a group that binds to the nitrogen atom in the N-terminal amino group of an amino group-containing compound to protect the N-terminal of the amino group-containing compound.
  • This protecting group is a monovalent protecting group containing a fluorene structure represented by the following formula (Z2).
  • R 4 is an optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms.
  • R 5a to R 5d and R 6a to R 6d are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 1 It is an alkoxy group of up to 6, a sulfone group which may have a substituent, or a sulfonyl group which may have a substituent.
  • substituents include halogen atoms and alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms.
  • "*" represents the bonding position with the N-terminal amino group of the amino group-containing compound.
  • R 4 is preferably an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyloxycarbonyl group.
  • R 5a to R 5d and R 6a to R 6d are each preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • a protective group having a fluorene skeleton represented by the above formula (Z2) a 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl group (Fmoc group) can be mentioned as a suitable example in consideration of its usefulness. .
  • An amino group-containing compound whose N-terminus is protected by a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton is a protecting group in which at least one of the primary amino group or secondary amino group possessed by the amino group-containing compound is the above-described protecting group having a fluorene skeleton. means a compound protected by
  • the scavenging agent is a reactive agent that binds to the protective group deprotected from the amino group-containing compound to capture the protective group to form a scavenging compound (see formula (Z3)).
  • the scavenger also has the function of deprotecting the protecting group from the amino group-containing compound protected with the protecting group.
  • the scavenger is a compound represented by the following formula (Z1). That is, the scavenger is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a cyclic amine containing one nitrogen atom (see formula (Z1A)) and a hydrochloride containing the cyclic amine (see formula (Z1B)). .
  • N is a nitrogen atom.
  • H is a hydrogen atom.
  • X is a divalent group represented by -CH 2 -, -O-, -S- or -(SO 2 )-.
  • X is preferably -O- or -(SO 2 )-.
  • Including an oxygen atom in X lowers the basicity, thereby suppressing side reactions.
  • X is optimally -O-.
  • n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) It is a monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as defined above for —OR). Also, R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded.
  • n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a and n 2 R 2b the one bonded to the carbon atom adjacent to the nitrogen atom is preferably a hydrogen atom. . This is because the stability of the scavenger increases.
  • one of n 1 pair of R 1a and R 1b , n 2 pair of R 2a and R 2b and n 3 pair of R 3a and R 3b is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each hydrogen is an atom.
  • n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2;
  • the sum of n 1 , n 2 and n 3 is preferably 3 or 4. That is, the scavenger represented by formula (Z1) is preferably represented by formula (Z1a) or formula (Z1b) below.
  • the trapping agent represented by formula (Z1a) is a compound in which the sum of n 1 , n 2 and n 3 is 3 in formula (Z1).
  • the trapping agent represented by formula (Z1b) is a compound in which the sum of n 1 , n 2 and n 3 is 4 in formula (Z1).
  • m is an integer of 0 or 1;
  • N, H, X, R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a , R 3b , n 1 , n 2 , n 3 and m are represented by formula (Z1 ) is synonymous with
  • the scavenger is a cyclic amine containing one nitrogen atom represented by the following formula (Z1A).
  • the scavenger is hydrochloride represented by the following formula (Z1B). Note that m is preferably 0.
  • N, H, X, R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a , R 3b , n 1 , n 2 , and n 3 are represented by formula (Z1) is synonymous with
  • the scavenger is an amine that is cyclic and contains at least one element selected from the group consisting of oxygen element and sulfur element.
  • the amine is water soluble.
  • the scavenger is preferably a primary or secondary amine.
  • the scavenger represented by formula (Z1) above is preferably a cyclic amine having one amino group.
  • the scavenger is, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of morpholine, piperidine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide, preferably morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine , 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and at least one selected from the group consisting of thiomorpholine dioxide, more preferably selected from the group consisting of morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, and 4-hydroxypiperidine At least one, more preferably morpholine.
  • the amount of the scavenger to be added is 5 to 100 equivalents, preferably 5 to 50 equivalents, more preferably 10 to 30 equivalents, relative to the amount of protective groups present in the reaction system. If the amount of the scavenger to be added is less than this range, the by-product having a fulvene skeleton generated by the deprotection reaction of the protective group having a fluorene skeleton will be insufficiently captured, making it difficult to remove impurities by acidic liquid separation washing. If the amount of the scavenger added is more than this range, the scavenger may remain in the organic layer during acidic liquid-separating washing, which may cause side reactions.
  • organic solvent The contact between the amino group-containing compound and the scavenger represented by formula (Z1) is carried out in an organic solvent.
  • this organic solvent it is preferable to use the same solvent as the reaction solvent used for the elongation (synthesis) reaction of the peptide in the liquid phase tagging method described below. This is because when the peptide elongation reaction is repeated sequentially, the removal of the protective group and the elongation of the peptide do not adversely affect each other, and the operation is facilitated.
  • the organic solvent the same soluble solvent as described above for step (X1) can be used, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the method of contacting each component is not particularly limited.
  • the ingredients may be mixed in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirring mechanism.
  • the amino group-containing compound and the scavenger can be brought into contact with each other.
  • the procedure for mixing each component is not particularly limited.
  • a scavenger may be mixed with the organic solvent containing the amino group-containing compound (hereinafter also referred to as "reaction solution").
  • a deprotecting agent may be further mixed in order to accelerate the deprotection reaction of the protecting group.
  • Deprotecting agents include 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU), 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene (DBN), 1,4- At least one base selected from the group consisting of organic bases such as diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO) triethylamine and tributylamine, and inorganic bases such as potassium tert-butoxide and sodium tert-butoxide more preferably 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU), 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene (DBN), 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO),
  • DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene
  • DBN
  • the amount of the deprotecting agent added in this step is preferably 1 to 12 equivalents, more preferably 2 to 10 equivalents, particularly preferably 3 to 8 equivalents, relative to the protective groups present in the reaction system.
  • the procedure for adding the deprotecting agent is not particularly limited.
  • the scavenger may be mixed with the reaction solution, or the deprotecting agent may be mixed with the reaction solution before the scavenger is mixed with the reaction solution.
  • a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z3) is obtained.
  • This scavenger is a combination of a by-product having a fulvene skeleton represented by the following formula (Z2') and a scavenger represented by the above formula (Z1).
  • a by-product represented by the following formula (Z2') is produced by deprotection of the protective group represented by the formula (Z2).
  • N, H, X, R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a , R 3b , R 5a , R 5b , R 5c , R 5d , R 6a , R 6b , R 6c , R 6d , n 1 , n 2 , and n 3 have the same meanings as in Formula (Z1) and Formula (Z2).
  • Step of separating capture bodies Next, the step of separating the captured bodies obtained, that is, the step of removing them from the reaction solution will be described.
  • the method shown below is an example of a method for separating captured bodies, and is not limited to the method shown below.
  • an acidic aqueous solution is added to the above reaction solution to neutralize it, and the capturing body is guided to the aqueous layer by liquid separation.
  • the scavengers can be guided into the aqueous layer and separated from the reaction solution by acid washing.
  • the acid used for neutralization is not limited as long as it can neutralize the base in the reaction solution, but examples include aqueous solutions of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, and the like.
  • hydrochloric acid 0.5 M (“M” indicates mol/L.
  • M indicates mol/L.
  • hydrochloric acid 0.5 M (“M” indicates mol/L.
  • M indicates mol/L.
  • M indicates mol/L.
  • 12 M preferably 1 M to 12 M, more preferably 1 M to 6 M hydrochloric acid
  • Use Neutralization here means that the reaction solution should have a neutral pH, and the pH may be 7.0 or less.
  • a ketone-based liquid separation promoting solvent such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone may be further added.
  • tag-peptide molecules associate with each other through hydrophobic interaction and hydrogen bonding to form a micelle structure, which causes the liquid separation to decrease.
  • the hydrophobic interaction between the side chains of the tag or the hydrogen bond between the peptide molecules is weakened, and the formation of the micelle structure is suppressed, so that the liquid separation is improved. Presumed. It is also effective in improving the liquid separation property to perform a step of heating the reaction solution instead of or together with the step of adding the liquid separation promoting solvent.
  • an acidic aqueous solution is added to the reaction solution neutralized with the above acid for washing, then the solution is separated, the aqueous layer is separated, and the organic layer is recovered.
  • the acidic aqueous solution to be used is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, dilute sulfuric acid aqueous solution, phosphoric acid aqueous solution, and acetic acid aqueous solution, preferably hydrochloric acid aqueous solution.
  • the pH of the acidic aqueous solution is 1-5, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
  • the amount of the acidic aqueous solution used for washing is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits a washing effect. ⁇ 2 times the amount.
  • the number of washings, liquid separations, and discarding of the aqueous layer there are no particular restrictions on the number of washings, liquid separations, and discarding of the aqueous layer, and it may be performed once or multiple times. The number of times is appropriately selected depending on the type of compound in the reaction system, the amount of trapping material, and the like.
  • the temperature for washing is not particularly limited, but is 10°C to 50°C, preferably 15°C to 45°C, more preferably 20°C to 40°C.
  • the captured material is basically removed with an acidic aqueous solution.
  • other washing processes may be added before and after washing with the acidic aqueous solution. Examples include washing with a basic aqueous solution and washing with a saline solution.
  • a sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution for example, a sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, a sodium carbonate aqueous solution, or a potassium carbonate aqueous solution having a pH of 8 to 13 can be mentioned.
  • salt water examples include 5 wt % to saturated salt water.
  • washing with a basic aqueous solution is performed to make the pH of the solution neutral to weakly basic.
  • the basic aqueous solution examples include the aqueous solutions described above.
  • the method for removing the Fmoc group involves mixing a cyclic amine as a scavenger, an amino group-containing compound protected with an Fmoc group as a protecting group, and an optional deprotecting agent to deprotect the Fmoc group.
  • DBF-trapper is an example of a "trapper" of the present invention.
  • An amino group-containing compound protected by an Fmoc group means a compound in which at least one of the primary amino group or secondary amino group of the amino group-containing compound is protected by an Fmoc group.
  • Cyclic amines herein are cyclic amines having one amino group, such as morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide, as described above.
  • morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine and 4-hydroxypiperidine are preferred, and morpholine is more preferred.
  • the amount of the cyclic amine added in the Fmoc group removal step is 5 to 100 equivalents, preferably 5 to 50 equivalents, more preferably 10 to 30 equivalents, relative to the amount of Fmoc groups present in the reaction system. be. If the amount of the cyclic amine added is less than this range, the capture of DBF produced by the Fmoc group deprotection reaction becomes insufficient, making it difficult to remove impurities by acidic liquid separation washing.
  • a deprotecting agent is a reactive agent that removes the Fmoc group from an amino group-containing compound protected with an Fmoc group.
  • Deprotecting agents in the Fmoc group removal step include, as described above, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU), 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0] organic bases such as -5-nonene (DBN), 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), triethylamine, and tributylamine; and inorganic bases such as potassium tert-butoxide and sodium tert-butoxide.
  • DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene
  • DBN 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane
  • triethylamine and tributylamine
  • inorganic bases such as potassium tert-butoxide and sodium tert-
  • DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene
  • DBN 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene
  • DABCO 4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane
  • DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene
  • the amount of the deprotecting agent necessary for deprotecting the Fmoc group is preferably 1 to 12 equivalents, more preferably 2 to 10 equivalents, 3 to 8 equivalents, relative to the Fmoc group present in the reaction system. Equivalents are particularly preferred.
  • the deprotecting agent is not an essential reactant and does not necessarily have to be added. However, it is preferable to use a deprotecting agent because the reaction rate of the deprotection reaction of the Fmoc group can be increased by using the deprotecting agent together with the scavenger.
  • the acidic aqueous solution to be used is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, dilute sulfuric acid aqueous solution, phosphoric acid aqueous solution, and acetic acid aqueous solution, preferably hydrochloric acid aqueous solution.
  • the pH of the acidic aqueous solution is 1-5, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
  • an amino group-containing compound in which the Fmoc group has been deprotected can be isolated. Furthermore, the obtained solution of the amino group-containing compound can be used as it is as a raw material for the peptide production method by the liquid phase synthesis method described below.
  • This peptide synthesis method comprises an amino group-containing compound such as an amino acid, peptide, or amino acid amide whose C-terminal is protected with a specific carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis (hereinafter also referred to as "C-terminal carrier-protected peptide"), A step of condensing an amino group-containing compound (hereinafter also referred to as an “N-terminal protected peptide”) whose N-terminus is protected with the above-described protecting group (see formula (Z2)) (step Z1), and remaining after the condensation reaction A step of quenching the active ester (step Z2), a step of deprotecting the protective group from the condensed peptide (hereinafter also referred to as “N-terminal protected-C-terminal carrier-protected peptide”) (step Z3), and adding an acidic aqueous solution to the reaction solution.
  • C-terminal carrier-protected peptide a specific carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis
  • Step Z4 deprotecting the C-terminal carrier and side chain protecting groups
  • Step Z5 deprotecting the C-terminal carrier and side chain protecting groups
  • liquid-phase peptide synthesis method including the method for removing the Fmoc group will be described in detail below, taking Fmoc as an example of the protective group.
  • the protective group is not limited to the Fmoc group, and the method shown below can also be applied to an amino group-containing compound protected with a protective group represented by formula (Z2) above.
  • Step Z1 condensation step
  • a condensing agent a C-terminal carrier-protected peptide protected with a carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis
  • an amino acid or peptide whose N-terminus is protected with an Fmoc group hereinafter referred to as "N-Fmoc-protected amino acid or Also referred to as "peptide”
  • N-Fmoc-protected amino acid or Also referred to as "peptide” is condensed to obtain a peptide with extended amino acid residues (hereinafter also referred to as "N-Fmoc-protected-C-terminal carrier-protected peptide").
  • Carriers for liquid-phase peptide synthesis used in step Z1 include, for example, the following compounds.
  • the carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis is the benzyl compound (X1) represented by the above formula (X1). Since the structure of the benzyl compound (X1) is the same as that of Embodiment 1 described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • a benzyl compound (Y1) represented by the following formula (Y1). Since the structure of the benzyl compound (Y1) is the same as that of Embodiment 2 described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • benzyl compound (Y1) represented by the above formula (Y1) compounds represented by the following formulas (Y1A) to (Y1D) can be mentioned as preferable ones in view of their usefulness.
  • the carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis used in step Z1 is not limited to the benzyl compound (X1) represented by formula (X1) and the benzyl compound (Y1) represented by formula (Y1). It may be a compound.
  • N-Fmoc-protected C-terminal carrier-protected peptides, etc., C-terminal carrier-protected peptides, and amino acids forming the basic structure of N-Fmoc-protected amino acids may be either natural amino acids or non-natural amino acids. Also, this amino acid may be either L- or D-form.
  • Natural amino acids include Arg, Lys, Asp, Asn, Glu, Gln, His, Pro, Tyr, Trp, Ser, Thr, Gly, Ala, Met, Cys, Phe, Leu, Val, Ile, ⁇ -Ala, and the like. mentioned.
  • Unnatural amino acids include Tle (tert-leucine) and the like.
  • Amino acids may have side chain functional groups.
  • the side chain amino group is desirably protected by a protective group other than the Fmoc group, such as a Boc group, a Cbz group, an Alloc group, an Ac group, or the like.
  • Examples of protective groups for side chain carboxy groups include alkyl groups such as methyl groups, ethyl groups and tBu groups, and benzylic substituents such as benzyl groups and p-methoxybenzyl groups.
  • a trityl (Tr) group etc. are mentioned as a protection group of an amide group.
  • a benzyl group, a tBu group, etc. are mentioned as a side-chain hydroxy-protecting group.
  • Examples of side-chain imidazole-protecting groups include Boc, Trt, and Bom (benzyloxymethyl) groups.
  • Examples of side-chain guanidyl-protecting groups include a nitro group and a Pbf group.
  • Examples of thiol-protecting groups include Trt group, Acm group, Dpm group, Ddm group, tBu group, S-tBu group, Mmt group and Npys group.
  • the amount of the N-Fmoc-protected amino acid used is 1 to 4 mol, preferably 1 to 2 mol, particularly preferably 1.05 to 1.3 mol, per 1 mol of the carrier for liquid phase peptide synthesis. .
  • the condensing agent is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, and condensing agents commonly used in peptide synthesis can be used.
  • the condensing agent the one described in the context of step (X2) (condensation reaction step) can be used, and therefore detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • An activator is preferably added to promote the peptide condensation reaction and suppress side reactions such as racemization.
  • the activating agent the one described in the context of step (X2) (condensation reaction step) can be used, and therefore detailed description thereof is omitted.
  • reaction solvent As the reaction solvent used in the condensation reaction step (hereinafter also referred to simply as "solvent"), any solvent commonly used in peptide synthesis can be used without limitation. A mixed solvent of a solvent and a polar solvent can be mentioned. As the soluble solvent, the one described in the context of step (X1) (dissolving step) can be used, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • the soluble solvent is used to improve the solubility of the substrate in the reaction, to improve the solubility of unreacted substances and by-products in the aqueous layer during extraction, or to improve the liquid separation.
  • DMF dimethylacetamide, DMSO, sulfolane, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N'-dimethylpropylene urea (DMPU), acetonitrile, etc.
  • the mixing ratio is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, but the amount is such that the ratio of the soluble solvent and the polar solvent is 50:50 to 95:5, preferably 70:30 to 90:10. quantity.
  • the amount of the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, but it is an amount such that the concentration of the dissolved tag is usually 0.1 mM to 1 M, preferably 1 mM to 0.5 M. be.
  • reaction temperature the temperature generally used in peptide synthesis is also used in the present invention.
  • the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 30 hours (condensation time for one residue).
  • This reaction solvent is an example of the "organic solvent" in the present invention, and can be used in steps Z3 and Z4 described below.
  • Step Z2 Active ester quenching step
  • An amine is added to the reaction solvent containing the N-Fmoc-protected C-terminal carrier-protected peptide obtained in step Z1 above, and the remaining amino acid active ester (condensing agent, Then, scavenging is performed.
  • the amine used in this step may be referred to as the first scavenger.
  • Amines as first scavengers that can be used in step Z2 are preferably primary or secondary water-soluble amines, for example morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine di oxide, 1-methylpiperazine, 4-aminopiperidine, N,N-dimethylethylenediamine, ethylenediamine, preferably morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine dioxide. , more preferably morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine and 4-hydroxypiperidine, and still more preferably morpholine.
  • the amount of amine added as a scavenger in step Z2 is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents, relative to the theoretically remaining amino acid equivalents.
  • Step Z3 Fmoc group deprotection and capture step
  • a deprotecting agent is added to the reaction solution obtained in step Z2 to deprotect the N-terminal Fmoc group from the N-Fmoc-protected-C-terminal carrier-protected peptide.
  • this step includes a step of catching Fmoc group-derived by-products (DBF) with a second scavenger.
  • the reaction solution is an example of the "organic solvent” of the present invention.
  • the second scavenger is an example of the "trapping agent" of the present invention.
  • the step of scavenging DBF with a second scavenger is an example of the "step of obtaining a scavenger" of the present invention.
  • the amount of the deprotecting agent added in this step is preferably 1 to 12 equivalents, more preferably 2 to 10 equivalents, particularly preferably 3 to 8 equivalents, relative to the Fmoc groups present in the reaction system.
  • the deprotecting agent is not particularly limited, but 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU), 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene, 1,4 -diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, triethylamine and tributylamine, preferably DBU.
  • DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene
  • 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene 1,4 -diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane
  • potassium tert-butoxide sodium tert-butoxide
  • triethylamine and tributylamine preferably DBU.
  • the amount of the second scavenger used to scavenge DBF derived from the de-Fmoc group is preferably 5 equivalents to 50 equivalents, more preferably 8 equivalents to 40 equivalents, more preferably 10 equivalents, relative to the Fmoc groups present in the reaction system. Equivalents to 35 equivalents are particularly preferred.
  • a second scavenger that can be used in step Z3 is an amine as a DBF scavenger.
  • the amine as described above, is cyclic and contains at least one element selected from the group consisting of an oxygen element or a sulfur element, and is preferably a primary or secondary water-soluble amine, Examples include morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine and thiomorpholine dioxide, preferably morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine and 4-hydroxypiperidine, more preferably morpholine is.
  • the second scavenger in this step may be the same as or different from the first scavenger added in step Z2 (active ester quenching step).
  • the second scavenger used in step Z3 is preferably the same as the first scavenger added in step Z2.
  • cyclic amines such as morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine and thiomorpholine dioxide are preferably used.
  • Step Z4 is an example of the "separating step" of the present invention. That is, in this step, an acidic aqueous solution is added to the reaction solution of the above step Z3 to neutralize it, and the first scavenger and amino acid active ester are combined (hereinafter also referred to as "amino acid active ester-capturing body"). , and unreacted substances (here, the unreacted substances are condensing agents, activating agents, deprotecting agents, polar solvents among the reaction solvents described above, etc.) are removed into the aqueous layer by liquid separation.
  • the amino acid active ester scavenged by the first scavenger i.e. amino acid active ester-capture
  • the DBF scavenged by the second scavenger i.e. DBF-capture
  • the acid used for neutralization can be the one described in the context of step (Y4) (liquid separation step), so a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
  • an acidic aqueous solution is added to the reaction solution neutralized with the above acid for washing, followed by liquid separation, removing the aqueous layer, and recovering the organic layer.
  • the acidic aqueous solution to be used is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, dilute sulfuric acid aqueous solution, phosphoric acid aqueous solution, and acetic acid aqueous solution, preferably hydrochloric acid aqueous solution.
  • the pH of the acidic aqueous solution is 1-5, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
  • the amount of the acidic aqueous solution used for washing is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits a washing effect. ⁇ 2 times the amount.
  • washings There are no particular restrictions on the number of washings, liquid separations, and discarding of the aqueous layer, and it may be performed once or multiple times. The number of times is appropriately selected depending on the type of compound in the reaction system, the amount of unreacted substances, and the like.
  • the temperature for washing is not particularly limited, but is 10°C to 50°C, preferably 15°C to 45°C, more preferably 20°C to 40°C.
  • the amino acid active ester-captured body, the DBF-captured body, and unreacted substances are basically removed with an acidic aqueous solution.
  • an acidic aqueous solution may be added before or after washing with the acidic aqueous solution. Examples include washing with a basic aqueous solution and washing with a saline solution.
  • a sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution for example, a sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, a sodium carbonate aqueous solution, or a potassium carbonate aqueous solution having a pH of 8 to 13 can be mentioned.
  • salt solution 5 wt% to saturated salt solution can be mentioned.
  • washing with a basic aqueous solution is performed to make the pH of the solution neutral to weakly basic.
  • the basic aqueous solution include the aqueous solutions described above.
  • the C-terminal carrier-protected peptide is solidified (crystallized) in the stage after deprotection of the Fmoc group, and the C-terminal carrier-protected peptide is solid-liquid separated. may be recovered.
  • Solidification can be carried out by appropriately referring to known methods by changing the composition of the solvent in which the carrier-protected peptide is dissolved. After that, it can be carried out by adding a hydrocarbon solvent such as methanol, acetonitrile, or hexane to change the composition of the solution.
  • Step Z5 deprotection, purification step
  • This step is a step of removing the carrier and protecting group of the side chain of the peptide from the C-terminus of the peptide to obtain the desired peptide.
  • the method for removing the carrier and peptide side chain protecting groups from the peptide C-terminus is not particularly limited, and a known deprotection method may be used, preferably by acid treatment.
  • a known deprotection method may be used, preferably by acid treatment.
  • deprotection methods using trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) can be used.
  • TFA may be used in combination with molecules such as water, thioanisole, 1,2-ethanedithiol, phenol, and triisopropylsilane in an appropriate composition.
  • the peptide from which the carrier and the protecting group of the peptide side chain have been deprotected can be isolated and purified according to a purification method commonly used in peptide synthesis.
  • the target peptide can be isolated and purified by extraction washing, crystallization, and chromatography.
  • the intermediate peptide obtained after deprotection of the Fmoc group can be used in the next condensation step without isolation. This enables one-pot synthesis of peptides and is particularly suitable for industrial production.
  • the protecting group remover represented by the above formula (Z2) is a composition containing the scavenger represented by the above formula (Z1) and a basic deprotecting agent. .
  • the scavenger and deprotection agents are described above and will not be described in detail here.
  • the method for producing a peptide according to the first aspect of the present invention comprises, in an organic solvent, an amino group-containing compound whose N-terminus is protected with a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton, and the following formula (Z1): a step of contacting with a capturing agent represented by to obtain a capturing body in which a by-product having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protecting group and the capturing agent are bound; a step of separating the captured body obtained from the organic solvent; including, Peptide production method:
  • N is a nitrogen atom
  • H is a hydrogen atom
  • X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—; n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R
  • the method for producing a peptide according to the second aspect of the present invention comprises, in addition to the configuration of the method for producing a peptide according to the first aspect, an amino group-containing compound having the N-terminus protected with the protecting group and a deprotecting agent. and the step of contacting with.
  • the deprotecting agent is 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0] -7-undecene (DBU), 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene (DBN), 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), potassium tert-butoxide, At least one base selected from the group consisting of sodium tert-butoxide, triethylamine, and tributylamine.
  • DBU 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0] -7-undecene
  • DBN 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene
  • DABCO 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane
  • potassium tert-butoxide At least one base selected from the group consisting of sodium tert-butoxide, triethylamine, and tributylamine.
  • the step of separating the captured body comprises: After washing by adding an acidic aqueous solution to the organic solvent, the organic solvent is separated into an aqueous layer and an organic layer, and then the separated aqueous layer is separated.
  • the scavenger is at least one selected from the group consisting of morpholine, piperidine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide.
  • the scavenger is at least one selected from the group consisting of morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide.
  • the method for removing a protecting group according to the seventh aspect of the present invention comprises, in an organic solvent, an amino group-containing compound whose N-terminus is protected by a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton, and a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1): and a step of contacting with to obtain a capturing body in which a by-product having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protecting group and the capturing agent are bound; a step of separating the captured body obtained from the organic solvent; including, Methods for removing protecting groups:
  • N is a nitrogen atom
  • H is a hydrogen atom
  • X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—
  • n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H
  • the remover according to the eighth aspect of the present invention is an agent for removing a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton, containing a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1) and a basic deprotecting agent:
  • N is a nitrogen atom
  • H is a hydrogen atom
  • X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—
  • n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 )
  • R is the same as that of -OR above
  • the scavenger is morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine , and thiomorpholine dioxide.
  • the deprotecting agent comprises 1,8-diazabicyclo[5. 4.0]-7-undecene, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene, 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, At least one base selected from the group consisting of triethylamine and tributylamine.
  • the benzyl compound (Y1) has the following formula (Y1): [In the formula, m Q's each represent an oxygen atom, m R 1 are each independently represented by the following formula (YA): (In the formula, * indicates the binding position, R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , R 1d and R 1e each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group, n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 6, and when n 1 is 1 or more, the repeating unit shown in parentheses to which n 1 is attached is an alkylene group, n 2 represents an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less, and when n 2 is 1 or more, the repeating unit shown in parentheses to which n 2 is attached is an alkylene group, However, at least two or more of R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d are hydrogen atoms.
  • R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a halogen atom
  • X represents a hydroxyl group
  • m represents an integer of 2 or 3
  • k represents an integer of 0 or more (5-m) or less
  • At least one of m [QR 1 ] is substituted at the meta position with respect to the substituent containing X. ] is represented by
  • the benzyl compound (Y1) according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention has a total carbon number of 40 or more and 60 or less in addition to the structure of the benzyl compound (Y1) according to the eleventh aspect described above.
  • each of the m R 1 independently one branched organic group,
  • R 1f is a linear chain having 4 to 10 carbon atoms is an alkyl group in the form of R 1g is a linear alkyl group having 6 or more and 12 or less carbon atoms.
  • a method for producing a peptide according to the fifteenth aspect of the present invention comprises a dissolving step of dissolving the benzyl compound according to any one of the above-described eleventh to fourteenth aspects in a soluble solvent, Next, a condensation reaction step of condensing the dissolved benzyl compound and an amino acid whose N-terminus is protected by an N-terminal protecting group to produce a first condensate; Then, a first base is added to the soluble solvent containing the first condensate to scavenge the amino acid active ester, the first base and the second base are added to the soluble solvent, and the second base is added to the soluble solvent.
  • a liquid separation step of obtaining a second condensate in which the N-terminal protecting group is deprotected from the first condensate in the organic layer including.
  • the N-terminally unprotected amino acid and The 2n-th condensate comprising an amino acid whose C-terminus is protected by the benzyl compound and the number of residues is n, is condensed with the n-th amino acid whose N-terminus is protected to the ( 2n+1) forming a condensate of the step of scavenging comprises performing deprotection of the N-terminal protecting group from the (2n+1)th condensate;
  • the liquid separation step includes a step of obtaining a (2n+2)th condensate in which the N-terminal protecting group is deprotected from the (2n+1)th condensate in the organic layer, Said n is a natural number of 2 or more.
  • n is 5 or more in addition to the configuration of the method for producing a peptide according to the 16th aspect described above.
  • the separation step includes: The step of adding a ketone-based liquid separation promoting solvent to the soluble solvent is further included.
  • the benzyl compound (X1) has the following formula (X1): [In the formula, m Q 1 and Q 2 are each an oxygen atom, m R 1 are each independently an alkylene group, m R 2 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group, k R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom, X is a hydroxyl group, m is an integer of 2 or 3, k represents an integer from 0 to (5-m). ] is represented by
  • the m R 1s have 2 to 16 carbon atoms. is an alkylene group of
  • the m R 2 are halogen An aryl group having substituents containing atoms.
  • the m R 2 are carbon It is an alkyl group having a number of 5 or more and 28 or less.
  • the m R 2 are linear alkyl groups , or an alkyl group having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains, represented by the following formula (XA):
  • R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d and R 2e each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group
  • n 1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 16 or less
  • n2 represents an integer of 0 or more and 16 or less.
  • at least two or more of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c and R 2d are hydrogen atoms.
  • Embodiment 1 of the present invention First, an example of Embodiment 1 of the present invention described above will be given.
  • Example (X1-a) 25 g (100 mmol) of 3,5-bistrifluoromethylphenol was dissolved in 125 mL of DMF, 27.6 g (120 mmol) of 11-bromoundecanol and 27.6 g (200 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 4 hours. The reaction solution was returned to room temperature, and solid content was removed by filtration. 150 mL of toluene and 75 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid were added to the filtrate for liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was further washed with 75 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid and 100 mL of saturated brine.
  • Example (X1-c) 1.16 g (6.33 mmol) of methyl gallate was dissolved in 150 mL of DMF, 14.1 g (30.4 mmol) of compound (X1-2) and 16.6 g (120 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 18 hours. . After the potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, 100 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid and 100 mL of hexane were added to the reaction solution for liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was further washed with 100 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 20% brine. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure.
  • Example (X1-d) 6.2 g (4.66 mmol) of compound (X1-3) was dissolved in 150 mL of THF, 20.96 mL of lithium triethylborohydride (1 MTHF solution, 20.96 mmol) was added under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water (50 mL) and 20 mL of 1 M hydrochloric acid were added to the reaction solution to stop the reaction, and 200 mL of ethyl acetate was added to perform liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was washed twice with 100 mL of water. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure.
  • Example (X2-a) Dissolve 8 g (26.79 mmol) of 2-n-octyl-1-dodecanol in 210 mL of toluene (anhydrous), add 17.6 g (53.59 mmol) of dibromododecane and 2.14 g (53.59 mmol) of NaH, and stir at 105°C. Stirred overnight. The reaction solution was returned to room temperature, 10 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes.
  • Example (X2-b) 0.77 g (5.61 mmol) of 2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde was dissolved in 116 mL of a mixed solvent of DMF:cyclopentyl methyl ether (1:1), and 7.6 g (14.03 mmol) of compound (X2-1) and potassium carbonate were dissolved. 3.9 g (28.06 mmol) was added and stirred at 90° C. for 3 hours. After the potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, 100 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid and 100 mL of hexane were added to the reaction solution for liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was further washed with 100 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 20% brine.
  • Example (X2-c) 4.4 g (4.08 mmol) of compound (X2-2) was dissolved in 65 mL of a mixed solvent of THF (anhydrous):methanol (10:3), and 0.31 g (8.17 mmol) of sodium borohydride was dissolved under ice-cooling. was added and stirred for 10 minutes, the ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 5 mL of acetone was added to the reaction solution to stop the reaction, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure.
  • Example (X3-a) 0.79 g (4.29 mmol) of methyl gallate was dissolved in 132 mL of a mixed solvent of DMF:MTHP (1:1), and 8.8 g of compound (X2-1) prepared in Example (X2-a) (16. 12 mmol) and 2.65 g (19.17 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 90°C overnight. After the potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, 100 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid and 100 mL of hexane were added to the reaction solution for liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was further washed with 100 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 20% brine.
  • Example (X3-b) 3.2 g (2.04 mmol) of compound (X3-1) was dissolved in 30 mL of THF (anhydrous), and 4.1 mL of diisobutylaluminum hydride (1.5 M toluene solution, 6.16 mmol) was added under ice-cooling. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and stirred at room temperature for an additional 2 hours. After 5 mL of acetone was added to the reaction solution to stop the reaction, 30 g of silica gel was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, the reaction solution was filtered, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure.
  • Example (X4-a) Dissolve 1 g (2.81 mmol) of 2-decyl-1-tetradecanol in 20 mL of toluene (anhydrous), add 1.85 g (5.63 mmol) of dibromododecane and 0.226 g (5.63 mmol) of NaH, and stir at 95°C. Stirred overnight. The reaction solution was returned to room temperature, 10 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes.
  • Example (X4-b) 0.106 g (0.77 mmol) of 2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde was dissolved in 17.4 mL of a mixed solvent of DMF: cyclopentyl methyl ether (1:1) to obtain 1.16 g (1.92 mmol) of compound (X4-1), 0.532 g (3.85 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and stirred at 90° C. for 4 hours. After potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, 20 mL of hexane and 36 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid were added to the reaction solution for liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was washed twice with 18 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 18 mL of 20% brine.
  • Example (X4-c) 1.0 g (0.837 mmol) of compound (X4-2) was dissolved in 19.5 mL of a mixed solvent of THF (anhydrous):methanol (10:3), and 0.070 g of sodium borohydride (1.0 g of sodium borohydride) was dissolved under ice-cooling. 850 mmol) was added and stirred for 10 minutes, the ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 4 mL of acetone was added to the reaction solution to terminate the reaction, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure.
  • Example X5 ⁇ Confirmation of solubility of tag in organic solvent> Compound (X1-4) produced in Example X1, compound (X2-3) produced in Example X2, compound (X3-2) produced in Example X3, and compound (X4- The solubility (25°C) in various solvents of 3) was measured.
  • the linear C 18 H 37 compound shown in Comparative Example X1 was prepared by the method described in Examples of JP - A-2000-44494. , (2011), 4476-4479 was synthesized with reference to the method described in 4476-4479 was used.
  • Table X1 shows Example X1 (Compound (X1-4)), Example X2 (Compound (X2-3)), Example X3 (Compound (X3-2)), and Example X4 (Compound (X4-3 )) solubility results.
  • Table X2 shows the solubility results of Comparative Example X1 and Comparative Example X2. The value in parentheses in Table X2 indicates how many times the solubility of Examples X1 to X4 corresponds to the solubility of the compounds of Examples X1 to X4 when it is assumed that the solubility of the compounds of Examples X1 to X4 is uniformly 50 (% by weight) (i.e., 50 divided by the solubility).
  • Example X6-1 Confirmation of hydrophobicity of tag> Liquid chromatography (HPLC) was used to evaluate the hydrophobicity of the compounds of Examples X1 to X4 of the present invention.
  • Example X3 As shown in Table X3, the compounds of Comparative Examples X1 and X2 had retention times of 13.6 minutes and 12.1 minutes, respectively, while Examples X1-X4 had retention times of 8.4 minutes, respectively. minutes, 21.8 minutes, 60.2 minutes, and 33.2 minutes. All of Examples X2 to X4 greatly exceeded the retention times of Comparative Examples X1 and X2. In Example X1, although the retention times were smaller than those of Comparative Examples X1 and X2, they were kept at approximately the same level.
  • the compounds of Examples X1 to X4 all showed retention times equal to or longer than those of the compounds of Comparative Examples X1 and X2, in which the corresponding side chains were linear chains.
  • the compounds described above can serve as excellent tags in peptide synthesis.
  • Example X6-2 ⁇ Acid resistance> The stability of the side chain portion of the compound of the present invention against acid was evaluated using the compound (X1-4) produced in Example X1 and the compound (X3-2) produced in Example X3.
  • Non-Patent Document 5 discloses that the half-life of a triisopropylsilyl group to an acidic solvent (1 wt % hydrochloric acid/methanol) is 55 minutes. It was suggested that the compounds of Examples X1 and X3 are more stable to acid than compounds having at least an O--Si bond.
  • Example X7 Synthesis of H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4)
  • Example X7-1 Synthesis of HO-Leu-OTag (X1-4)
  • Compound (X1-4) 1.3 g (1.0 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of a mixed solution of MTHP/DMF (8/2), Fmoc-Leu-OH 0.46 g (1.3 mmol), EDCI.HCl 0.25 g (1.3 mmol) and DMAP 0.012 g ( 0.1 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. 39 ⁇ L (0.4 mmol) of morpholine was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes.
  • Example X7-2 Synthesis of HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) To the solution of HO-Leu-OTag (X1-4) obtained above, 4 mL of DMF, 0.46 g of Fmoc-Ile-OH (1. 3 mmol), 0.25 g (1.3 mmol) of EDCI.HCl and 0.046 g (0.3 mmol) of Oxyma were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 39 ⁇ L (0.4 mmol) of morpholine was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. 1.74 mL (20.0 mmol) of morpholine and 1.04 mL (7.0 mmol) of DBU were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
  • Example X7-3 Synthesis of H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) Same as Example X7-2 except that Fmoc-Tyr(OtBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. Working up, H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) was obtained as a solution. The solvent was distilled off from the resulting organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain 1.58 g of H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) (yield 90.3%). ESI-MS: 1749.13 [M+H] +
  • H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) was obtained in high yield, by using a specific cyclic amine containing only one nitrogen atom such as morpholine as a scavenger, It was confirmed that the by-product could be easily removed.
  • Example X8 Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X2-3) 0.5 g (0.46 mmol) of compound (X2-3) as a tag ) and the amino acids shown below from the 1st residue to the 6th residue, performing the same operations as in Examples X7-1 to Example X7-3, H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X2-3) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example (Y1-a) 1.20 g (6.516 mmol) of methyl gallate was dissolved in 12 mL of DMF and 12 mL of cyclopentyl methyl ether (CPME), and 7.15 g (29.322 mmol) of 5-bromomethylundecane and 4.50 g (32.580 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added. The mixture was added and stirred at 110° C. for 10 hours. The reaction liquid was returned to room temperature, and the solid content was removed by filtration.
  • CPME cyclopentyl methyl ether
  • Example (Y2-a) 3.01 g (16.357 mmol) of methyl gallate was dissolved in 30 mL of DMF and 30 mL of CPME, 19.98 g (65.428 mmol) of 7-bromomethylpentadecane and 11.30 g (81.785 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 110°C for 12 hours. Stirred for hours. The reaction liquid was returned to room temperature, and the solid content was removed by filtration. 30 mL of CPME and 60 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid were added to the filtrate to perform liquid separation washing, and further, 60 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 60 mL of 20% brine were washed.
  • Example (Y2-b) 10.08 g (11.755 mmol) of compound (Y2-1) was dissolved in 120 mL of anhydrous THF, and 23.5 mL of diisobutylaluminum hydride (1.5 M toluene solution, 35.267 mmol) was added dropwise under ice cooling. , and stirred for 2 hours. 10 mL of 0.2 M hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction solution to terminate the reaction, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure.
  • Example (Y3-a) 0.50 g (2.715 mmol) of methyl gallate was dissolved in 5 mL of DMF and 5 mL of CPME, 4.62 g (11.064 mmol) of 11-bromomethyltricosane and 1.88 g (13.602 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was heated at 110°C. Stirred for 10 hours. The reaction liquid was returned to room temperature, and the solid content was removed by filtration. 20 mL of hexane and 20 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid were added to the filtrate to perform liquid separation washing, and the filtrate was further washed with 20 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 20 mL of 20% brine.
  • Example (Y4-a) 1.35 g (8.0 mmol) of methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate was dissolved in 70 mL of DMF, 8.0 g (19.2 mmol) of 11-bromomethyltricosane and 3.32 g (24.0 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, Stirred at 90° C. for 7 hours. After potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, 100 mL of water and 100 mL of ethyl acetate were added to the filtrate to separate and wash, and the organic layer was successively washed with 100 mL of water and 100 mL of 20% brine. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure.
  • Example (Y4-b) 4.8 g (5.68 mmol) of compound (Y4-1) was dissolved in 80 mL of THF, 11.4 mL of diisopropylaluminum hydride (1.5 M toluene solution, 17.0 mmol) was added under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. . A 10% Rochelle salt aqueous solution (100 mL) was added to the reaction solution to stop the reaction, and then 200 mL of ethyl acetate was added to perform liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was washed twice with 100 mL of water. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure.
  • Example Y5 [Confirmation of solubility of tag in organic solvent] ⁇ Example Y5> The compound (Y1-2) produced in Example Y1, the compound (Y2-2) produced in Example Y2, the compound (Y3-2) produced in Example Y3, and the compound (Y4- The solubility (25°C) in various solvents of 2) was measured.
  • the linear C 18 H 37 compound shown in Comparative Example Y1 was produced by the method described in Examples of JP-A-2000-44493, and the linear C 22 H 45 compound shown in Comparative Example Y2 was produced by the method described in Bioorganic & Medicinal chemistry letters, 21. , (2011), 4476-4479 was synthesized with reference to the method described in 4476-4479 was used.
  • Table Y1 shows Example Y1 (Compound (Y1-2)), Example Y2 (Compound (Y2-2)), Example Y3 (Compound (Y3-2)), and Example Y4 (Compound (Y4-2 )) solubility results.
  • Table Y2 shows the solubility results of Comparative Examples Y1 and Y2. The values in parentheses in Table Y2 indicate how many times the solubility of Examples Y1 to Y4 corresponds to the solubility of the compounds of Examples Y1 to Y4 when it is assumed that the solubility of the compounds of Examples Y1 to Y4 is uniformly 50 (% by weight) (that is, 50 divided by the solubility).
  • Example Y7-1 Synthesis of HO-Leu-OTag (Y1-4) 1.0 g (1.21 mmol) of compound (Y2-2) was dissolved in 25 mL of a mixture of MTHP/acetonitrile (8/2), and Fmoc -Leu-OH 0.554 g (1.57 mmol), EDCI.HCl 0.30 g (1.57 mmol) and DMAP 0.0147 g (0.121 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. 42.2 ⁇ L (0.482 mmol) of morpholine was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes.
  • Example Y7-2 Synthesis of HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) To the solution of HO-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) obtained above was added 5.0 mL of acetonitrile and 0.511 g of Fmoc-Ile-OH. (1.45 mmol), 0.277 g (1.45 mmol) of EDCI.HCl and 0.0514 g (0.362 mmol) of Oxyma were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 42.2 ⁇ L (0.482 mmol) of morpholine was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes.
  • Example Y7-3 Synthesis of H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) Same as Example Y7-2 except that Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. After working up, H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Y7-4 Synthesis of H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) The same procedure as in Example Y7-2 except that Fmoc-Pro-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. was carried out to obtain H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) as a solution.
  • Example Y7-5 Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) The same operation as in Example Y7-2 was performed except that MTHP/DMF (8/2) was used as the solvent, and H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2 ) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Y7-6 Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2)
  • MTHP/DMF (8/2) was used as the reaction solvent
  • H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu) -Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Y7-7 Synthesis of H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) Using Fmoc-Pro-OH as the amino acid to be condensed , In addition, the same operation as in Example Y7-2 was performed except that 2 mL of acetone was added during the third 2M hydrochloric acid separation to separate the liquids, and H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr (tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Y7-8 Synthesis of H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)
  • Lys(Boc)-OH was used, and 2 mL of acetone was added during the third 2M hydrochloric acid separation to separate the liquids
  • H-Lys(Boc)-Pro- Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Y7-9 Synthesis of H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) Condensation
  • Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH was used as the amino acid to be used
  • H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf )-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Y7-10 H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2- 2) Synthesis H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)- Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Y7-11 H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu - Synthesis of OTag (Y2-2)
  • Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed
  • H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)- Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Y7-12 H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile -Synthesis of Leu-OTag (Y2-2) H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu) was prepared in the same manner as in Example Y7-2, except that Fmoc-Leu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed.
  • Example Y7-13 H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu) -Synthesis of Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2)
  • Fmoc-PyroGlu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed
  • H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)- Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Y8 Synthesis of H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y3-2) Compound (Y3-2) as tag Using 0.5 g (0.428 mmol), peptide synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Examples Y7-1 to Y7-6. It was confirmed that in liquid separation after condensation of Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH at the 8th residue, it took a long time to separate the organic layer and the aqueous layer during liquid separation with 2M hydrochloric acid.
  • Comparative example Y3 Synthesis of H-Leu-OTag (Comparative Example Y1) Using 1.0 g (1.09 mmol) of the compound shown in Comparative Example Y1 as a tag, synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Example Y7-1. It was confirmed that a large amount of solid precipitated in liquid separation after condensation of Fmoc-Leu-OH, making liquid separation difficult and further peptide synthesis difficult.
  • Table Y4 summarizes the peptide synthesis results (number of residues) of Example Y7, Example Y8 and Comparative Example Y3, and the solubility and hydrophobicity of the benzyl compounds used.
  • the solubility of the benzyl compound in an organic solvent was It was confirmed that the number of peptide synthesis residues increases as the temperature increases.
  • compound (Y2-2) and compound (Y3-2) it was confirmed that compound (Y2-2), which has moderate hydrophobicity, increased the number of peptide synthesis residues the most. bottom.
  • tags with high solubility in organic solvents and moderate hydrophobicity, not too high are suitable as tags for producing long-chain peptides.
  • the benzyl compounds (compounds (Y1-2), (Y2-2), (Y3-2) and (Y4-2)) according to Examples Y1 to Y4 above are used as long-chain tags in the liquid phase tagging method.
  • Compounds (Y2-2) and (Y3-2) according to Examples Y2 and Y3 are particularly useful for peptide synthesis, and compound (Y2-2) according to Example Y2 is more useful. Confirmed that there is.
  • Embodiment 3 of the present invention described above will be given.
  • the synthesis method will be described below using peptides having the sequences shown below as examples, but the present invention is not limited to these.
  • the starting material was dissolved in a mixed solution of MTHP/DMF (8/2) so as to be 18 v/w, morpholine (20.0 equiv) and DBU (7.0 equiv) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
  • the reaction solution was transferred to a separating funnel, and 2N hydrochloric acid was added to wash and separate the liquids to obtain the de-Fmoc compound as a solution.
  • the starting material, Fmoc-AA-OH was dissolved in a mixture of MTHP/DMF (8/2) to a concentration of 18 v/w, and Fmoc amino acid (1.3 equiv), EDCI.HCl (1.3 equiv) and Oxyma0. 0514 g (0.1 equiv) was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Morpholine (0.4 equiv) was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Morpholine (20.0 equiv) and DBU (7.0 equiv) were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was transferred to a separating funnel, and 20% saline (18 v/w) was added twice to wash and separate the solution.
  • the organic layer was washed with 2M hydrochloric acid (18v/w) ⁇ 3 times, and separated, and further washed with 0.5M sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution (18v/w), separated, and the organic layer was diluted with an appropriate amount of sulfuric acid. After drying with sodium, it was filtered while washing with an appropriate amount of MTHP to obtain an amino acid condensate as a solution.
  • Example Z1 PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu - Synthesis of OTag (Z1-13)
  • Example Z1-1 Synthesis of HO-Leu-OTag (Z1-1)
  • the amino acid condensate (HO-Leu-OTag(Z1-1)) is the same as the amino acid condensate (HO-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)) synthesized in Example Y7-1.
  • Example Z1-2 Synthesis of HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-2)
  • an amino acid condensate (HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-2)) was prepared in solution. obtained as The amino acid condensate (HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-2)) is the same as the amino acid condensate (HO-Leu-OTag (Y2-2)) synthesized in Example Y7-2.
  • Example Z1-3 Synthesis of H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-3) The same procedure as in Example Z1-2 except that Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. After working up, H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-3) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z1-4 Synthesis of H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-4) The same procedure as in Example Z1-2 except that Fmoc-Pro-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. was carried out to obtain H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-4) as a solution.
  • Example Z1-5 Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-5) H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-5 ) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z1-6 Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-6)
  • MTHP/DMF (8/2) was used as the reaction solvent
  • H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu) -Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-6) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z1-7 Synthesis of H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-7) , In addition, the same operation as in Example Z1-2 was performed except that 2 mL of acetone was added during the third 2M hydrochloric acid separation to separate the liquids, and H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr (tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-7) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z1-8 Synthesis of H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-8) The same procedure as in Example Z1-8 was carried out except that Lys(Boc)-OH was used, and 2 mL of acetone was added during the third 2M hydrochloric acid separation to separate the liquids, and H-Lys(Boc)-Pro- Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-8) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z1-9 Synthesis of H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-9) Condensation The same operation as in Example Z1-2 was performed except that Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH was used as the amino acid to be used, and H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf )-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-9) was obtained as a solution.
  • Examples Z1-10 H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1- 10) Synthesis H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)- Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-10) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z1-11 H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu Synthesis of -OTag (Z1-11)
  • Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed
  • H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)- Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-11) was obtained as a solution.
  • Examples Z1-12 H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile - Synthesis of Leu-OTag (Z1-12)
  • the same operation as in Example Z1-2 was performed except that Fmoc-Leu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed, and H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu) -Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-12) was obtained as a solution.
  • Examples Z1-13 PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile - Synthesis of Leu-OTag (Z1-13)
  • the same operation as in Example Z1-2 was performed except that Fmoc-PyroGlu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed, and H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu( OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-13) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z1-14 Deprotection of C-Terminal Carrier and Side Chain Functional Group
  • the solvent was distilled off from the resulting organic layer under reduced pressure, and 120 mL of an 80% aqueous acetonitrile solution was added to the residue under ice-cooling to obtain The precipitate is filtered, dried under reduced pressure, and PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu )-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-13) (1.401 g, 0.40 mmol, 33.1% yield).
  • Example Z2 PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr with C-Terminal Support B Synthesis of (tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-13)
  • the C-terminal carrier B used in Example Z2 is the following compound (Z7).
  • Example Z2-1 Synthesis of H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-2) 6 mL, Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH 0.789 g (1.72 mmol), EDCI.HCl 0.329 g (1.72 mmol) and Oxyma 0.0563 g (0.396 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 45.7 ⁇ L (0.528 mmol) of morpholine was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. 2.28 mL (26.4 mmol) of morpholine and 1.38 mL (9.24 mmol) of DBU were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour.
  • Example Z2-2 Synthesis of H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-3) The same procedure as in Example Z2-1 except that Fmoc-Pro-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. was carried out to obtain H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-3) as a solution.
  • Example Z2-3 Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-4) The procedure was carried out except that Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. By performing the same operation as in Example Z2-1, H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-4) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z2-4 Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-5) H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-5) was obtained as a solution by performing the same operation as in Example Z2-1 except that .
  • Example Z2-5 Synthesis of H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-6) The same operation as in Example Z2-1 was performed except that H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-6) was obtained as a solution. rice field.
  • Example Z2-6 Synthesis of H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-7) The same operation as in Example Z2-1 was performed except that Lys(Boc)-OH was used and liquid separation was performed by the following method. The reaction solution was transferred to a separating funnel, and 18 mL of 20% saline solution was added twice to wash and separate the solution.
  • the organic layer is washed with 18 mL of 2M hydrochloric acid 3 times and separated, further washed with 18 mL of 0.5M sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution, separated, and the organic layer is dried with an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, and then added with an appropriate amount of MTHP. While washing with, filter, amino acid condensate (H-Lys (Boc)-Pro-Arg (Pbf)-Arg (Pbf)-Pro-Tyr (tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-7) ) was obtained as a solution.
  • amino acid condensate H-Lys (Boc)-Pro-Arg (Pbf)-Arg (Pbf)-Pro-Tyr (tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-7)
  • Example Z2-7 Synthesis of H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-8) Condensation
  • Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH was used as the amino acid to be used
  • H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf )-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-8) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z2-8 H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2- 9) Synthesis H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)- Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-9) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z2-9 H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu - Synthesis of OTag (Z2-10)
  • Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed
  • H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)- Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-10) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z2-10 H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile -Synthesis of Leu-OTag (Z2-11)
  • Fmoc-Leu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed
  • H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu) -Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-11) was obtained as a solution.
  • Example Z2-11 PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile -Synthesis of Leu-OTag (Z2-12) PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu) was prepared in the same manner as in Example Z2-1 except that Fmoc-PyroGlu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed.
  • Example Z3 Comparison of amounts of diketopiperazine produced by various bases To an MTHP/DMF solution (8:2) of Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-Leu-OTag (Z3-1), 5 equiv of morpholine (Z3-2) was added. After stirring for 2 hours at room temperature, quantitative analysis by HPLC was performed. The amount of diketopiperazine produced is equal to the amount of Tag-OH (Z3-8) produced simultaneously with the production of diketopiperazine.
  • Comparative example Z2 Instead of 5 equiv of morpholine, 5 equiv of N-methylpiperazine (Z3-5, described in Patent Document 2)] was added, but the same operation as in Example Z3 was performed and the same quantitative analysis was performed.
  • morpholine was able to suppress the production rate of diketopiperazine compared to diethylamine and N-methylpiperazine. Specifically, when morpholine is used, the ratio of diketopiperazine formation to the various compounds produced is suppressed to about 60% when diethylamine is used, and about half when N-methylpiperazine is used. could be suppressed. Thus, it was confirmed that the progress of side reactions was suppressed. This is probably because unintended deprotection of the Fmoc group could be suppressed because the cyclic amine used in the present invention has low basicity.

Abstract

One problem to be addressed by the present invention is to provide: a protecting group removing method capable of suppressing generation of double-hit bodies and diketopiperazine, easily scavenging a fulvene backbone-including compound that is a by-product potentially generated after deprotecting a protecting group having a fluorine backbone, and easily isolating a scavenged body of the by-product; a peptide production method comprising a step for removing a protecting group; and a protecting group removing agent. A peptide production method according to one aspect of the present invention comprises: a step for bringing, in an organic solvent, a scavenger represented by formula (Z1) into contact with an amino group-containing compound in which the N-terminal is protected by a protecting group having a fluorine backbone, to obtain a scavenged body in which the scavenger is bound to a by-product having a fulvene backbone derived from the protecting group; and a step for separating the obtained scavenged body from the organic solvent.

Description

ペプチド製造方法、保護基の除去方法、除去剤、及びベンジル化合物Peptide production method, protective group removal method, removal agent, and benzyl compound
 本発明の一態様は、新規なベンジル化合物に関し、特にタグ合成法を用いてペプチドを合成する方法に用いられる新規なベンジル化合物、及び当該ベンジル化合物を用いるペプチド合成方法に関する。また、本発明の一態様は、液相ペプチド合成において、フルオレン骨格を有する保護基の脱保護反応時に発生するフルベン骨格を有する副生成物を効率的に捕捉し、洗浄による除去を効率的に行う方法、及び本方法を用いたペプチド製造方法などにも関する。 One aspect of the present invention relates to a novel benzyl compound, particularly to a novel benzyl compound used in a peptide synthesis method using a tag synthesis method, and a peptide synthesis method using the benzyl compound. Another aspect of the present invention is to efficiently capture a by-product having a fulvene skeleton generated during the deprotection reaction of a protective group having a fluorene skeleton in liquid-phase peptide synthesis, and to efficiently remove the by-product by washing. It also relates to methods, methods of producing peptides using the methods, and the like.
 従来、ペプチドを合成する方法として、固相ペプチド合成法(SPPS法)と液相ペプチド合成法(LPPS法)が知られている。固相ペプチド合成法は、アミノ酸の縮合反応において、不要物質をろ過することによりペプチドを精製するため、比較的、簡便にペプチドを合成することができることから、長鎖のペプチド合成に適している。しかしながら、固相ペプチド合成法は、過剰量のアミノ酸や洗浄溶媒を使用するため、合成コストが高く、大量のペプチド合成には不向きであるとされている。 Conventionally, solid phase peptide synthesis method (SPPS method) and liquid phase peptide synthesis method (LPPS method) are known as methods for synthesizing peptides. The solid-phase peptide synthesis method purifies the peptide by filtering out unnecessary substances in the condensation reaction of amino acids, so that the peptide can be synthesized relatively easily, and therefore, it is suitable for the synthesis of long-chain peptides. However, the solid-phase peptide synthesis method uses an excessive amount of amino acids and washing solvents, resulting in a high synthesis cost and is considered unsuitable for large-scale peptide synthesis.
 これに対して、液相ペプチド合成法は、大量のペプチド合成に使用される。しかしながら、液相ペプチド合成法では、ペプチド鎖が長くなるとその伸長が難しくなりやすく、長鎖のペプチド合成に課題がある。 In contrast, the liquid-phase peptide synthesis method is used for large-scale peptide synthesis. However, in the liquid-phase peptide synthesis method, the elongation of the peptide chain tends to become difficult when the peptide chain becomes long, and there is a problem in long-chain peptide synthesis.
 そこで、上述の固相ペプチド合成法及び液相ペプチド合成法の利点を併せ持つ合成法が検討されている(例えば、特許文献4参照。)。該合成方法は、溶液中で可溶性の保護基(アミノ酸のC末端の保護基をいい、以下、「タグ」ともいう。)を用いてペプチドを合成する方法であり、例えば、長鎖アルキル基を有するタグに、アミノ酸を結合させ、順次伸長反応を繰り返すことによりペプチドを合成する。この合成方法によれば、各伸長段階で、タグに結合したペプチドのみを固体化(例えば、結晶化)させることにより、固体化した物質の分離・精製を容易に実施できる。 Therefore, a synthesis method that combines the advantages of the solid-phase peptide synthesis method and the liquid-phase peptide synthesis method described above is being studied (see Patent Document 4, for example). The synthesis method is a method of synthesizing a peptide using a protective group soluble in a solution (a C-terminal protective group of an amino acid, hereinafter also referred to as a "tag"). A peptide is synthesized by binding amino acids to the tag possessed and sequentially repeating the elongation reaction. According to this synthetic method, by solidifying (for example, crystallizing) only the peptide bound to the tag at each elongation step, the solidified substance can be easily separated and purified.
 また、液体の相分離に伴って、溶解しているタグに結合したペプチド成分のみを特定の相に選択的に溶解させることにより、他の不要成分と分離する方法も知られている(以下、「液相タグ法」ともいう。例えば、特許文献1~9参照、及び非特許文献1~3参照。)。該方法によれば固体化を伴うことなく不要成分を分離することができるため、反応工程の迅速化及び簡便化に寄与することができる。 In addition, there is also known a method of selectively dissolving only the dissolved tag-bound peptide component in a specific phase along with phase separation of a liquid, thereby separating it from other unnecessary components (hereinafter referred to as Also referred to as a “liquid phase tagging method.” See, for example, Patent Documents 1 to 9 and Non-Patent Documents 1 to 3.). According to this method, unnecessary components can be separated without solidification, which contributes to speeding up and simplification of the reaction process.
 ところで、液相タグ法においては、有機溶媒中にて連続的にワンポットで実施することから、有機溶媒としては、比重が1以下であり、水層と混和しないものを用いることが望ましい。これに加えて、環境保護の観点より、有機溶媒としてはハロゲン系以外のものを使用することが望ましい。 By the way, in the liquid-phase tagging method, since it is continuously carried out in one pot in an organic solvent, it is desirable to use an organic solvent that has a specific gravity of 1 or less and is immiscible with the aqueous layer. In addition to this, from the viewpoint of environmental protection, it is desirable to use a non-halogen solvent as the organic solvent.
 しかしながら、特許文献4に開示されている3,4,5位に、それぞれ炭素数18個からなる直鎖アルキル基を有するベンジルアルコール型のタグ、及び特許文献2で開示されている3,5位に、それぞれ炭素数22個からなる直鎖アルキル鎖を有するベンジルアルコール型のタグは、上述の条件を満たす有機溶媒に対して溶解性が低いため、ペプチド合成中の反応系からの析出が生じるだけでなく、反応後の化合物の分離・精製が困難になることもしばしばであった。 However, a benzyl alcohol tag having linear alkyl groups each having 18 carbon atoms at the 3, 4, and 5 positions disclosed in Patent Document 4, and a tag at the 3 and 5 positions disclosed in Patent Document 2 In addition, the benzyl alcohol tags each having a linear alkyl chain of 22 carbon atoms have low solubility in organic solvents that satisfy the above conditions, and thus only precipitate from the reaction system during peptide synthesis. Moreover, it was often difficult to separate and purify the compound after the reaction.
 かかる状況を鑑み、液相タグ法に用いられるタグとして、有機溶媒への溶解性及び疎水性の高いタグが開発されてきた(例えば、特許文献3、6参照)。例えば、特許文献3には、分岐鎖を1以上有する脂肪族炭化水素基を少なくとも1つ有し、総分岐鎖数が3以上であって、かつ総炭素数14以上300以下である有機基を置換基として有する分岐鎖含有芳香族化合物が開示されている。 In view of this situation, tags with high solubility in organic solvents and high hydrophobicity have been developed as tags for use in the liquid-phase tagging method (see Patent Documents 3 and 6, for example). For example, Patent Document 3 describes an organic group having at least one aliphatic hydrocarbon group having one or more branched chains, a total number of branched chains of 3 or more, and a total carbon number of 14 or more and 300 or less. Branched chain-containing aromatic compounds having substituents are disclosed.
 また、特許文献6には、末端に-O-Si-構造を含む基を有するベンジル化合物が開示されている。特許文献6に記載のベンジル化合物は、有機溶媒への溶解性も高く液相合成法に有用に利用できる。 In addition, Patent Document 6 discloses a benzyl compound having a group containing a -O-Si- structure at its terminal. The benzyl compound described in Patent Document 6 is highly soluble in organic solvents and can be effectively used for liquid phase synthesis.
 ところで、液相タグ法などの液相ペプチド合成法においては、Fmoc基をアミノ酸のアミノ基保護基として用いる手法が多く用いられている。Fmoc基を塩基で脱保護した際には該Fmoc基由来の副生成物であるジベンゾフルベン(DBF)が生じる。これを除去するために、DBFの除去試薬を用い、DBFと除去試薬の付加体(以下DBF-捕捉体と略称することがある。)として分液洗浄により除去する手法が知られている。 By the way, in the liquid-phase peptide synthesis method such as the liquid-phase tagging method, the technique of using the Fmoc group as an amino group-protecting group of amino acids is often used. When the Fmoc group is deprotected with a base, a by-product derived from the Fmoc group, dibenzofulvene (DBF), is produced. In order to remove this, a technique is known in which a reagent for removing DBF is used, and an adduct of DBF and a removing reagent (hereinafter sometimes abbreviated as DBF-capture) is removed by liquid separation washing.
 例えば、特許文献1には、Fmoc基の脱保護時においてチオール含有カルボン酸又はチオール含有スルホン酸を加え、DBF-捕捉体を発生させ、アルカリ性の分液洗浄により除去する方法が記載されている。 For example, Patent Document 1 describes a method in which a thiol-containing carboxylic acid or a thiol-containing sulfonic acid is added during deprotection of an Fmoc group to generate a DBF-trapper, which is then removed by washing with an alkaline solution.
 しかし、この方法では、捕捉剤として加えるチオール含有カルボン酸とアミノ酸とが反応することによりチオエステルが生じる。このチオエステルは、活性エステルであるため、脱Fmoc後に発生するアミノ基と反応しダブルヒット体を形成する虞がある。また、ペプチド配列に特にシステイン残基が含まれる場合、チオール化合物でのDBFの捕捉は、該ペプチド配列に含まれるシステイン残基の側鎖部位のチオール構造と反応し、他の副生成物が生成する虞がある。 However, in this method, the thiol-containing carboxylic acid added as a scavenger reacts with the amino acid to produce a thioester. Since this thioester is an active ester, it may react with the amino group generated after removing Fmoc to form a double hit product. In addition, when the peptide sequence contains a cysteine residue in particular, the capture of DBF with a thiol compound reacts with the thiol structure at the side chain site of the cysteine residue contained in the peptide sequence, producing other byproducts. there is a risk of
 これに対して、チオエステルと、Fmoc基が脱保護されたペプチドのアミノ基との反応によるダブルヒット体の形成を抑制する方法が提案されてきた(例えば、特許文献2参照)。特許文献2には、Fmoc基の脱保護において生じるDBFと二価以上の水溶性アミン(例えばN-メチルピペラジン)と反応させ、DBF-捕捉体を得た後、酸性の分液洗浄により除去する方法が記載されている。 In contrast, methods have been proposed to suppress the formation of double-hit compounds due to the reaction between a thioester and the amino group of a peptide whose Fmoc group has been deprotected (see, for example, Patent Document 2). In Patent Document 2, DBF generated in the deprotection of the Fmoc group is reacted with a divalent or higher water-soluble amine (for example, N-methylpiperazine) to obtain a DBF-captured product, which is then removed by acidic liquid separation washing. method is described.
 また、特許文献9及び非特許文献4には、N末端のFmoc基が脱保護される塩基性条件として、ジエチルアミンなどの試薬の存在下であることが開示されている。 In addition, Patent Document 9 and Non-Patent Document 4 disclose that the N-terminal Fmoc group is deprotected under basic conditions in the presence of a reagent such as diethylamine.
日本国特許第6136934号公報Japanese Patent No. 6136934 日本国特許第6703668号公報Japanese Patent No. 6703668 日本国特許第5929756号公報Japanese Patent No. 5929756 日本国特開2000-44493号公報Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2000-44493 日本国特許第7063408号公報Japanese Patent No. 7063408 日本国特許第6116782号公報Japanese Patent No. 6116782 日本国特許第6703669号公報Japanese Patent No. 6703669 日本国特許第5768712号公報Japanese Patent No. 5768712 日本国特許第5201764号公報Japanese Patent No. 5201764 国際公開第2019/069978号WO2019/069978
 しかしながら、特許文献3に記載の分岐鎖含有芳香族化合物は、分岐鎖を製造するのにプラチナ-炭素等の高価な貴金属の還元触媒を必要とすることから、大量生産に適用する場合、コスト増につながるため、改善の余地があった。また、特許文献6に記載のベンジル化合物は、酸性分液等の条件によりO-Si結合が切断され、少なからず分解してしまう可能性があり、改善の余地があった(非特許文献5も参照のこと)。 However, the branched chain-containing aromatic compound described in Patent Document 3 requires an expensive noble metal reduction catalyst such as platinum-carbon to produce the branched chain, so when applied to mass production, the cost increases. Therefore, there is room for improvement. In addition, the benzyl compound described in Patent Document 6 has a possibility that the O—Si bond is cut under conditions such as acidic liquid separation, resulting in considerable decomposition, and there is room for improvement (see also Non-Patent Document 5). see).
 上記の事情を鑑み、分岐鎖構造やO-Si結合を含む構造以外の構造で、液相タグ法に用いることが可能なタグの開発が望まれていた。 In view of the above circumstances, the development of a tag that can be used in the liquid phase tagging method with a structure other than a branched chain structure or a structure containing an O-Si bond has been desired.
 また、特許文献2に記載の方法によれば、二価以上の水溶性アミンを用いており、中和するために大量の酸を用いる必要があるなど操作上の課題がある。また、N-メチルピペラジンに代表される水溶性二価アミンおよび、特許文献10及び非特許文献4に用いられるジエチルアミンは十分な塩基性を有する。このため、縮合反応時に余剰のアミノ酸と縮合剤から発生するアミノ酸活性エステルを不活性化する目的で水溶性二価アミンを加える際に、意図しないFmoc基の脱保護反応が進行してしまう可能性がある。これによりジケトピペラジンが生成するなど他の副反応が進行する虞がある。 In addition, according to the method described in Patent Document 2, a divalent or higher water-soluble amine is used, and there are operational problems such as the need to use a large amount of acid for neutralization. In addition, water-soluble divalent amines represented by N-methylpiperazine and diethylamine used in Patent Document 10 and Non-Patent Document 4 have sufficient basicity. Therefore, when a water-soluble divalent amine is added for the purpose of inactivating amino acid active esters generated from surplus amino acids and condensing agents during the condensation reaction, an unintended deprotection reaction of the Fmoc group may proceed. There is As a result, other side reactions such as the formation of diketopiperazine may proceed.
 従って、本発明の目的の1つは、以上の問題を解決し、タグの有機溶媒への溶解性を向上させることで、ペプチド合成中、また反応後の分液中に析出又は不溶化することがないタグ及びその製造方法、並びにそのタグを用いたペプチドの合成方法を提供することにある。 Accordingly, one of the objects of the present invention is to solve the above problems and improve the solubility of the tag in organic solvents so that it can be precipitated or insolubilized during the peptide synthesis or during liquid separation after the reaction. The object of the present invention is to provide a tag that does not contain a soluble tag, a method for producing the same, and a method for synthesizing a peptide using the tag.
 従って、本発明の目的の1つは、ダブルヒット体やジケトピペラジンの生成を抑制し、フルオレン骨格を有する保護基を脱保護した後に生じ得る副生成物であるフルベン骨格を有する化合物を容易に捕捉し、該副生成物との捕捉体を容易に分離することができる保護基の除去方法、保護基を除去する工程を含むペプチドの製造方法、及び保護基の除去剤を提供することにある。 Therefore, one of the objects of the present invention is to suppress the formation of double-hit compounds and diketopiperazines, and to facilitate production of a compound having a fulvene skeleton, which is a by-product that can be generated after deprotection of a protective group having a fluorene skeleton. It is an object of the present invention to provide a method for removing a protective group, which enables easy separation of the trapped substance from the by-product, a method for producing a peptide comprising the step of removing the protective group, and an agent for removing the protective group. .
 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決すべく鋭意研究した結果、ベンジルアルコールを有するベンゼン環にオキシアレン基を介して、置換基を有する芳香環化合物、またはアルキル基及びアラルキル基を導入することで有機溶媒に対する溶解性が優れ、疎水性の高いベンジル化合物を提供できることを発見し、本発明の一態様を完成するに至った。 The present inventors have made intensive studies to solve the above problems, and found that an aromatic ring compound having a substituent, or an alkyl group and an aralkyl group are introduced into a benzene ring having a benzyl alcohol via an oxyarene group. The present inventors have found that a benzyl compound that is highly soluble in an organic solvent and highly hydrophobic can be provided, and completed one embodiment of the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明の一態様に係るベンジル化合物は、下記式(X1): That is, the benzyl compound according to one aspect of the present invention has the following formula (X1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009
[式中、
 m個のQ及びQは、それぞれ酸素原子であり、
 m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキレン基であり、
 m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリール基であり、
 k個のRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子であり、
 Xは、ヒドロキシル基であり、
 mは、2又は3の整数であり、
 kは、0以上(5-m)以下の整数を示す。]
で表されるベンジル化合物(X1)である。
[In the formula,
m Q 1 and Q 2 are each an oxygen atom,
m R 1 are each independently an alkylene group,
m R 2 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group,
k R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom,
X is a hydroxyl group,
m is an integer of 2 or 3,
k represents an integer from 0 to (5-m). ]
is a benzyl compound (X1) represented by
 また、本発明者らは、有機溶媒への溶解性が高いことに加えて疎水性の高いタグを用いれば、水層と混和しない有機溶媒中でより均一にペプチドを合成することができることに加えて、反応後に水層を介して分液により不要物を除去する際に、該タグに結合したペプチドが析出又は不溶化することなく、また水層への該タグに結合したペプチドのロスも抑えられ、収率の向上につながるのではないかという着想に基づいて鋭意検討を行った。 In addition, the present inventors found that by using a highly hydrophobic tag in addition to being highly soluble in an organic solvent, peptides can be synthesized more uniformly in an organic solvent that is immiscible with the aqueous layer. Therefore, when unnecessary substances are removed by liquid separation through the aqueous layer after the reaction, the peptide bound to the tag does not precipitate or become insoluble, and the loss of the peptide bound to the tag to the aqueous layer is suppressed. Based on the idea that it might lead to an improvement in yield, the inventors conducted intensive studies.
 しかしながら、その結果、驚くべきことに、必ずしも疎水性が高ければ高いほど長鎖のペプチドの分液に適するとは限らないこと、すなわち、長鎖のペプチドを分液により分離・精製するためには、一定以下の疎水性を有するタグが適切であるとの新たな知見を得、当該知見に基づき本発明を完成するに至った。 However, as a result, surprisingly, the higher the hydrophobicity, the more suitable it is for liquid separation of long-chain peptides. , obtained a new finding that a tag having a certain level or less of hydrophobicity is suitable, and completed the present invention based on this finding.
 すなわち、本発明の一態様に係るベンジル化合物は、下記式(Y1): That is, the benzyl compound according to one aspect of the present invention has the following formula (Y1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010
[式中、
 m個のQは、それぞれ酸素原子を表し、
 m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、下記式(YA):
[In the formula,
m Q's each represent an oxygen atom,
m R 1 are each independently represented by the following formula (YA):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011
(式中、
 *は、結合位置を示し、
 R1a、R1b、R1c、R1d及びR1eは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基を示し、
 nは、0以上6以下の整数を示し、該nが1以上の場合、該nが付された括弧内に示される繰り返し単位は、アルキレン基であり、
 nは、0以上6以下の整数を示し、該nが1以上の場合、該nが付された括弧内に示される繰り返し単位は、アルキレン基であり、
 但し、R1a、R1b、R1c及びR1dのうち少なくとも2つ以上は水素原子である。)
で表わされる基であり、
 k個のRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はハロゲン原子を表し、
 Xは、ヒドロキシル基を表し、
 mは、2又は3の整数を表し、
 kは、0以上(5-m)以下の整数を示し、
 m個の[Q-R]のうち少なくとも1つは、前記Xを含む置換基に対してメタ位に置換されている。]
で表されるベンジル化合物(Y1)である。
(In the formula,
* indicates the binding position,
R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , R 1d and R 1e each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group,
n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 6, and when n 1 is 1 or more, the repeating unit shown in parentheses to which n 1 is attached is an alkylene group,
n 2 represents an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less, and when n 2 is 1 or more, the repeating unit shown in parentheses to which n 2 is attached is an alkylene group,
However, at least two or more of R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d are hydrogen atoms. )
is a group represented by
k R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a halogen atom;
X represents a hydroxyl group,
m represents an integer of 2 or 3,
k represents an integer of 0 or more (5-m) or less,
At least one of m [QR 1 ] is substituted at the meta position with respect to the substituent containing X. ]
is a benzyl compound (Y1) represented by
 また、本発明者らは、上記課題に鑑み、鋭意検討を行った結果、環状アミンのうち特に窒素原子を1つのみ含む特定の環状アミンを捕捉剤として用いることにより、Fmoc基等のフルオレン骨格を有する保護基の脱保護反応において生じるDBF等のフルベン骨格を有する副生成物を捕捉し、該副生成物との捕捉体を反応系から分離することにより前記の副生成物を容易に除去できることを見いだし、本発明の一態様を完成した。 In view of the above problems, the present inventors have made intensive studies and found that, among cyclic amines, a specific cyclic amine containing only one nitrogen atom in particular is used as a scavenger to obtain a fluorene skeleton such as an Fmoc group. Capturing a by-product having a fulvene skeleton such as DBF generated in the deprotection reaction of a protecting group having and separating the trapped body with the by-product from the reaction system can easily remove the by-product and completed one aspect of the present invention.
 すなわち、本発明の一態様に係るペプチド製造方法は、
 有機溶媒中、N末端がフルオレン骨格を有する保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物と、下記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤と、を接触させて、前記保護基由来のフルベン骨格を有する副生成物と前記捕捉剤とが結合した捕捉体を得る工程と、
 得られた前記捕捉体を前記有機溶媒から分離する工程と、
 を含む、
 ペプチド製造方法である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
 前記式(Z1)において、
 Nは、窒素原子であり、
 Hは、水素原子であり、
 Xは、-CH-、-O-、-S-、又は-(SO)-で表される2価の基であり、
 n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ独立して、H、-OH、-OR(Rはアルキル基である。)、-SH、-SR(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)、-(SO)H、又は-(SO)R(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)で表される1価の基であり、
 R2a又はR2bと、R3a又はR3bと、は互いに結合し、これらが結合している炭素原子と共に環を形成してもよく、
 n、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1又は2であり、
 mは、0又は1の整数である。
That is, the method for producing a peptide according to one aspect of the present invention is
In an organic solvent, an amino group-containing compound protected with a protective group having a fluorene skeleton at the N-terminus is brought into contact with a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1) to obtain a compound having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protective group. obtaining a capturing body in which the by-product and the capturing agent are bound;
a step of separating the captured body obtained from the organic solvent;
including,
It is a peptide manufacturing method.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012
In the formula (Z1),
N is a nitrogen atom,
H is a hydrogen atom,
X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—;
n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) A monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as that of -OR above),
R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded,
n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2;
m is an integer of 0 or 1;
 また、本発明の一態様に係る保護基の除去方法は、有機溶媒中、N末端がフルオレン骨格を有する保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物と、下記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤と、を接触させて、前記保護基由来のフルベン骨格を有する副生成物と前記捕捉剤とが結合した捕捉体を得る工程と、
 得られた前記捕捉体を前記有機溶媒から分離する工程と、
 を含む、
 保護基の除去方法である。
Further, a method for removing a protecting group according to one aspect of the present invention comprises, in an organic solvent, an amino group-containing compound whose N-terminus is protected with a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton, and a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1): and a step of contacting with to obtain a capturing body in which a by-product having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protecting group and the capturing agent are bound;
a step of separating the captured body obtained from the organic solvent;
including,
A method for removing protecting groups.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013
 前記式(Z1)において、
 Nは、窒素原子であり、
 Hは、水素原子であり、
 Xは、-CH-、-O-、-S-、又は-(SO)-で表される2価の基であり、
 n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ独立して、H、-OH、-OR(Rはアルキル基である。)、-SH、-SR(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)、-(SO)H、又は-(SO)R(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)で表される1価の基であり、
 R2a又はR2bと、R3a又はR3bと、は互いに結合し、これらが結合している炭素原子と共に環を形成してもよく、
 n、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1又は2であり、
 mは、0又は1の整数である。
In the formula (Z1),
N is a nitrogen atom,
H is a hydrogen atom,
X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—;
n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) A monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as that of -OR above),
R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded,
n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2;
m is an integer of 0 or 1;
 また、本発明の一態様に係る除去剤は、下記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤と、塩基性の脱保護剤と、を含む、フルオレン骨格を有する保護基の除去剤である。 In addition, the remover according to one aspect of the present invention is an agent for removing a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton, containing a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1) and a basic deprotecting agent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014
 前記式(Z1)において、
 Nは、窒素原子であり、
 Hは、水素原子であり、
 Xは、-CH-、-O-、-S-、又は-(SO)-で表される2価の基であり、
 n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ独立して、H、-OH、-OR(Rはアルキル基である。)、-SH、-SR(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)、-(SO)H、又は-(SO)R(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)で表される1価の基であり、
 R2a又はR2bと、R3a又はR3bと、は互いに結合し、これらが結合している炭素原子と共に環を形成してもよく、
 n、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1又は2であり、
 mは、0又は1の整数である。
In the formula (Z1),
N is a nitrogen atom,
H is a hydrogen atom,
X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—;
n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) A monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as that of -OR above),
R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded,
n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2;
m is an integer of 0 or 1;
 本発明の一態様によれば、有機溶媒への溶解性が向上することに加えて、液-液層分離の操作により、ペプチド縮合反応後の分離、精製が容易であるベンジル化合物を提供することができる。 According to one aspect of the present invention, there is provided a benzyl compound that has improved solubility in an organic solvent and that can be easily separated and purified after a peptide condensation reaction by liquid-liquid layer separation. can be done.
 また、本発明の一態様によれば、DBFを容易に捕捉し、DBF-捕捉体を容易に取り除くことができる。また、本発明で用いる環状アミンは塩基性が低いため、意図しないFmoc基の脱保護を抑制でき、副反応の進行が抑制されることができる。 In addition, according to one aspect of the present invention, DBF can be easily captured and the DBF-captured body can be easily removed. In addition, since the cyclic amine used in the present invention has low basicity, unintended deprotection of the Fmoc group can be suppressed, and the progress of side reactions can be suppressed.
 〔実施形態1〕
 [ベンジル化合物]
 本発明の実施形態1に係るベンジル化合物は、下記式(X1)
[Embodiment 1]
[Benzyl compound]
The benzyl compound according to Embodiment 1 of the present invention has the following formula (X1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015
で表されるベンジル化合物(X1)である。 is a benzyl compound (X1) represented by
 mは、置換基(-[Q-R-Q-R])の数を表す。mは、2又は3の整数である。mが2の場合、置換基(-[Q-R-Q-R])は、3位及び5位又は2位及び4位に存在することが好ましい。この場合、2つの置換基(-[Q-R-Q-R])は、2位及び4位に存在することがより好ましい。mが3の場合、隣接する位置に存在することが好ましい。この場合、3つの置換基(-[Q-R-Q-R])は、3位、4位及び5位に存在することがより好ましい。 m represents the number of substituents (-[Q 1 -R 1 -Q 2 -R 2 ]). m is an integer of 2 or 3; When m is 2, the substituents (-[Q 1 -R 1 -Q 2 -R 2 ]) are preferably present at the 3- and 5-positions or at the 2- and 4-positions. In this case, the two substituents (-[Q 1 -R 1 -Q 2 -R 2 ]) are more preferably present at the 2- and 4-positions. When m is 3, they are preferably present at adjacent positions. In this case, the three substituents (-[Q 1 -R 1 -Q 2 -R 2 ]) are more preferably present at the 3-, 4- and 5-positions.
 kは、置換基(-R)の数を示す。kは、0以上(5-m)以下の整数である。具体的には、mが2の場合、kは、0以上3以下の整数であり、mが3の場合、kは、0以上2以下の整数である。 k represents the number of substituents (-R 3 ). k is an integer of 0 or more and (5-m) or less. Specifically, when m is 2, k is an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, and when m is 3, k is an integer of 0 or more and 2 or less.
 m個のQ及びQは、それぞれ酸素原子を表す。
 Xは、ヒドロキシル基を示す。
m Q 1 and Q 2 each represent an oxygen atom.
X represents a hydroxyl group.
 m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキレン基である。例えば、Rは、炭素数2~16の直鎖又は分岐鎖のアルキレン基である。当該アルキレン基の炭素数は、本発明のベンジル化合物(X1)に結合させたペプチドを有機溶媒への溶解性を向上させる点から、2以上が好ましく、6以上がより好ましく、8以上がさらに好ましく、また、16以下が好ましく、14以下がより好ましく、12以下がさらに好ましい。当該アルキレン基の具体例として、エチレン基、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、ペンタメチレン基、ヘキサメチレン基、ヘプタメチレン基、オクタメチレン基、ナノメチレン基、デカメチレン基、ウンデカメチレン基、ドデカメチレン基、テトラデカメチレン基、トリデカメチレン基、テトラデカメチレン基、ペンタデカメチレン基、ヘキサデカメチレン基等が挙げられる。 Each of the m R 1 's is independently an alkylene group. For example, R 1 is a linear or branched alkylene group having 2 to 16 carbon atoms. The number of carbon atoms in the alkylene group is preferably 2 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and even more preferably 8 or more, from the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the peptide bound to the benzyl compound (X1) of the present invention in an organic solvent. Also, it is preferably 16 or less, more preferably 14 or less, and even more preferably 12 or less. Specific examples of the alkylene group include ethylene, trimethylene, tetramethylene, pentamethylene, hexamethylene, heptamethylene, octamethylene, nanomethylene, decamethylene, undecamethylene, dodecamethylene, tetra decamethylene group, tridecamethylene group, tetradecamethylene group, pentadecamethylene group, hexadecamethylene group and the like.
 m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリール基である。例えば、Rは、炭素数5~28のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数5~28のアラルキル基、又は置換基を有する炭素数7~12のアリール基である。 Each of m R 2 is independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group. For example, R 2 is an alkyl group having 5 to 28 carbon atoms, an aralkyl group having 5 to 28 carbon atoms which may have a substituent, or an aryl group having 7 to 12 carbon atoms and having a substituent.
 該アルキル基の炭素数は、本実施形態に係るベンジル化合物(X1)に結合させたペプチドを有機溶媒への溶解性を向上させる点から、5以上が好ましく、6以上がより好ましく、7以上がさらに好ましく、また、28以下が好ましく、24以下がより好ましく、22以下がさらに好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the alkyl group is preferably 5 or more, more preferably 6 or more, and 7 or more from the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the peptide bound to the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment in an organic solvent. It is more preferably 28 or less, more preferably 24 or less, and even more preferably 22 or less.
 また、アルキル基としては、直鎖状のアルキル基(すなわち分岐鎖を有しないアルキル基)、又は総数が1若しくは2の分岐鎖を有するアルキル基であって、具体的には、下記式(XA): In addition, the alkyl group is a linear alkyl group (that is, an alkyl group having no branched chain) or an alkyl group having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains, and specifically, the following formula (XA ):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016
で表される基であることが好ましい。 is preferably a group represented by
 式(XA)中、
 *は、隣接するQとの結合位置を示す。以下、同様の説明は、省略する場合がある。nは、0以上16以下の整数であり、nは、0以上16以下の整数である。好ましくは、nは、0以上6以下の整数であり、nは、0以上13以下の整数である。
In formula (XA),
* indicates the binding position with the adjacent Q2 . Hereinafter, similar description may be omitted. n1 is an integer of 0 or more and 16 or less, and n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 16 or less. Preferably, n1 is an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less, and n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 13 or less.
 R2a、R2b、R2c、R2d及びR2eは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、又はアルキル基である。前記のアルキル基は、置換基を有してもよく、この置換基は、例えば、フッ素、塩素、臭素、ヨウ素等のハロゲン原子である。なお、R2a、R2b、R2c及びR2dのうち少なくとも2つ以上は、水素原子である。 R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d and R 2e are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is, for example, a halogen atom such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine, or iodine. At least two or more of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c and R 2d are hydrogen atoms.
 上記式(XA)で表される基の具体例として、ペンチル基、オクチル基、イソオクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、1-メチル-1-ドデシル基、1-メチル-1-ヘキサデシル基、1-エチル-1-ヘプタデシル基、1-プロピル-1-デシル基、1-ブチル-1-デシル基、2-メチル-1-ドデシル基、2-メチル-1-ヘキサデシル基、2-ブチル-1-オクチル基、2-ブチル-1-ドデシル基、2-ブチル-1-オクタデシル基、2-ヘキシル-1-デシル基、2-ヘキシル-1-ドデシル基、2-ヘプチル-1-ドデシル基、2-オクチル-1-ドデシル基、2-オクチル-1-テトラデシル基、2-デシル-1-テトラデシル基、2-ドデシル-1-テトラデシル基、2-ドデシル-1-ヘキサデシル基、3-メチル-1-テトラデシル基、4-エチル-1-オクチル基、6-メチル-1-ヘプチル基、9-メチル-1-ドデシル基、12-メチル-1-トリデシル基、15-メチル-1-ヘキサデシル基、2-テトラデシル-1-オクタデシル基が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the groups represented by the formula (XA) include pentyl group, octyl group, isooctyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, undecyl group, dodecyl group, 1-methyl-1-dodecyl group, 1-methyl-1 -hexadecyl group, 1-ethyl-1-heptadecyl group, 1-propyl-1-decyl group, 1-butyl-1-decyl group, 2-methyl-1-dodecyl group, 2-methyl-1-hexadecyl group, 2 -butyl-1-octyl group, 2-butyl-1-dodecyl group, 2-butyl-1-octadecyl group, 2-hexyl-1-decyl group, 2-hexyl-1-dodecyl group, 2-heptyl-1- dodecyl group, 2-octyl-1-dodecyl group, 2-octyl-1-tetradecyl group, 2-decyl-1-tetradecyl group, 2-dodecyl-1-tetradecyl group, 2-dodecyl-1-hexadecyl group, 3- methyl-1-tetradecyl group, 4-ethyl-1-octyl group, 6-methyl-1-heptyl group, 9-methyl-1-dodecyl group, 12-methyl-1-tridecyl group, 15-methyl-1-hexadecyl and 2-tetradecyl-1-octadecyl groups.
 中でも、該アルキル基として、ペンチル基、オクチル基、イソオクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、2-ブチル-1-オクチル基、2-ヘキシル-1-ドデシル基、2-オクチル-1-ドデシル基、2-デシル-1-テトラデシル基、2-ドデシル-1-ヘキサデシル基等が好ましい例として挙げられる。 Among them, the alkyl group includes pentyl group, octyl group, isooctyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, undecyl group, dodecyl group, 2-butyl-1-octyl group, 2-hexyl-1-dodecyl group, 2-octyl- Preferred examples include 1-dodecyl group, 2-decyl-1-tetradecyl group, 2-dodecyl-1-hexadecyl group and the like.
 置換基を有してもよいアラルキル基の炭素数は、本実施形態に係るベンジル化合物(X1)に結合させたペプチドを有機溶媒への溶解性を向上させる点から、5以上が好ましく、6以上がより好ましく、7以上がさらに好ましく、また、28以下が好ましく、24以下がより好ましく、22以下がさらに好ましい。また、該アリール置換基としては、ハロゲン原子を含む置換基が好ましい。該アルキル基の具体例として6-フェニル-1-ヘキシル基、8-フェニル-1-オクチル基、10-フェニル-1-デシル基、12-フェニル-1-ドデシル基等が挙げられる。 The number of carbon atoms in the aralkyl group which may have a substituent is preferably 5 or more, and preferably 6 or more, from the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the peptide bound to the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment in an organic solvent. is more preferable, 7 or more is more preferable, 28 or less is preferable, 24 or less is more preferable, and 22 or less is even more preferable. Further, the aryl substituent is preferably a substituent containing a halogen atom. Specific examples of the alkyl group include 6-phenyl-1-hexyl group, 8-phenyl-1-octyl group, 10-phenyl-1-decyl group, 12-phenyl-1-dodecyl group and the like.
 置換基を有してもよいアリール基の炭素数は、本実施形態に係るベンジル化合物(X1)に結合させたペプチドを有機溶媒への溶解性を向上させる点から、6以上が好ましく、7以上がより好ましく、8以上がさらに好ましく、また、16以下が好ましく、14以下がより好ましく、12以下がさらに好ましい。また、該アリール基の置換基としては、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基が好ましく、ハロゲン原子を含むアルキル基がより好ましい。換言すれば、Rは、ハロゲン原子を含む置換基を有するアリールが好ましい。ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素、塩素、臭素が挙げられ、このうちフッ素が特に好ましい。 The number of carbon atoms in the aryl group which may have a substituent is preferably 6 or more, and preferably 7 or more, from the viewpoint of improving the solubility of the peptide bound to the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment in an organic solvent. is more preferable, 8 or more is more preferable, 16 or less is preferable, 14 or less is more preferable, and 12 or less is even more preferable. Moreover, as the substituent of the aryl group, an optionally substituted alkyl group is preferable, and an alkyl group containing a halogen atom is more preferable. In other words, R 2 is preferably aryl having a substituent containing a halogen atom. Halogen atoms include fluorine, chlorine and bromine, with fluorine being particularly preferred.
 該アリール基の具体例として、3-トリフルオロメチルフェニル基、3,5-ビストリフルオロメチルフェニル基、4-フルオロ-3-トリフルオロメチルフェニル基、4-クロロ-2-フルオロフェニル基、2-イソプロピルフェニル基、2,6-イソプロピルフェニル基、2-sec-ブチルフェニル基、5-イソプロピル-2-メチルフェニル基等が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the aryl group include a 3-trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 3,5-bistrifluoromethylphenyl group, a 4-fluoro-3-trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 4-chloro-2-fluorophenyl group, a 2- isopropylphenyl group, 2,6-isopropylphenyl group, 2-sec-butylphenyl group, 5-isopropyl-2-methylphenyl group and the like.
 k個のRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子である。例えば、Rは、水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基、炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子である。該アルキル基の具体例として、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、イソプロピル基、n-ブチル基、tert-ブチル基等が挙げられ、このうちメチル基が特に好ましい。該アルコキシ基の具体例として、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、n-プロピルオキシ基、イソプロピルオキシ基、n-ブチルオキシ基、tert-ブチルオキシ基等が挙げられ、このうちメトキシ基が特に好ましい。該ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子が挙げられ、このうちフッ素原子が特に好ましい。 Each of the k R3 's is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom. For example, R 3 is a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, or a halogen atom. Specific examples of the alkyl group include methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group, isopropyl group, n-butyl group, tert-butyl group and the like, of which methyl group is particularly preferred. Specific examples of the alkoxy group include methoxy group, ethoxy group, n-propyloxy group, isopropyloxy group, n-butyloxy group, tert-butyloxy group and the like, among which methoxy group is particularly preferred. The halogen atom includes a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom and a bromine atom, of which the fluorine atom is particularly preferred.
 <ベンジル化合物の具体例>
 (好適な置換基(-[Q-R-Q-R]))
 上述した置換基(-[Q-R-Q-R])としては、その有用性を考慮すると、下記式(XB1)乃至(XB3)で表される置換基を好ましいものとして挙げることができる。なお、式(XB1)乃至(XB3)において「*」は、式(X1)内のベンゼン環を構成する炭素原子との結合位置を表す。
<Specific examples of benzyl compounds>
(suitable substituents (-[Q 1 -R 1 -Q 2 -R 2 ]))
As the substituent (-[Q 1 -R 1 -Q 2 -R 2 ]) described above, substituents represented by the following formulas (XB1) to (XB3) are preferable in consideration of their usefulness. be able to. In the formulas (XB1) to (XB3), "*" represents the bonding position with the carbon atom constituting the benzene ring in the formula (X1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017
 (好適なベンジル化合物)
 上記式(X1)に示すベンジル化合物(X1)としては、その有用性を考慮すると、下記式(X1A)乃至(X1D)で表される化合物を好ましいものとして挙げることができる。
(preferred benzyl compounds)
As the benzyl compound (X1) represented by the above formula (X1), compounds represented by the following formulas (X1A) to (X1D) can be mentioned as preferable ones in view of their usefulness.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018
 式(X1A)で表されるベンジル化合物は、式(X1)で表されるベンジル化合物において、上記式(XB1)で表される3つの置換基が3位、4位及び5位の位置に置換された化合物(3,4,5-トリス(11-(3,5-ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェノキシ)ウンデシル)オキシ)フェニル)メタノール)である。 The benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1A) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1) in which three substituents represented by the above formula (XB1) are substituted at positions 3, 4 and 5. (3,4,5-tris(11-(3,5-bis(trifluoromethyl)phenoxy)undecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol).
 式(X1B)で表されるベンジル化合物は、式(X1)で表されるベンジル化合物において、上記式(XB2)で表される2つの置換基が2位及び4位の位置に置換された化合物(2,4-ビス((12-((2-オクチルドデシル)オキシ)ドデシル)オキシ)フェニル)メタノール)である。 The benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1B) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1) in which two substituents represented by the above formula (XB2) are substituted at positions 2 and 4. (2,4-bis((12-((2-octyldodecyl)oxy)dodecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol).
 式(X1C)で表されるベンジル化合物は、式(X1)で表されるベンジル化合物において、上記式(XB2)で表される3つの置換基が3位、4位及び5位の位置に置換された化合物(3,4,5-トリス((12-((2-オクチルドデシル)オキシ)フェニル)メタノール)である。 The benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1C) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1) in which three substituents represented by the above formula (XB2) are substituted at positions 3, 4 and 5. The resulting compound (3,4,5-tris((12-((2-octyldodecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol)).
 式(X1D)で表されるベンジル化合物は、式(X1)で表されるベンジル化合物において、上記式(XB3)で表される2つの置換基が2位及び4位の位置に置換された化合物(2,4-ビス((12-((2-デシルテトラデシル)オキシ)ドデシル)オキシ)フェニル)メタノール)である。 The benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1D) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (X1) in which two substituents represented by the above formula (XB3) are substituted at positions 2 and 4. (2,4-bis((12-((2-decyltetradecyl)oxy)dodecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol).
 [ベンジル化合物の製造方法]
 次に、ベンジル化合物(X1)の製造方法の詳細について説明する。以下の説明では、[1]式(X1)のRがアリール基以外の置換基であるベンジル化合物(X1)を製造する方法、及び[2]式(X1)のRがアリール基であるベンジル化合物(X1)を製造する方法に分けてそれぞれを説明する。
[Method for producing benzyl compound]
Next, the details of the method for producing the benzyl compound (X1) will be described. In the following description, [1] a method for producing a benzyl compound (X1) in which R 2 in formula (X1) is a substituent other than an aryl group, and [2] a method for producing a benzyl compound (X1) in which R 2 in formula (X1) is an aryl group Each of the methods for producing the benzyl compound (X1) will be explained separately.
 [1]Rがアリール基以外の置換基であるベンジル化合物(X1)を製造する方法
 本実施形態に係るベンジル化合物(X1)を製造する方法としては、特に限定されるものではない。以下、一例を説明する。例えば、ジアルキルブロマイドとアルキルアルコールとを適当な溶媒に溶解させて塩基存在下に加熱して、アルキルエーテル化されたモノブロマイド得る(以下、「工程Xa1」ともいう。)。得られたモノブロマイドとヒドロキシベンズカルボニル化合物(ヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド化合物とヒドロキシベンズエステル化合物を含む)とを適当な溶媒に溶解させて、炭酸カリウム等の塩基存在下に加熱して、アルキルエーテル化されたベンズアルデヒド化合物又はベンズエステル化合物を得る(以下、「工程Xa2」ともいう。)。その後に、アルキルエーテル化されたベンズアルデヒド化合物又はベンズエステル化合物を適当な溶媒に溶解させて、金属水素化物等の還元剤を用いてホルミル基又はエステル基を還元し(以下、「工程Xa3」ともいう。)、ベンジルアルコール化合物として得る方法が挙げられる。
[1] Method for producing benzyl compound (X1) in which R 2 is a substituent other than an aryl group The method for producing the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment is not particularly limited. An example is described below. For example, a dialkyl bromide and an alkyl alcohol are dissolved in a suitable solvent and heated in the presence of a base to obtain an alkyl-etherified monobromide (hereinafter also referred to as "Step Xa1"). The resulting monobromide and a hydroxybenzcarbonyl compound (including a hydroxybenzaldehyde compound and a hydroxybenzester compound) are dissolved in an appropriate solvent and heated in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate to form an alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde. A compound or a benzester compound is obtained (hereinafter also referred to as “Step Xa2”). Thereafter, the alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound is dissolved in an appropriate solvent, and the formyl group or ester group is reduced using a reducing agent such as a metal hydride (hereinafter also referred to as “step Xa3”). ), and a method of obtaining as a benzyl alcohol compound.
 (工程Xa1)
 上記工程Xa1において、ジアルキルブロマイドとアルキルアルコールとの反応に使用する塩基としては、リチウムジイソプロピルアミド(LDA)、リチウムヘキサメチルジシラジド(LHMDS)、ナトリウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミド(NaHMDS)等の有機塩基、水素化ナトリウム(NaH)、水素化リチウム(LiH)等の無機塩基が挙げられる。塩基の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、アルキルアルコール1モルに対して、1.0モル以上10モル以下使用することが好ましく、1.0モル以上5モル以下使用することがより好ましい。
(Step Xa1)
In the above step Xa1, the base used for the reaction between the dialkyl bromide and the alkyl alcohol includes an organic base such as lithium diisopropylamide (LDA), lithium hexamethyldisilazide (LHMDS), sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide (NaHMDS). , sodium hydride (NaH), and lithium hydride (LiH). The amount of the base used is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use 1.0 mol or more and 10 mol or less, more preferably 1.0 mol or more and 5 mol or less, relative to 1 mol of the alkyl alcohol. preferable.
 溶媒としては、ヘキサン、ヘプタン等の炭化水素類、ジイソプロピルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)、シクロペンチルメチルエーテル(CPME)、4-メチルテトラヒドロピラン(MTHP)、ジオキサン等のエーテル類、ジメチルホルムアミド(DMF)、ジメチルアセトアミド等のアミド類、ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)等のスルホキシド類、N-メチルピロリドン等のラクタム類、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、またはこれらの混合溶媒が挙げられる。このうち、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、トルエンを用いることが好ましい。 Solvents include hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (THF), cyclopentyl methyl ether (CPME), 4-methyltetrahydropyran (MTHP), ethers such as dioxane, dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl Examples include amides such as acetamide, sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), lactams such as N-methylpyrrolidone, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, and mixed solvents thereof. Among these, toluene is preferably used in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly.
 溶媒の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、アルキルアルコール1gに対して、5mL以上100mL以下使用することが好ましく、10mL以上50mL以下使用することがより好ましい。また、混合溶媒を用いる場合は、混合溶媒の合計量が前記の範囲を満足すればよい。以下、同様の説明は、省略する場合がある。 The amount of solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use 5 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 10 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of alkyl alcohol. Moreover, when a mixed solvent is used, the total amount of the mixed solvent should satisfy the above range. Hereinafter, similar description may be omitted.
 反応温度は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、70℃~150℃の範囲で行えばよい。また、反応時間は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、1時間~24時間で行えばよい。 Although the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 70°C to 150°C, for example. Also, the reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
 (工程Xa2)
 上記工程Xa2において、アルキルエーテル化されたモノブロマイドとベンズアルデヒド化合物又はベンズエステル化合物との反応に使用する塩基としては、トリエチルアミン(TEA)、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン(DIPEA)、1,8-ジアザビシクロ〔5.4.0〕ウンデカ-7-エン(DBU)、1,5-ジアザビシクロ〔4.3.0〕ノン-5-エン(DBN)、1,4-ジアザビシクロ〔2.2.2〕オクタン(DABCO)、ピリジン、イミダゾール、4-(ジメチルアミノ)ピリジン(DMAP)、LDA、酢酸ナトリウム(NaOAc)、ナトリウムメトキシド(MeONa)、カリウムメトキシド(MeOK)、リチウムヘキサメチルジシラジド(LHMDS)、ナトリウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミド(NaHMDS)等の有機塩基、炭酸ナトリウム(NaCO)、炭酸水素ナトリウム(NaHCO),炭酸カリウム(KCO)、炭酸セシウム(CsCO)、ナトリウムヒドリド(NaH)等の無機塩基が挙げられる。この中でも、塩基としては、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、KCOを用いることが好ましい。塩基の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、ベンズアルデヒド化合物又はベンズエステル化合物1モルに対して、1モル以上10モル以下使用することが好ましく、2モル以上8モル以下使用することがより好ましい。
(Step Xa2)
In the above step Xa2, the base used for the reaction between the alkyl-etherified monobromide and the benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound includes triethylamine (TEA), diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), 1,8-diazabicyclo [5.4. 0]undec-7-ene (DBU), 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene (DBN), 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), pyridine , imidazole, 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (DMAP), LDA, sodium acetate (NaOAc), sodium methoxide (MeONa), potassium methoxide (MeOK), lithium hexamethyldisilazide (LHMDS), sodium bis(trimethylsilyl ) organic bases such as amides (NaHMDS), sodium carbonate ( Na2CO3 ), sodium hydrogen carbonate (NaHCO3) , potassium carbonate ( K2CO3 ), cesium carbonate ( Cs2CO3 ), sodium hydride (NaH) and inorganic bases such as Among these, K 2 CO 3 is preferably used as the base in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly. The amount of the base used is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use 1 mol or more and 10 mol or less, more preferably 2 mol or more and 8 mol or less, per 1 mol of the benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound. preferable.
 溶媒としては、工程Xa1で説明した溶媒を用いてよい。溶媒としては、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、DMF、又は、DMFとCPME若しくはMTHPとの混合溶媒を用いることが好ましく、DMFを用いることがより好ましい。溶媒の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、ベンズアルデヒド化合物又はベンズエステル化合物1gに対して、30mL以上200mL以下使用することが好ましく、50mL以上180mL以下使用することがより好ましい。 As the solvent, the solvent described in step Xa1 may be used. As the solvent, DMF or a mixed solvent of DMF and CPME or MTHP is preferably used, and DMF is more preferably used, in order to allow the reaction to proceed smoothly. The amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 30 mL or more and 200 mL or less, more preferably 50 mL or more and 180 mL or less, per 1 g of the benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound.
 反応温度は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、50℃~150℃の範囲で行えばよい。また、反応時間は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、1時間~24時間で行えばよい。 Although the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 50°C to 150°C, for example. Also, the reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
 (工程Xa3)
 上記工程Xa3において、アルキルエーテル化されたベンズアルデヒド化合物のホルミル基又はベンズエステル化合物のエステル基を還元し、ベンジルアルコール化合物を得るために使用する還元剤としては、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、水素化ホウ素リチウム、水素化トリエチルホウ素化リチウム、水素化アルミニウムリチウム、水素化アルミニウム、水素化ビス(2-メトキシエトキシ)アルミニウムナトリウム、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウムが挙げられる。なお、ベンズアルデヒド化合物のホルミル基の還元に使用する還元剤としては、水素化ホウ素ナトウムが好ましく、ベンズエステル化合物のエステル基の還元に使用する還元剤としては、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、水素化ホウ素リチウム、水素化トリエチルホウ素化リチウム、水素化アルミニウムリチウム、水素化アルミニウム、水素化ビス(2-メトキシエトキシ)アルミニウムナトリウム、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウムが好ましい。なお、還元剤として水素化ホウ素ナトリウムを用いる場合、例えば、該還元剤の還元力を高めるため、ヨウ素、硫酸、ボラントリフルオロエーテラート(BF・EtO)等を共存させて反応させることが好ましい。
(Step Xa3)
In step Xa3 above, the reducing agent used for reducing the formyl group of the alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde compound or the ester group of the benzester compound to obtain the benzyl alcohol compound includes sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, lithium triethylborohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, aluminum hydride, sodium bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride, and diisobutylaluminum hydride. The reducing agent used for reducing the formyl group of the benzaldehyde compound is preferably sodium borohydride, and the reducing agent used for reducing the ester group of the benzester compound includes sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, Lithium triethylborohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, aluminum hydride, sodium bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride, diisobutylaluminum hydride are preferred. When sodium borohydride is used as a reducing agent, for example, iodine, sulfuric acid, borane trifluoroetherate (BF 3 Et 2 O), etc. may be allowed to coexist in order to increase the reducing power of the reducing agent. is preferred.
 溶媒としては、ヘキサン、ヘプタン等の炭化水素類、メタノール、エタノール等のアルコール類、ジエチルエーテル、イソプロピルエーテル、THF、CPME、MTHP、ジオキサン等のエーテル類、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、またはこれらの混合溶媒が挙げられる。ホルミル基の還元に使用する溶媒としては、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、アルコール類及びエーテル類の混合溶媒を用いることが好ましい。溶媒の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、ベンズアルデヒド化合物1gに対して、1mL以上100mL以下使用することが好ましく、5mL以上50mL以下使用することがより好ましい。また、アルコール類及びエーテル類の混合溶媒を用いる場合、アルコール類1mLに対して、エーテル類を1mL以上10mL以下使用することが好ましい。 Solvents include hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane, alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, THF, CPME, MTHP and dioxane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, Alternatively, a mixed solvent thereof may be used. As the solvent used for reduction of the formyl group, a mixed solvent of alcohols and ethers is preferably used from the viewpoint of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly. The amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 5 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of the benzaldehyde compound. Moreover, when using the mixed solvent of alcohols and ethers, it is preferable to use 1 mL or more and 10 mL or less of ethers with respect to 1 mL of alcohols.
 エステル基の還元に使用する溶媒としては、ジエチルエーテル、イソプロピルエーテル、THF、CPME、MTHP、ジオキサン等のエーテル類、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、またはこれらの混合溶媒が挙げられる。メチルエステル基の還元に使用する溶媒としては、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、THF、CPME、MTHPを用いることが好ましい。溶媒の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、エステル化合物1gに対して、1mL以上100mL以下使用することが好ましく、5mL以上50mL以下使用することがより好ましい。 Solvents used for reduction of ester groups include ethers such as diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, THF, CPME, MTHP and dioxane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, and mixed solvents thereof. THF, CPME, and MTHP are preferably used as the solvent for reducing the methyl ester group from the viewpoint of smooth progress of the reaction. The amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 5 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of the ester compound.
 反応温度は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、-10℃~90℃の範囲で行えばよい。また、反応時間は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、1時間~24時間で行えばよい。 Although the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of -10°C to 90°C, for example. Also, the reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
 [2]式(X1)のRがアリール基であるベンジル化合物(X1)を製造する方法
 式(X1)のRにアリール基を持つベンジル化合物を製造する方法としては、特に限定されるものではない。以下、一例を説明する。例えば、ブロモアルキルアルコールと置換基を有するフェノール化合物を塩基存在下に加熱して、アリールエーテル化されたブロモアルキルアルコール化合物を得る(以下、「工程Xb1」ともいう。)。アリールエーテル化されたブロモアルキルアルコールを得た後、水酸基を臭素原子に置換したブロモアルキルアリールエーテル化合物を得る(以下、「工程Xb2」ともいう。)。
[2] Method for producing a benzyl compound (X1) in which R 2 in formula (X1) is an aryl group The method for producing a benzyl compound in which R 2 in formula (X1) has an aryl group is particularly limited. isn't it. An example is described below. For example, a bromoalkyl alcohol and a phenol compound having a substituent are heated in the presence of a base to obtain an aryl-etherified bromoalkyl alcohol compound (hereinafter also referred to as “Step Xb1”). After obtaining the aryl-etherified bromoalkyl alcohol, a bromoalkylaryl ether compound in which the hydroxyl group is substituted with a bromine atom is obtained (hereinafter also referred to as “step Xb2”).
 得られたブロモアルキルアリールエーテル化合物とヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド化合物又はヒドロキシベンズエステル化合物とを炭酸カリウム等の塩基存在下に加熱して、アルキルエーテル化されたベンズアルデヒド化合物又はベンズエステル化合物を得る(以下、「工程Xb3」ともいう。)。アルキルエーテル化されたベンズアルデヒド化合物又はベンズエステル化合物を得た後に、該化合物を適当な溶媒に溶解させて、還元剤を用いてホルミル基又はエステル基を還元し(以下、「工程Xb4」ともいう。)、ベンジルアルコールとして得る方法が挙げられる。 The obtained bromoalkylaryl ether compound and the hydroxybenzaldehyde compound or hydroxybenzester compound are heated in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate to obtain an alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound (hereinafter referred to as “Step Xb3 ”). After obtaining the alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound, the compound is dissolved in an appropriate solvent, and the formyl group or ester group is reduced using a reducing agent (hereinafter also referred to as “step Xb4”. ) and benzyl alcohol.
 (工程Xb1)
 上記工程Xb1において、ブロモアルキルアルコールと置換基を有するフェノール化合物との反応に使用する塩基としては、TEA、DIPEA、DBU、DBN、DABCO、ピリジン、イミダゾール、DMAP、LDA、NaOAc、MeONa、MeOK、LHMDS、NaHMDS等の有機塩基、NaCO、NaHCO,KCO、CsCO、NaH等の無機塩基が挙げられる。この中でも、塩基としては、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、KCOを用いることが好ましい。塩基の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、置換基を有するフェノール化合物1モルに対して、1モル以上10モル以下使用することが好ましく、1モル以上5モル以下使用することがより好ましい。
(Step Xb1)
In the above step Xb1, the base used for the reaction between the bromoalkyl alcohol and the substituted phenol compound includes TEA, DIPEA, DBU, DBN, DABCO, pyridine, imidazole, DMAP, LDA, NaOAc, MeONa, MeOK, and LHMDS. , NaHMDS, and inorganic bases such as Na 2 CO 3 , NaHCO 3 , K 2 CO 3 , Cs 2 CO 3 , and NaH. Among these, K 2 CO 3 is preferably used as the base in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly. The amount of the base used is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use 1 mol or more and 10 mol or less, more preferably 1 mol or more and 5 mol or less, per 1 mol of the phenol compound having a substituent. preferable.
 溶媒としては、工程Xa1で説明した溶媒を用いてよい。溶媒としては、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、DMFを用いることが好ましい。溶媒の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、置換基を有するフェノール化合物1gに対して、2mL以上100mL以下使用することが好ましく、4mL以上50mL以下使用することがより好ましい。 As the solvent, the solvent described in step Xa1 may be used. DMF is preferably used as the solvent in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly. The amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 2 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 4 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of the phenol compound having a substituent.
 反応温度は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、40℃~150℃の範囲で行えばよい。また、反応時間は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、1時間~24時間で行えばよい。 Although the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 40°C to 150°C, for example. Also, the reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
 (工程Xb2)
 上記工程Xb2において、アリールエーテル化されたブロモアルキルアルコールの水酸基を臭素原子に変換する反応で使用する試薬としては、トリフェニルホスフィン及び四臭化炭素を含む試薬、あるいは臭化水素酸を含む試薬等が挙げられる。該試薬の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、アリールエーテル化されたブロモアルキルアルコール1モルに対して、0.5モル以上10モル以下使用することが好ましく、1モル以上5モル以下使用することがより好ましい。
(Step Xb2)
In the above step Xb2, the reagent used in the reaction for converting the hydroxyl group of the aryl-etherified bromoalkyl alcohol into a bromine atom includes a reagent containing triphenylphosphine and carbon tetrabromide, a reagent containing hydrobromic acid, and the like. is mentioned. The amount of the reagent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.5 mol or more and 10 mol or less, and 1 mol or more and 5 mol or less, per 1 mol of the aryl-etherified bromoalkyl alcohol. It is more preferable to use
 溶媒としては、工程Xa1で説明した溶媒や、ジクロロメタン、クロロホルム等のハロゲン化炭化水素類、またはこれらの混合溶媒が挙げられる。溶媒としては、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、ハロゲン化炭化水素類を用いることが好ましい。溶媒の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、アリールエーテル化されたブロモアルキルアルコール1gに対して、0.5mL以上100mL以下使用することが好ましく、1mL以上50mL以下使用することがより好ましい。 Examples of solvents include the solvents described in step Xa1, halogenated hydrocarbons such as dichloromethane and chloroform, and mixed solvents thereof. Halogenated hydrocarbons are preferably used as the solvent in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly. The amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 0.5 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 1 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of the aryl-etherified bromoalkyl alcohol. .
 反応温度は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、20℃~150℃の範囲で行えばよい。また、反応時間は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、1時間~24時間で行えばよい。 Although the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 20°C to 150°C, for example. Also, the reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
 (工程Xb3)
 上記工程Xb3において、ブロモアルキルアリールエーテルとベンズアルデヒド化合物又はベンズエステル化合物との反応に使用する塩基としては、工程Xb1で説明した塩基を用いることができる。なお、工程X3bでは、工程X1bで用いた塩基と同一の塩基を用いてもよく、異なる塩基を用いてもよい。但し、製造の効率化やコストの低減に繋がる点で、工程X1bで用いた塩基と同一の塩基を用いることが好ましい。塩基の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、ベンズアルデヒド化合物又はベンズエステル化合物1モルに対して、1モル以上50モル以下使用することが好ましく、3モル以上30モル以下使用することがより好ましい。
(Step Xb3)
In step Xb3 above, as the base used for the reaction between the bromoalkylaryl ether and the benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound, the base explained in step Xb1 can be used. In step X3b, the same base as that used in step X1b may be used, or a different base may be used. However, it is preferable to use the same base as the base used in step X1b in terms of production efficiency and cost reduction. The amount of the base used is not particularly limited, but it is preferable to use 1 mol or more and 50 mol or less, more preferably 3 mol or more and 30 mol or less, per 1 mol of the benzaldehyde compound or benzester compound. preferable.
 溶媒としては、工程Xa1で説明した溶媒を用いてよい。溶媒としては、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、DMFを用いることが好ましい。溶媒の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、ベンズエステル化合物1gに対して、30mL以上200mL以下使用することが好ましく、50mL以上180mL以下使用することがより好ましい。 As the solvent, the solvent described in step Xa1 may be used. DMF is preferably used as the solvent in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly. The amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 30 mL or more and 200 mL or less, more preferably 50 mL or more and 180 mL or less, per 1 g of the benzester compound.
 反応温度は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、40℃~150℃の範囲で行えばよい。また、反応時間は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、1時間~24時間で行えばよい。 Although the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 40°C to 150°C, for example. Also, the reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
 (工程Xb4)
 アルキルエーテル化されたベンズアルデヒド化合物のホルミル基又はベンズエステル化合物のエステル基を還元し、ベンジルアルコール化合物を得るために使用する還元剤としては、上述の工程Xa3で使用する還元剤を用いることができる。
(Step Xb4)
As the reducing agent used to obtain the benzyl alcohol compound by reducing the formyl group of the alkyl-etherified benzaldehyde compound or the ester group of the benzester compound, the reducing agent used in the above step Xa3 can be used.
 溶媒としては、ヘキサン、ヘプタン等の炭化水素類、メタノール、エタノール等のアルコール類、ジエチルエーテル、イソプロピルエーテル、THF、CPME、MTHP、ジオキサン等のエーテル類、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、またはこれらの混合溶媒が挙げられる。 Solvents include hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane, alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, ethers such as diethyl ether, isopropyl ether, THF, CPME, MTHP and dioxane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, Alternatively, a mixed solvent thereof may be used.
 反応温度は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、-10℃~90℃の範囲で行えばよい。また、反応時間は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、1時間~24時間で行えばよい。 Although the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of -10°C to 90°C, for example. Also, the reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
 [ペプチド合成]
 本発明のベンジル化合物(X1)をアミノ酸C末端の保護基として用いるペプチド合成方法は、例えば次の工程(X1)~(X5)を含む製法である。このペプチド合成方法は、各縮合工程で得られるC末端保護ペプチドの分離を液-液分離することができることから、精製工程が容易となる。
[Peptide synthesis]
A peptide synthesis method using the benzyl compound (X1) of the present invention as a protective group at the C-terminal of an amino acid is, for example, a production method comprising the following steps (X1) to (X5). In this peptide synthesis method, the C-terminal protected peptide obtained in each condensation step can be separated by liquid-liquid separation, which facilitates the purification step.
 工程(X1)本発明のベンジル化合物(X1)を、可溶性溶媒に溶解させる工程(溶解工程)、
 工程(X2)上記工程で得られた溶媒に溶解された本実施形態に係るベンジル化合物(X1)と反応基質を縮合させる工程(縮合反応工程)、
 工程(X3)上記で得られた縮合物を含む反応溶媒に塩基を添加し、反応不要物であるアミノ酸活性エステルの捕捉(スカベンジ)及びペプチドN末端保護基の脱保護を実施し、該保護基由来の副生成物を塩基で捕捉(スカベンジ)する工程(脱保護及びスカベンジ反応工程)、
 工程(X4)上記工程で得られた縮合物及びスカベンジ物含む反応液に酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄し、分層して、スカベンジ物及び反応不要物(縮合剤、活性化剤、塩基)を水層へ除去する工程(分層工程)、及び、
 工程(X5)ペプチドC末端より本実施形態に係るベンジル化合物(X1)及びペプチド側鎖の保護基を除去し、精製を行い、目的のペプチドを得る工程(脱保護、精製工程)。
Step (X1) a step of dissolving the benzyl compound (X1) of the present invention in a soluble solvent (dissolving step);
Step (X2) a step of condensing the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment dissolved in the solvent obtained in the above step and a reaction substrate (condensation reaction step);
Step (X3) A base is added to the reaction solvent containing the condensate obtained above to scavenge the amino acid active ester, which is an unreacted substance, and deprotect the peptide N-terminal protecting group, and the protecting group a step of scavenging the derived by-products with a base (deprotection and scavenging reaction step);
Step (X4) An acidic aqueous solution is added to the reaction solution containing the condensate and the scavenged product obtained in the above step for washing, and the layers are separated to remove the scavenged product and unreacted substances (condensing agent, activator, base) with water. A step of removing into layers (layer splitting step), and
Step (X5) A step of removing the benzyl compound (X1) according to the present embodiment and the protective group of the peptide side chain from the C-terminal of the peptide and performing purification to obtain the target peptide (deprotection and purification step).
 以下、それぞれの工程について説明する。以下の説明においては、本実施形態に係るベンジル化合物(X1)(以下、「タグX」とも呼ぶ)にN(Nはアミノ酸のα位のアミノ基を示す)-9-フルオレニルメチルオキシカルボニル(N-Fmoc)保護アミノ酸の導入、及びタグ-保護ペプチドへN―Fmoc保護アミノ酸の縮合反応を例として記載している。使用するN-Fmoc保護アミノ酸は側鎖に保護基があってもよい。アミノ酸のN末端の保護基としてFmoc基を例としているが、アミノ酸の保護基はこれに限定されるものではない。例えばベンジルオキシカルボニル基(Cbz基)、tert-ブトキシカルボニル基(Boc基)、アリルオキシカルボニル基(Alloc基)等が挙げられる。 Each process will be explained below. In the following description, the benzyl compound (X1) (hereinafter also referred to as “tag X”) according to the present embodiment has N (N represents an amino group at the α-position of an amino acid)-9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl The introduction of (N-Fmoc) protected amino acids and the condensation reaction of N-Fmoc protected amino acids to tag-protected peptides are described as examples. The N-Fmoc protected amino acids used may have side chain protecting groups. Although the Fmoc group is used as an example of the amino acid N-terminal protective group, the amino acid protective group is not limited to this. Examples include benzyloxycarbonyl group (Cbz group), tert-butoxycarbonyl group (Boc group), allyloxycarbonyl group (Alloc group) and the like.
 〔工程(X1)(溶解工程)〕
 当該工程は、タグXを可溶性溶媒に溶解させる工程である。
 可溶性溶媒としては、ペプチド合成に用いられている一般的な有機溶媒を反応に用いることができる。例えば、ジエチルエーテル、THF、2-メチルテトラヒドロフラン、1,4-ジオキサン、メチル-t-ブチルエーテル、CPME、MTHP等のエーテル類、酢酸エチル、酢酸イソプロピル等の酢酸エステル類、クロロホルム、ジクロロメタン等のハロゲン化炭化水素類、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、ヘキサン、ヘプタン、シクロヘキサン等の炭化水素類が挙げられる。良好な反応性、分液性及び工業的に使用できるとの観点から、メチル-t-ブチルエーテル、CPME、MTHP、酢酸イソプロピル、クロロホルム、トルエンが好ましく、CPME、MTHP、酢酸イソプロピル、トルエンがより好ましく、CPME、MTHPが特に好ましい。
[Step (X1) (dissolving step)]
This step is a step of dissolving tag X in a soluble solvent.
As a soluble solvent, a general organic solvent used for peptide synthesis can be used for the reaction. For example, ethers such as diethyl ether, THF, 2-methyltetrahydrofuran, 1,4-dioxane, methyl-t-butyl ether, CPME and MTHP, acetic esters such as ethyl acetate and isopropyl acetate, halogenation such as chloroform and dichloromethane Examples include hydrocarbons, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, and hydrocarbons such as hexane, heptane and cyclohexane. From the viewpoint of good reactivity, liquid separation and industrial applicability, methyl-t-butyl ether, CPME, MTHP, isopropyl acetate, chloroform and toluene are preferred, and CPME, MTHP, isopropyl acetate and toluene are more preferred. CPME and MTHP are particularly preferred.
 また、上記可溶性溶媒には、反応における基質の溶解性を向上させるため、抽出時における未反応物及び副生成物の水層への溶解性を向上させるため、あるいは分液性を向上させるために、DMF、ジメチルアセトアミド、DMSO、スルホラン、N-メチルピロリドン、N,N‘-ジメチルプロピレン尿素(DMPU),アセトニトリル等の極性溶媒と適宣の割合で混合して使用することが好ましい。 In addition, the soluble solvent is used to improve the solubility of the substrate in the reaction, to improve the solubility of unreacted substances and by-products in the aqueous layer during extraction, or to improve the liquid separation. , DMF, dimethylacetamide, DMSO, sulfolane, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N'-dimethylpropylene urea (DMPU), acetonitrile, etc., in a suitable ratio.
 〔工程(X2)(縮合反応工程)〕
 当該工程は、上記工程(X1)で得られた可溶性溶媒に溶解したタグXにとN-Fmoc保護アミノ酸を導入し、エステル化反応及びタグX-保護ペプチドへN―Fmoc保護アミノ酸を導入し、アミド化反応を実施する工程である。
[Step (X2) (condensation reaction step)]
In this step, an N-Fmoc protected amino acid is introduced into the tag X dissolved in the soluble solvent obtained in the above step (X1), an esterification reaction and an N-Fmoc protected amino acid are introduced into the tag X-protected peptide, This is the step of carrying out the amidation reaction.
 N-Fmoc保護アミノ酸の使用量としては、タグX1モルに対して、1~4モル、好ましくは1~2モルであり、特に好ましくは1.05~1.3モルである。 The amount of the N-Fmoc-protected amino acid used is 1 to 4 mol, preferably 1 to 2 mol, particularly preferably 1.05 to 1.3 mol, relative to 1 mol of tag X.
 タグXにN-Fmoc保護アミノ酸を導入する反応においては、反応に影響を及ぼさない溶媒中、ジメチルアミノピリジン(DMAP)触媒下、縮合剤を加えることにより、エステル結合が形成される。 In the reaction to introduce the N-Fmoc-protected amino acid into the tag X, an ester bond is formed by adding a condensing agent under the presence of dimethylaminopyridine (DMAP) catalyst in a solvent that does not affect the reaction.
 また、タグX-保護ペプチドへN―Fmoc保護アミノ酸の縮合反応においては、反応に影響を及ぼさない溶媒中、縮合剤及び活性化剤を加えることにより、アミド結合が形成される。 In addition, in the condensation reaction of the N-Fmoc-protected amino acid to the tag X-protected peptide, an amide bond is formed by adding a condensing agent and an activating agent in a solvent that does not affect the reaction.
 縮合剤としては、反応が進行すれば特に制限はなく、ペプチド合成において一般的に用いられる縮合剤を用いることができる。 The condensing agent is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, and condensing agents commonly used in peptide synthesis can be used.
 例えば、4-(4,6-ジメトキシ-1,3,5-トリアジン-2-イル)-4-メチルモルホニウムクロリド(DMT-MM)、O-(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル)-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルウロニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート(HBTU)、O-(7-アザベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル)-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルウロニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート(HATU)、O-(6-クロロベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル)-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルウロニウムヘキサフルオロホスフェート(HBTU(6-Cl))、O-(ベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル)-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルウロニウムテトラフルオロボレート(TBTU)、O-(6-クロロベンゾトリアゾール-1-イル)-1,1,3,3-テトラメチルウロニウムテトラフルオロボレート(TCTU)、(1-シアノ-2-エトキシ-2-オキソエチリデンアミノオキシ)ジメチルアミノ-モルホリノ-カルベニウムヘキサフルオロリン酸塩(COMU)、ジイソプロピルカルボジイミド(DIPCI)、ジシクロヘキシルカルボジイミド(DCC)、1-エチル-3-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)カルボジイミド(EDCI)及び1-エチル-3-(3-ジメチルアミノプロピル)カルボジイミド塩酸塩(EDCI・HCl)を挙げることができ、好ましくは、DMT-MM、HBTU、HATU、COMU、EDCIまたはEDCI・HClである。縮合剤の使用量は、タグX又はタグX保護ペプチドに対して、通常1~4当量、好ましくは1~2当量、より好ましくは1.05~1.5当量、さらに好ましくは1.05~1.3当量である。 For example, 4-(4,6-dimethoxy-1,3,5-triazin-2-yl)-4-methylmorphonium chloride (DMT-MM), O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-1, 1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU), O-(7-azabenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HATU), O-(6-chlorobenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium hexafluorophosphate (HBTU(6-Cl)), O-(benzotriazol-1-yl)-1 , 1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TBTU), O-(6-chlorobenzotriazol-1-yl)-1,1,3,3-tetramethyluronium tetrafluoroborate (TCTU) , (1-cyano-2-ethoxy-2-oxoethylideneaminooxy)dimethylamino-morpholino-carbenium hexafluorophosphate (COMU), diisopropylcarbodiimide (DIPCI), dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC), 1-ethyl-3 -(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide (EDCI) and 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide hydrochloride (EDCI·HCl), preferably DMT-MM, HBTU, HATU , COMU, EDCI or EDCI.HCl. The amount of the condensing agent used is usually 1 to 4 equivalents, preferably 1 to 2 equivalents, more preferably 1.05 to 1.5 equivalents, still more preferably 1.05 to 1.05 equivalents, relative to the tag X or the tag X-protected peptide. 1.3 equivalents.
 縮合反応工程において、反応を促進し、ラセミ化などの副反応を抑制するために、好ましくは、活性化剤が添加される。ここで活性化剤とは、縮合剤との共存化で、アミノ酸を、対応する活性エステル、対称酸無水物などに導いて、ペプチド結合(アミド結合)を形成させやすくする試薬である。活性化剤としては、ペプチド合成において一般的に用いられる活性化剤が、本発明においても制限なく用いることができ、例えば、1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール(HOBt)、1-ヒドロキシ-7-アザベンゾトリアゾール(HOAt)、1-ヒドロキシ-1H-1,2,3-トリアゾール-4-カルボン酸エチル(HOCt)3-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアジン-4(3H)-オン(HOOBt)、N-ヒドロキシスクシンイミド(HOSu)、N-ヒドロキシフタルイミド(HOPht)、N-ヒドロキシ-5-ノルボルネン-2,3-ジカルボキシイミド(HONb)、ペンタフルオロフェノール、シアノ(ヒドロキシイミノ)酢酸エチル(Oxyma)等を挙げることができ、好ましくは、HOBt、HOAt、HOCt,HOOBt、HONb、HOSu、Oxymaである。活性化剤の使用量は、タグX保護ペプチドに対して、通常0.1~2当量、好ましくは0.2~1.5当量、より好ましくは0.3~1.0当量である。 In the condensation reaction step, an activator is preferably added in order to promote the reaction and suppress side reactions such as racemization. Here, the activating agent is a reagent that facilitates the formation of a peptide bond (amide bond) by leading an amino acid to a corresponding active ester, symmetrical acid anhydride, or the like in coexistence with a condensing agent. As the activator, activators commonly used in peptide synthesis can also be used in the present invention without limitation. (HOAt), ethyl 1-hydroxy-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylate (HOCt) 3-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazin-4(3H)-one (HOOBt), N -hydroxysuccinimide (HOSu), N-hydroxyphthalimide (HOPht), N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide (HONb), pentafluorophenol, ethyl cyano(hydroxyimino)acetate (Oxyma), etc. HOBt, HOAt, HOCt, HOOBt, HONb, HOSu and Oxyma are preferred. The amount of the activating agent to be used is generally 0.1-2 equivalents, preferably 0.2-1.5 equivalents, more preferably 0.3-1.0 equivalents, relative to the tag X-protected peptide.
 縮合反応工程で使用する溶媒は、ペプチド合成において一般的に用いられる溶媒が制限なく用いることができ、これに限定されないが、例えば、前記した可溶性溶媒又は可溶性溶媒と極性溶媒との混合溶媒が挙げられる。 Solvents commonly used in peptide synthesis can be used without limitation for the solvent used in the condensation reaction step, and examples thereof include, but are not limited to, the above-described soluble solvents or mixed solvents of soluble solvents and polar solvents. be done.
 溶媒の使用量は、反応が進行しさえすれば、特に制限はないが、タグX保護ペプチド等を溶解した濃度が、通常0.1mM~1Mとなる量であり、好ましくは1mM~0.5Mとなる量である。 The amount of the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, but it is an amount such that the concentration of the dissolved tag X-protected peptide or the like is usually 0.1 mM to 1 M, preferably 1 mM to 0.5 M. is the amount to be
 反応温度は、ペプチド合成において一般的に用いられる温度が、本発明においても用いられ、例えば、通常-20~40℃、好ましくは0~30℃の範囲内である。反応時間は、通常0.5~30時間(1残基の縮合時間)である。 As for the reaction temperature, the temperature generally used in peptide synthesis is also used in the present invention. The reaction time is usually 0.5 to 30 hours (condensation time for one residue).
 〔工程(X3)(脱保護及びスカベンジ反応工程)〕
 当該工程は、アミノ酸の縮合反応工程の後に、第1の塩基を反応溶媒に添加することで、未反応のアミノ酸活性エステルを捕捉(スカベンジ)して捕捉体を形成し、不活性化する。さらに第1の塩基及び第2の塩基を加えることで、N-Fmoc保護ペプチドの脱Fmoc基反応を進行させ、Fmoc基由来の副生成物であるジベンゾフルベンについても第1の塩基が捕捉体を形成し、不活性化する。
[Step (X3) (deprotection and scavenging reaction step)]
In this step, after the amino acid condensation reaction step, the first base is added to the reaction solvent to capture (scavenge) unreacted amino acid active esters to form captured bodies and inactivate them. Furthermore, by adding the first base and the second base, the removal of the Fmoc group from the N-Fmoc-protected peptide proceeds, and the first base also acts as a scavenger for dibenzofulvene, which is a by-product derived from the Fmoc group. form and inactivate.
 未反応のアミノ酸活性エステルをスカベンジするために用いる第1の塩基の量は、特に限定はされないが、理論上残存するアミノ酸当量に対して、通常1~5当量、好ましくは1~3当量である。 The amount of the first base used to scavenge unreacted amino acid active esters is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents, relative to the theoretically remaining amino acid equivalents. .
 N-Fmoc保護ペプチドのFmoc基を脱保護するために必要な第2の塩基の量は、反応系中に存在するFmoc基に対して、1当量~12当量が好ましく、2当量~10当量がより好ましく、3当量~8当量が特に好ましい。 The amount of the second base necessary for deprotecting the Fmoc group of the N-Fmoc protected peptide is preferably 1 to 12 equivalents, preferably 2 to 10 equivalents, relative to the Fmoc group present in the reaction system. More preferably, 3 equivalents to 8 equivalents are particularly preferred.
 脱Fmoc基由来のジベンゾフルベンをスカベンジするために使用する第1の塩基の量は、反応系中に存在するFmoc基に対して5当量~50当量が好ましく、8当量~40当量がより好ましく、10当量~35当量が特に好ましい。 The amount of the first base used to scavenge the dibenzofulvene derived from the de-Fmoc group is preferably 5 equivalents to 50 equivalents, more preferably 8 equivalents to 40 equivalents, relative to the Fmoc groups present in the reaction system. 10 equivalents to 35 equivalents are particularly preferred.
 〔工程(X4)(分層工程)〕
 当該工程は、上記工程(X3)の溶液に酸性水溶液を加えて中和し、さらに酸性溶液を添加し、第1の塩基の捕捉体及び反応不要物(縮合剤、活性化剤、塩基)を水層へ除去する工程である。第1の塩基にスカベンジされたアミノ酸活性エステル及びジベンゾフルベンは、酸性洗浄により、容易に水層へ除去できる。
[Step (X4) (layer splitting step)]
In this step, an acidic aqueous solution is added to the solution of the above step (X3) to neutralize it, and an acidic solution is added to remove the scavenger of the first base and the unreacted substances (condensing agent, activating agent, base). This is the step of removing to the water layer. The amino acid active ester and dibenzofulvene scavenged by the first base can be easily removed to the aqueous layer by acid washing.
 中和に使用する酸としては、反応溶液中の塩基を中和できるものであれば限定はされないが、例えば塩酸、硫酸、リン酸、酢酸等の水溶液が挙げられる。例えば塩酸を用いる場合は、1M~12M、好ましくは3M~12M、より好ましくは、5M~12Mの塩酸を用いる。ここでいう中和とは、反応溶液が中性のpHになれば良く、pHが7.0以下になっても良い。 The acid used for neutralization is not limited as long as it can neutralize the base in the reaction solution, but examples include aqueous solutions of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, and the like. For example, when hydrochloric acid is used, 1M to 12M, preferably 3M to 12M, more preferably 5M to 12M hydrochloric acid is used. Neutralization here means that the reaction solution should have a neutral pH, and the pH may be 7.0 or less.
 上記酸で中和した反応溶液に、さらに、酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄し、次いで分液し、水層を除去し、有機層を回収する。 An acidic aqueous solution is further added to the reaction solution neutralized with the acid for washing, followed by liquid separation, removing the aqueous layer, and recovering the organic layer.
 用いる酸性水溶液は、特に限定されないが、例えば、塩酸水溶液、希硫酸水溶液、リン酸水溶液、酢酸水溶液が挙げられ、好ましくは塩酸水溶液である。酸性水溶液のpHは1~5、好ましくは1~4、より好ましくは1~3である。 The acidic aqueous solution to be used is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, dilute sulfuric acid aqueous solution, phosphoric acid aqueous solution, and acetic acid aqueous solution, preferably hydrochloric acid aqueous solution. The pH of the acidic aqueous solution is 1-5, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
 洗浄に用いる酸性水溶液の量は、洗浄効果を示す限り特に制限はないが、反応液に対して、0.1~4倍量、好ましくは0.3~3倍量、より好ましくは0.5~2倍量である。 The amount of the acidic aqueous solution used for washing is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits a washing effect. ~2 times the amount.
 洗浄、分液、水層の廃棄回数は特に制限はなく、1回でも良く、複数回行っても良い。回数は反応系中の化合物の種類や不要物の量等によって適宣選択される。 There are no particular restrictions on the number of washings, liquid separations, and discarding of the aqueous layer, and it may be performed once or multiple times. The number of times is appropriately selected depending on the type of compound in the reaction system, the amount of unnecessary substances, and the like.
 洗浄を行う際の温度は、特に制限はないが、10℃~50℃、好ましくは15℃~45℃、より好ましくは20℃~40℃である。 The temperature for washing is not particularly limited, but is 10°C to 50°C, preferably 15°C to 45°C, more preferably 20°C to 40°C.
 当該工程は基本的に酸性水溶液により、第1の塩基の捕捉体及び不要物の除去をおこなうが、酸性水溶液による洗浄以外に他の洗浄工程を追加しても良い。例えば弱塩基性での洗浄や食塩水での洗浄が挙げられる。 In this step, basically, the capturing body of the first base and unnecessary substances are removed with an acidic aqueous solution, but other cleaning steps may be added in addition to the cleaning with the acidic aqueous solution. For example, washing with a weak base and washing with a saline solution can be mentioned.
 弱塩基性水溶液としては、例えばpH8~12の炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、炭酸ナトリウム水溶液又は炭酸カリウム水溶液等を挙げることができる。 Examples of the weakly basic aqueous solution include an aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, an aqueous sodium carbonate solution, an aqueous potassium carbonate solution, etc., having a pH of 8 to 12.
 食塩水としては5wt%~飽和食塩水を挙げることができる。 As the salt solution, 5 wt% to saturated salt solution can be mentioned.
 〔工程(X5)(脱保護、精製工程)〕
 当該工程は、ペプチドC末端よりタグX及びペプチド側鎖の保護基を除去し目的のペプチドを得る工程である。
[Step (X5) (deprotection, purification step)]
This step is a step of removing the tag X and the protective group of the peptide side chain from the C-terminal of the peptide to obtain the target peptide.
 ペプチドC末端よりタグX及びペプチド側鎖の保護基を除去する方法としては、特に限定はなく、公知の脱保護方法を使用すればよいが、好ましくは酸処理により行われる。例えばトリフルオロ酢酸(TFA)を用いた脱保護法を用いることができる。 The method for removing the tag X and the protective group of the peptide side chain from the peptide C-terminus is not particularly limited, and a known deprotection method may be used, preferably by acid treatment. For example, deprotection methods using trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) can be used.
 アミノ酸配列によってはTFAに水、チオアニソール、1,2-エタンジチオール、フェノール、トリイソプロピルシラン等の分子を適宣な組成で組み合わせて使用しても良い。 Depending on the amino acid sequence, TFA may be used in combination with molecules such as water, thioanisole, 1,2-ethanedithiol, phenol, and triisopropylsilane in an appropriate composition.
 脱保護されたペプチドは、ペプチド合成で常用される精製方法に従って、単離、精製することができる。例えば、抽出洗浄、晶析、クロマトグラフィーによって、目的であるペプチドを単離精製することができる。 The deprotected peptide can be isolated and purified according to purification methods commonly used in peptide synthesis. For example, the target peptide can be isolated and purified by extraction washing, crystallization, and chromatography.
 〔実施形態2〕
 [ベンジル化合物]
 本発明の実施形態2に係るベンジル化合物は、下記式(Y1)
[Embodiment 2]
[Benzyl compound]
The benzyl compound according to Embodiment 2 of the present invention has the following formula (Y1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
であらわされるベンジル化合物(Y1)である。式中、
 m個のQは、それぞれ酸素原子を表す。
 また、式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物の総炭素数は、好ましくは、30以上80以下であり、より好ましくは、40以上60以下である。
It is a benzyl compound (Y1) represented by. During the ceremony,
m Q's each represent an oxygen atom.
The total carbon number of the benzyl compound represented by formula (Y1) is preferably 30 or more and 80 or less, more preferably 40 or more and 60 or less.
 (R
 発明者らは、上記式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物を用いて、液相タグ法により、ぺプチドを合成するにあたり、特に疎水性の高いベンジル化合物を用いてペプチド合成を実施した場合、ペプチド鎖長が長くなるに従い、反応終了後の分離・精製の工程(後述する、「分液工程」参照。)に係る分液操作において、分液不良(有機層と水層とを攪拌後、再度、有機層と水層とに分離するまでに長時間を有する)を引き起こすことを確認した(後述する比較例Y3、及び表Y4参照。)。
( R1 )
In synthesizing a peptide by a liquid phase tagging method using a benzyl compound represented by the above formula (Y1), the inventors found that when peptide synthesis is performed using a particularly highly hydrophobic benzyl compound, As the peptide chain length increases, in the liquid separation operation in the separation/purification process after the completion of the reaction (see "liquid separation process" described later), the liquid separation becomes inadequate (after stirring the organic layer and the aqueous layer, Again, it took a long time to separate into an organic layer and an aqueous layer) (see Comparative Example Y3 and Table Y4, which will be described later).
 本分液不良は、疎水性の高いベンジル化合物にペプチドが結合した成分を含む有機層と水層とが分液時にエマルション(ミセル構造)を形成するためと推測している。そのため、分液操作を良好に行う観点から、ベンジル化合物の疎水性は、高すぎないことが好ましい。ベンジル化合物の疎水性は、例えば、R及びRに含まれる炭素の数で調整することができる。 It is speculated that this poor liquid separation is due to the formation of an emulsion (micelle structure) at the time of liquid separation between the organic layer and the aqueous layer containing a component in which a peptide is bound to a highly hydrophobic benzyl compound. Therefore, it is preferable that the hydrophobicity of the benzyl compound is not too high from the viewpoint of performing the liquid separation operation well. The hydrophobicity of benzylic compounds can be adjusted, for example, by the number of carbons contained in R 1 and R 2 .
 本実施形態では、例えば、上記式(Y1)中のm個のRの炭素数(以下、「側鎖炭素数」ともいう。)は、それぞれ24~84の範囲であることが好ましく、側鎖炭素数が30~72であることがより好ましく、側鎖炭素数が36~48であることが特に好ましい。また、該m個のRは、それぞれ、総数が1又は2の分岐鎖を有する。また、該m個のRは、それぞれ、アルキル基である。 In the present embodiment, for example, the number of carbon atoms of m R 1 in the above formula (Y1) (hereinafter also referred to as “side chain carbon number”) is preferably in the range of 24 to 84, and the side chain More preferably, the number of carbon atoms in the chain is 30-72, and it is particularly preferable that the number of carbon atoms in the side chain is 36-48. In addition, each of the m R 1 's has a total of 1 or 2 branched chains. In addition, each of the m R 1 is an alkyl group.
 すなわち、Rは、総数が1つ又は2つの分岐鎖を有するアルキル基であり、総数が1つ又は2つの分岐鎖を有し、炭素総数が24~84のアルキル基であることが好ましく、総数が1つ又は2つの分岐鎖を有し、側鎖炭素数が30~72のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、総数が1つ又は2つの分岐鎖を有し、側鎖炭素数が36~48のアルキル基であることが特に好ましい。 That is, R 1 is an alkyl group having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains, preferably an alkyl group having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains and a total of 24 to 84 carbon atoms, It is more preferably an alkyl group having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains and a side chain carbon number of 30 to 72, having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains and a side chain carbon number of 36. ∼48 alkyl groups are particularly preferred.
 また、上記の中でも、Rとしては、総数が1つの分岐鎖を有するアルキル基であることが特に好ましく、該分岐鎖の位置としては、Qに対して1~7位の位置に存在することが好ましく、Qに対して1~4位の位置に存在することがより好ましく、Qに対して2位の位置に存在することがさらに好ましい。また、Rが2つの分岐鎖を有する場合、これら2つの分岐鎖は、互いに炭素0~6個分、離間して存在し、好ましくは、炭素0~3個分、離間して存在する。 Among the above, R 1 is particularly preferably an alkyl group having one branched chain in total, and the position of the branched chain is 1 to 7 with respect to Q. is preferred, it is more preferably present at positions 1 to 4 with respect to Q, and more preferably at position 2 with respect to Q. Also, when R 1 has two branches, the two branches are separated from each other by 0-6 carbons, preferably 0-3 carbons.
 また、上記の分岐鎖は、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリール基である。中でも、分岐鎖は、置換基を有してもよい、炭素数2~12のアルキル基が好ましく、置換基を有してもよい、炭素数4~10のアルキル基がより好ましい。この置換基としては、例えば、フッ素、塩素等のハロゲン原子である。 In addition, the above branched chain is an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group. Among them, the branched chain is preferably an optionally substituted alkyl group having 2 to 12 carbon atoms, more preferably an optionally substituted alkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms. This substituent is, for example, a halogen atom such as fluorine or chlorine.
 上記をまとめると、m個のRは、具体的には、それぞれ独立して、下記式(YA): Summarizing the above, m R 1 are specifically each independently represented by the following formula (YA):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020
であらわされる基であることが好ましい。式(YA)中、
 *は、結合位置を示す。以下、同様の説明は省略する場合がある。
 nは、0以上6以下の整数であり、nは、0以上6以下の整数である。好ましくは、nは、0以上3以下の整数を示し、nは、0以上3以下の整数である。なお、該nが1以上の場合、該nが付された括弧内に示される繰り返し単位は、アルキレン基であり該nが1以上の場合、該nが付された括弧内に示される繰り返し単位は、アルキレン基である。
is preferably a group represented by In formula (YA),
* indicates the binding position. Similar descriptions may be omitted hereinafter.
n1 is an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less, and n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less. Preferably, n1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less, and n2 is an integer of 0 or more and 3 or less. When the n1 is 1 or more, the repeating unit shown in the parentheses to which the n1 is attached is an alkylene group, and when the n2 is 1 or more, the parentheses to which the n2 is attached The repeating units shown are alkylene groups.
 R1a、R1b、R1c、R1d及びR1eは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基である。前記のアルキル基は、置換基を有してもよく、この置換基は、例えば、フッ素、塩素等のハロゲン原子である。但し、R1a、R1b、R1c及びR1dのうち少なくとも2つ以上は水素原子である。ここで、R1a、R1b、R1c及びR1dは、全てが水素原子であってもよいが、好ましくは、R1a、R1b、R1c及びR1dの全てが水素原子である場合を除く。上記式(YA)で表される基の具体例は、上記式(XA)で表される基の具体例と同義であるため、その説明を省略する。 R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , R 1d and R 1e are each independently a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group. The above alkyl group may have a substituent, and the substituent is, for example, a halogen atom such as fluorine or chlorine. However, at least two or more of R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d are hydrogen atoms. Here, R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d may all be hydrogen atoms, but preferably all of R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d are hydrogen atoms. except. Specific examples of the group represented by the above formula (YA) have the same meanings as specific examples of the group represented by the above formula (XA), and thus description thereof is omitted.
 特に、Rは、1つの分岐鎖を有する有機基であって、当該分岐鎖がQに対して2位の位置に存在するものが好ましい。すなわち、m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、下記式(YA’): In particular, R 1 is preferably an organic group having one branched chain, and the branched chain is present at the 2-position relative to Q. That is, m R 1 are each independently represented by the following formula (YA'):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
で表される基であることが好ましい。 is preferably a group represented by
 ここで、前記R1fの炭素数と前記R1gの炭素数との差は、2であることが好ましい。また、R1fは、置換基を有してもよい、炭素数4以上12以下の直鎖状のアルキル基であることが好ましく、置換基を有してもよい、炭素数4以上10以下の直鎖状のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、置換基を有してもよい、炭素数6の直鎖状のアルキル基であることが最適である。この置換基としては、例えば、フッ素、塩素等のハロゲン原子である。 Here, the difference between the number of carbon atoms in R 1f and the number of carbon atoms in R 1g is preferably 2. R 1f is preferably a linear alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms which may have a substituent; It is more preferably a straight-chain alkyl group, and most preferably a straight-chain alkyl group having 6 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent. This substituent is, for example, a halogen atom such as fluorine or chlorine.
 R1gは、置換基を有してもよい、炭素数6以上14以下の直鎖状のアルキル基であることが好ましく、置換基を有してもよい、炭素数6以上12以下の直鎖状のアルキル基であることがより好ましく、置換基を有してもよい、炭素数8の直鎖状のアルキル基であることが最適である。この置換基としては、例えば、フッ素、塩素、臭素、ヨウ素等のハロゲン原子である。 R 1g is preferably a linear alkyl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent, and a linear alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent It is more preferably a linear alkyl group, and most preferably a linear alkyl group having 8 carbon atoms, which may have a substituent. Examples of this substituent include halogen atoms such as fluorine, chlorine, bromine and iodine.
 すなわち、上記(YA’)で表される基として、2-n-ブチル-1-オクチル基、2-へキシル-1-デシル基、2-オクチル-1-ドデシル基、2-デシル-1-テトラデシル基、2-ドデシル-1-ヘキサデシル基等が好ましい例として挙げられる。 That is, the group represented by (YA′) above includes a 2-n-butyl-1-octyl group, a 2-hexyl-1-decyl group, a 2-octyl-1-dodecyl group, a 2-decyl-1- Preferred examples include a tetradecyl group and a 2-dodecyl-1-hexadecyl group.
 (R
 k個のRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はハロゲン原子である。k個のRの具体例としては、実施形態1におけるk個のRについて上述した具体例と同じものが挙げられる。k個のRは、水素原子であることがより好ましい。
( R2 )
Each of the k R 2 is independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a halogen atom. Specific examples of the k R 2 are the same as the specific examples of the k R 3 in the first embodiment. The k R 2 are more preferably hydrogen atoms.
 Xは、ヒドロキシル基を表す。
 mは、2又は3の整数を表す。
 kは、0以上(5-m)以下の整数を示し、
 m個の[Q-R]のうち少なくとも1つは、前記Xを含む置換基に対してメタ位に置換されていることが好ましい。
X represents a hydroxyl group.
m represents an integer of 2 or 3;
k represents an integer of 0 or more (5-m) or less,
At least one of m [QR 1 ] is preferably meta-substituted with respect to the substituent containing X.
 式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物は、長鎖のペプチド合成におけるタグとして用いることが特に好ましい。例えば、式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物は、ペプチドの残基数が5以上のペプチドの合成に用いることが好ましく、残基数が7以上のペプチドの合成に用いることが好ましく、残基数が10以上のペプチドの合成に用いることがさらに好ましい。 The benzyl compound represented by formula (Y1) is particularly preferably used as a tag in long-chain peptide synthesis. For example, the benzyl compound represented by formula (Y1) is preferably used for synthesizing a peptide having 5 or more residues, and preferably used for synthesizing a peptide having 7 or more residues. More preferably, it is used for synthesizing ten or more peptides.
 <ベンジル化合物の具体例>
 (好適な置換基(-[Q-R])
 上述した置換基(-[Q-R])としては、その有用性を考慮すると、下記式(YB1)乃至(YB3)で表される置換基を好ましいものとして挙げることができる。なお、式(YB1)乃至(YB3)において「*」は、式(Y1)内のベンゼン環を構成する炭素原子との結合位置を表す。
<Specific examples of benzyl compounds>
(suitable substituents (-[QR 1 ])
As the substituent (-[QR 1 ]) described above, substituents represented by the following formulas (YB1) to (YB3) can be mentioned as preferable ones in view of their usefulness. In the formulas (YB1) to (YB3), "*" represents the bonding position with the carbon atom constituting the benzene ring in the formula (Y1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
 (好適なベンジル化合物)
 上記式(Y1)に示すベンジル化合物(Y1)としては、その有用性を考慮すると、下記式(Y1A)乃至(Y1D)で表される化合物を好ましいものとして挙げることができる。
(preferred benzyl compounds)
As the benzyl compound (Y1) represented by the above formula (Y1), compounds represented by the following formulas (Y1A) to (Y1D) can be mentioned as preferable ones in view of their usefulness.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
 式(Y1A)で表されるベンジル化合物は、式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物において、上記式(YB1)で表される3つの置換基が、ヒドロキシル基(-OH)に対して3位、4位及び5位の位置にそれぞれ置換された化合物(3,4,5-トリス((2-ブチルオクチル)オキシ)フェニル)メタノールである。 The benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1A) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1) in which three substituents represented by the above formula (YB1) are located at the 3-position relative to the hydroxyl group (—OH). , (3,4,5-tris((2-butyloctyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol substituted at the 4- and 5-positions, respectively.
 式(Y1B)で表されるベンジル化合物は、式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物において、上記式(YB2)で表される3つの置換基が、ヒドロキシル基(-OH)に対して3位、4位及び5位の位置にそれぞれ置換された化合物(3,4,5-トリス((2-ヘキシルデシル)オキシ)フェニル)メタノールである。 The benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1B) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1) in which the three substituents represented by the above formula (YB2) are at the 3-position with respect to the hydroxyl group (—OH). , (3,4,5-tris((2-hexyldecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol substituted at the 4- and 5-positions, respectively.
 式(Y1C)で表されるベンジル化合物は、式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物において、上記式(YB3)で表される3つの置換基が、ヒドロキシル基(-OH)に対して3位、4位及び5位の位置にそれぞれ置換された化合物(3,4,5-トリス((2-デシルテトラデシル)オキシ)フェニル)メタノールである。 The benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1C) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1) in which three substituents represented by the above formula (YB3) are located at the 3-position relative to the hydroxyl group (—OH). , (3,4,5-tris((2-decyltetradecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol substituted at the 4- and 5-positions, respectively.
 式(Y1D)で表されるベンジル化合物は、式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物において、上記式(YB3)で表される3つの置換基が、ヒドロキシル基(-OH)に対して3位及び5位の位置にそれぞれ置換された化合物(3,5-ビス((2-デシルテトラデシル)オキシ)フェニル)メタノールである。 The benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1D) is a benzyl compound represented by the formula (Y1) in which the three substituents represented by the above formula (YB3) are at the 3-position with respect to the hydroxyl group (--OH). and a compound (3,5-bis((2-decyltetradecyl)oxy)phenyl)methanol substituted at the 5-position, respectively.
 [ベンジル化合物の製造方法]
 次に、ベンジル化合物(Y1)の製造方法の詳細について説明する。
 本実施形態に係るベンジル化合物(Y1)を製造する方法としては、特に限定されるものではない。以下、一例を説明する。例えば、アルキルハライドとヒドロキシベンズエステル化合物とを適当な溶媒に溶解させて、炭酸カリウム等の塩基存在下に加熱して、アルキルエーテル化されたベンズエステル化合物を得る(以下、「工程Ya1」ともいう。)。ここで、アルキルハライドは、アルキル基の先端にハロゲン原子が結合した化合物である。このハロゲン原子としては、例えば、塩素、臭素、ヨウ素等が該当し、反応性を考慮すると、好ましくは、臭素又はヨウ素であり、さらにコストを考慮すると、臭素がより好ましい。すなわち、アルキルハライドとしては、アルキルブロマイド又はアルキルヨードが好ましく、アルキルブロマイドがより好ましい。アルキルハライドは、市販品を用いても良く、アルキルハライドの原料に相当するヒドロキシル体を公知の方法でハロゲン化したものを用いても良い。
[Method for producing benzyl compound]
Next, the details of the method for producing the benzyl compound (Y1) will be described.
The method for producing the benzyl compound (Y1) according to this embodiment is not particularly limited. An example is described below. For example, an alkyl halide and a hydroxybenzester compound are dissolved in an appropriate solvent and heated in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate to obtain an alkyl-etherified benzester compound (hereinafter also referred to as "step Ya1"). .). Here, an alkyl halide is a compound in which a halogen atom is bonded to the tip of an alkyl group. Examples of the halogen atom include chlorine, bromine, and iodine. Considering reactivity, bromine or iodine is preferable, and bromine is more preferable considering cost. That is, the alkyl halide is preferably alkyl bromide or alkyl iodine, more preferably alkyl bromide. As the alkyl halide, a commercially available product may be used, or a hydroxyl compound corresponding to the starting material of the alkyl halide may be halogenated by a known method.
 本実施形態では、アルキルブロマイドとヒドロキシベンズエステル化合物とを適当な溶媒に溶解させて、炭酸カリウム等の塩基存在下に加熱して、アルキルエーテル化されたベンズエステル化合物を得る。なお、該アルキルブロマイドは市販品を用いても良く、またアルキルブロマイドの原料に相当するヒドロキシル体を公知の方法でブロモ化したものを用いても良い。その後に、アルキルエーテル化されたベンズエステル化合物を適当な溶媒に溶解させて、金属水素化物等の還元剤を用いてエステル基を還元し(以下、「工程Ya2」ともいう。)、ベンジルアルコール化合物として得る方法が挙げられる。 In this embodiment, an alkyl bromide and a hydroxybenzester compound are dissolved in an appropriate solvent and heated in the presence of a base such as potassium carbonate to obtain an alkyl-etherified benzester compound. As the alkyl bromide, a commercially available product may be used, or a hydroxyl derivative corresponding to the raw material of the alkyl bromide may be brominated by a known method. After that, the alkyl-etherified benzester compound is dissolved in an appropriate solvent, and the ester group is reduced using a reducing agent such as a metal hydride (hereinafter also referred to as “step Ya2”) to obtain a benzyl alcohol compound. A method of obtaining as
 (工程Ya1)
 上記工程Ya1において、アルキルブロマイドとヒドロキシベンズエステル化合物との反応に使用する塩基としては、トリエチルアミン(TEA)、ジイソプロピルエチルアミン(DIPEA)、1,8-ジアザビシクロ〔5.4.0〕ウンデカ-7-エン(DBU)、1,5-ジアザビシクロ〔4.3.0〕ノン-5-エン(DBN)、1,4-ジアザビシクロ〔2.2.2〕オクタン(DABCO)、ピリジン、イミダゾール、4-(ジメチルアミノ)ピリジン(DMAP)、リチウムジイソプロピルアミド(LDA)、酢酸ナトリウム(NaOAc)、ナトリウムメトキシド(MeONa)、カリウムメトキシド(MeOK)、リチウムヘキサメチルジシラジド(LHMDS)、ナトリウムビス(トリメチルシリル)アミド(NaHMDS)等の有機塩基、炭酸ナトリウム(NaCO)、炭酸水素ナトリウム(NaHCO),炭酸カリウム(KCO)、炭酸セシウム(CsCO)、ナトリウムヒドリド(NaH)等の無機塩基が挙げられる。この中でも、塩基としては、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、KCOを用いることが好ましい。塩基の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、ヒドロキシベンズエステル化合物1モルに対して、1モル以上10モル以下使用することが好ましく、2モル以上8モル以下使用することがより好ましい。
(Step Ya1)
In the above step Ya1, the base used for the reaction between the alkyl bromide and the hydroxybenzester compound includes triethylamine (TEA), diisopropylethylamine (DIPEA), 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene. (DBU), 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]non-5-ene (DBN), 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), pyridine, imidazole, 4-(dimethyl amino)pyridine (DMAP), lithium diisopropylamide (LDA), sodium acetate (NaOAc), sodium methoxide (MeONa), potassium methoxide (MeOK), lithium hexamethyldisilazide (LHMDS), sodium bis(trimethylsilyl)amide organic bases such as (NaHMDS), sodium carbonate ( Na2CO3 ), sodium hydrogencarbonate (NaHCO3), potassium carbonate (K2CO3), cesium carbonate (Cs2CO3 ) , sodium hydride ( NaH), etc. Inorganic bases can be mentioned. Among these, K 2 CO 3 is preferably used as the base in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly. The amount of the base used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably used in an amount of 1 to 10 mol, more preferably 2 to 8 mol, per 1 mol of the hydroxybenzester compound.
 溶媒としては、ヘキサン、ヘプタン等の炭化水素類、ジイソプロピルエーテル、テトラヒドロフラン(THF)、シクロペンチルメチルエーテル(CPME)、4-メチルテトラヒドロピラン(MTHP)、ジオキサン等のエーテル類、ジメチルホルムアミド(DMF)、ジメチルアセトアミド等のアミド類、ジメチルスルホキシド(DMSO)等のスルホキシド類、N-メチルピロリドン等のラクタム類、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、またはこれらの混合溶媒が挙げられる。このうち、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、DMF又はDMFとCPMEとの混合溶媒を用いることが好ましい。溶媒の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、ヒドロキシベンズエステル化合物1gに対して、10mL以上200mL以下使用することが好ましく、15mL以上150mL以下使用することがより好ましい。 Solvents include hydrocarbons such as hexane and heptane, diisopropyl ether, tetrahydrofuran (THF), cyclopentyl methyl ether (CPME), 4-methyltetrahydropyran (MTHP), ethers such as dioxane, dimethylformamide (DMF), dimethyl Examples include amides such as acetamide, sulfoxides such as dimethylsulfoxide (DMSO), lactams such as N-methylpyrrolidone, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, and mixed solvents thereof. Among them, it is preferable to use DMF or a mixed solvent of DMF and CPME in terms of allowing the reaction to proceed smoothly. The amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 10 mL or more and 200 mL or less, more preferably 15 mL or more and 150 mL or less, per 1 g of the hydroxybenzester compound.
 反応温度は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、50℃~150℃の範囲で行えばよい。また、反応時間は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、1時間~24時間で行えばよい。 Although the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of 50°C to 150°C, for example. Also, the reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
 (工程Ya2)
 上記工程Ya2において、アルキルエーテル化されたベンズエステル化合物のエステル基を還元し、ベンジルアルコール化合物を得るために使用する還元剤としては、例えば、金属水素化合物を用いてよい。金属水素化合物としては、水素化13族アルカリ金属化合物が好ましい。具体的には、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム、水素化ホウ素リチウム、水素化トリエチルホウ素化リチウム等の水素化ホウ素アルカリ金属化合物や、水素化アルミニウムリチウム、水素化アルミニウム、水素化ビス(2-メトキシエトキシ)アルミニウムナトリウム、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム等の水素化アルミニウム化合物が挙げられる。還元剤の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、アルキルエーテル化されたベンズエステル化合物1モルに対して、1モル以上10モル以下使用することが好ましく、2モル以上5モル以下使用することがより好ましい。
(Step Ya2)
In the step Ya2, for example, a metal hydrogen compound may be used as the reducing agent used to reduce the ester group of the alkyl-etherified benzester compound to obtain the benzyl alcohol compound. As the metal hydride, a hydrogenated Group 13 alkali metal compound is preferred. Specifically, alkali metal borohydride compounds such as sodium borohydride, lithium borohydride, and lithium triethylborohydride, lithium aluminum hydride, aluminum hydride, and bis(2-methoxyethoxy)aluminum hydride Examples include aluminum hydride compounds such as sodium and diisobutylaluminum hydride. The amount of the reducing agent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably used in an amount of 1 mol or more and 10 mol or less, preferably 2 mol or more and 5 mol or less, relative to 1 mol of the alkyl-etherified benzester compound. is more preferable.
 なお、還元剤として水素化ホウ素ナトリウムを用いる場合、例えば、該還元剤の還元力を高めるため、ヨウ素、硫酸、ボラントリフルオロエーテラート(BF・EtO)等を共存させて反応させることが好ましい。 When sodium borohydride is used as a reducing agent, for example, iodine, sulfuric acid, borane trifluoroetherate (BF 3 Et 2 O), etc. may be allowed to coexist in order to increase the reducing power of the reducing agent. is preferred.
 アルキルエーテル化されたベンズエステル化合物のエステル基の還元に使用する溶媒としては、ジエチルエーテル、ジイソプロピルエーテル、THF、CPME、MTHP、ジオキサン等のエーテル類、トルエン、キシレン等の芳香族炭化水素類、またはこれらの混合溶媒が挙げられる。これらの中でも特に、メチルエステル基の還元に使用する溶媒としては、反応を円滑に進行させる点で、THF、CPME、MTHPを用いることが好ましい。溶媒の使用量は、特に制限されるものではないが、エステル化合物1gに対して、1mL以上100mL以下使用することが好ましく、5mL以上50mL以下使用することがより好ましい。 Solvents used for reducing the ester group of the alkyl-etherified benzester compound include ethers such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, THF, CPME, MTHP and dioxane, aromatic hydrocarbons such as toluene and xylene, or Mixed solvents of these are included. Among these, THF, CPME, and MTHP are particularly preferable as the solvent used for reducing the methyl ester group from the viewpoint of smooth progress of the reaction. The amount of the solvent used is not particularly limited, but it is preferably 1 mL or more and 100 mL or less, more preferably 5 mL or more and 50 mL or less, per 1 g of the ester compound.
 反応温度は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、-10℃~90℃の範囲で行えばよい。また、反応時間は、特に制限されるものではないが、例えば、1時間~24時間で行えばよい。 Although the reaction temperature is not particularly limited, it may be carried out in the range of -10°C to 90°C, for example. Also, the reaction time is not particularly limited, but may be, for example, 1 hour to 24 hours.
 [ペプチド合成]
 本発明のベンジル化合物(Y1)をアミノ酸C末端の保護基(すなわち、タグ)として用いるペプチド合成方法は、例えば次の工程(Y1)~(Y6)を含む製法である。このペプチド合成方法は、縮合反応工程及びペプチド伸長工程で得られる、アミノ酸のC末端が保護されたペプチド(以下、「C末端保護ペプチド」ともいう。)の分離を液-液分離することができることから、精製工程が容易となる。
[Peptide synthesis]
A method for synthesizing a peptide using the benzyl compound (Y1) of the present invention as a protective group (that is, tag) at the C-terminal of an amino acid is, for example, a production method including the following steps (Y1) to (Y6). This peptide synthesis method is capable of liquid-liquid separation of peptides with C-terminal protected amino acids (hereinafter also referred to as "C-terminal protected peptides") obtained in the condensation reaction step and the peptide elongation step. Therefore, the purification process is facilitated.
 工程(Y1)本発明のベンジル化合物(Y1)を、可溶性溶媒に溶解させる工程(溶解工程)、 Step (Y1) a step of dissolving the benzyl compound (Y1) of the present invention in a soluble solvent (dissolving step),
 工程(Y2)上記工程で得られた該可溶性溶媒に縮合剤及び活性化剤を添加し、該可溶性溶媒に溶解されたベンジル化合物(Y1)と、N末端がN末端保護基により保護された第1のアミノ酸(以下、「N末端保護アミノ酸」ともいう。)とを縮合して第1の縮合物を生成する工程(縮合反応工程)、 Step (Y2) A condensing agent and an activating agent are added to the soluble solvent obtained in the above step, and the benzyl compound (Y1) dissolved in the soluble solvent and the second 1 amino acid (hereinafter also referred to as "N-terminal protected amino acid") to produce a first condensate (condensation reaction step);
 工程(Y3)上記工程(Y2)で得られた第1の縮合物(前記のN末端保護アミノ酸と前記のベンジル化合物(Y1)から-OH基を除いたものとが縮合したもの)を含む可溶性溶媒(反応溶媒)に第1の塩基を添加し、残存したアミノ酸活性エステル(工程(Y2)の余剰分のアミノ酸のC末端のカルボン酸に縮合剤、ついで活性化剤が反応したもの)をスカベンジ(捕捉)し、さらに可溶性溶媒(反応溶媒)に第1の塩基及び第2の塩基を添加し、第1の縮合物を構成するN末端保護アミノ酸からのN末端保護基の脱保護を実施し、該N末端保護基由来の副生成物(ジベンゾフルベン)を第1の塩基でスカベンジする工程(脱保護及びスカベンジ反応工程)、 Step (Y3) Soluble containing the first condensate obtained in the step (Y2) (condensation of the N-terminal protected amino acid and the benzyl compound (Y1) from which the —OH group has been removed) A first base is added to a solvent (reaction solvent) to scavenge the remaining amino acid active ester (resulting from the reaction of the C-terminal carboxylic acid of the surplus amino acid in step (Y2) with a condensing agent and then with an activating agent). (capturing), and further adding the first base and the second base to a soluble solvent (reaction solvent) to deprotect the N-terminal protective group from the N-terminal protected amino acid constituting the first condensate. , scavenging the by-product (dibenzofulvene) from the N-terminal protecting group with a first base (deprotection and scavenging reaction step);
 工程(Y4)上記工程(Y3)で得られた第2の縮合物(第1の縮合物からN末端保護基が外れた縮合物をいう)、捕捉体(第1の塩基とアミノ活性エステルとが結合したもの、及び第1の塩基とジベンゾルフルベンとが結合したものを含む総称をいう)及び反応不要物(縮合剤由来の副生成物、活性化剤、塩基、水溶性有機溶媒)を含む反応液(可溶性溶媒)へ酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄し、水層と有機層とに分液して、捕捉体及び反応不要物を水層へ除去し、前記水層から分離された有機層(反応溶媒)に、上記工程(Y3)の第1の縮合物からN末端保護基が脱保護された第2の縮合物(すなわち、C末端保護ペプチド)を得る工程(分液工程)、
 工程(Y5)上記工程(Y4)で得られた第2の縮合物を含む反応溶媒にN末端が保護された第2のアミノ酸を加えて、工程(Y2)と同様の方法で、第2の縮合物とN末端が保護された第2のアミノ酸とを縮合させて第3の縮合物を得る縮合反応に続き、工程(Y3)及び工程(Y4)と同様の方法を施し、前記の第3の縮合物からN末端保護基が脱保護された第4の縮合物を得る工程(ペプチド伸長工程)。
Step (Y4) The second condensate obtained in the above step (Y3) (meaning a condensate in which the N-terminal protective group is removed from the first condensate), a scavenger (first base and amino active ester and is bound, and the first base and dibenzolfulvene are bound) and unreacted substances (by-products derived from condensing agents, activators, bases, water-soluble organic solvents) An acidic aqueous solution is added to the reaction solution (soluble solvent) to wash the solution, and the aqueous layer and the organic layer are separated to remove the capturing bodies and unreacted substances into the aqueous layer, and the organic layer separated from the aqueous layer. A step of obtaining a second condensate (i.e., C-terminal protected peptide) obtained by deprotecting the N-terminal protecting group from the first condensate in step (Y3) above (reaction solvent) (liquid separation step);
Step (Y5) A second amino acid having a protected N-terminus is added to the reaction solvent containing the second condensate obtained in the above step (Y4), and a second amino acid is produced in the same manner as in step (Y2). Following the condensation reaction of condensing the condensate and the N-terminally protected second amino acid to obtain a third condensate, the same methods as in steps (Y3) and (Y4) are performed, and the third A step of obtaining a fourth condensate in which the N-terminal protecting group is deprotected from the condensate of (peptide elongation step).
 工程(Y5)は、以下のサブ工程(Y5-1)乃至工程(Y5-3)を繰り返す工程を含む: Step (Y5) includes repeating the following sub-steps (Y5-1) to (Y5-3):
  工程(Y5-1)N末端が保護されていないアミノ酸と、C末端がベンジル化合物(Y1)で保護されたアミノ酸とを含み、総数(「残基数」ともいう)がn個(nは、2以上の自然数であり、好ましくは5以上の自然数である)のアミノ酸を含んでなる第2nの縮合物に、N末端が保護された第nのアミノ酸を縮合して残基数(n+1)個のアミノ酸を含んでなる第(2n+1)の縮合物を生成する工程、 Step (Y5-1) containing an amino acid whose N-terminus is not protected and an amino acid whose C-terminus is protected with a benzyl compound (Y1), and the total number (also referred to as "number of residues") is n (n is A natural number of 2 or more, preferably a natural number of 5 or more) is condensed with an n-th amino acid with a protected N-terminal to a 2n-th condensate containing amino acids, and the number of residues (n + 1) forming a (2n+1)th condensate comprising an amino acid of
  工程(Y5-2)残存したアミノ酸活性エステルをスカベンジし、次いで第(2n+1)の縮合物からN末端保護基の脱保護を実施して、該N末端保護基由来の副生成物をスカベンジする工程、及び、 Step (Y5-2) A step of scavenging the remaining amino acid active ester and then deprotecting the N-terminal protecting group from the (2n+1) condensate to scavenge the by-product derived from the N-terminal protecting group. ,as well as,
  工程(Y5-3)可溶性溶媒に酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄し、分液して、捕捉体及び反応不要物を水層へ除去し、有機層(反応溶媒)に上記工程(Y5-2)で得られた第(2n+2)の縮合物(第(2n+1)の縮合物からN末端保護基が外れて脱保護された縮合物をいう)を得る工程、並びに、 Step (Y5-3) Wash by adding an acidic aqueous solution to the soluble solvent, separate the phases, remove the captured body and unreacted substances into the aqueous layer, and transfer to the organic layer (reaction solvent) in the above step (Y5-2). A step of obtaining the obtained (2n+2)th condensate (referring to a deprotected condensate obtained by removing the N-terminal protecting group from the (2n+1)th condensate), and
 工程(Y6)工程(Y5)で得られたペプチドのC末端よりベンジル化合物(Y1)及びペプチド側鎖の保護基を除去し、精製を行い、目的のペプチドを得る工程(脱保護、精製工程)。 Step (Y6) A step of removing the benzyl compound (Y1) and the protective group of the peptide side chain from the C-terminal of the peptide obtained in step (Y5) and purifying to obtain the target peptide (deprotection and purification step) .
 なお、工程(Y5)は、工程(Y2)~(Y4)を繰り返すことによって実施されてもよい。換言すれば、工程(Y2)がサブ工程(Y5-1)を含んでおり、工程(Y3)がサブ工程(Y5-2)を含んでおり、工程(Y4)がサブ工程(Y5-3)を含んでおり、このような工程(Y2)~(Y4)を繰り返すことによって、サブ工程(Y5-1)~(Y5-3)を含む工程(Y5)が実施されてもよい。 Note that step (Y5) may be performed by repeating steps (Y2) to (Y4). In other words, step (Y2) includes sub-step (Y5-1), step (Y3) includes sub-step (Y5-2), and step (Y4) includes sub-step (Y5-3). and step (Y5) including substeps (Y5-1) to (Y5-3) may be performed by repeating such steps (Y2) to (Y4).
 以下、それぞれの工程について説明する。以下の説明においては、実施形態1に係るベンジル化合物(X1)に代わり、ベンジル化合物(Y1)(以下、「タグY」とも呼ぶ)を用いる場合を例として記載している。 Each process will be explained below. In the following description, the case of using the benzyl compound (Y1) (hereinafter also referred to as “tag Y”) instead of the benzyl compound (X1) according to Embodiment 1 is described as an example.
 〔工程(Y1)(溶解工程)〕
 当該工程は、ベンジル化合物(Y1)を可溶性溶媒に溶解させる工程である。工程(Y1)は、上述した工程(X1)と同様に実施することができるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。
[Step (Y1) (dissolving step)]
This step is a step of dissolving the benzyl compound (Y1) in a soluble solvent. Since step (Y1) can be performed in the same manner as step (X1) described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 〔工程(Y2)(縮合反応工程)〕
 当該工程は、上記工程(Y1)で得られた可溶性溶媒に溶解したタグYとN-Fmoc保護アミノ酸を導入し、エステル化反応及びタグY-保護ペプチドへN―Fmoc保護アミノ酸を導入し、アミド化反応を実施する工程である。工程(Y2)は、上述した工程(X2)と同様に実施することができるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。
[Step (Y2) (condensation reaction step)]
In this step, the tag Y and the N-Fmoc protected amino acid dissolved in the soluble solvent obtained in the above step (Y1) are introduced, the esterification reaction is performed, and the N-Fmoc protected amino acid is introduced into the tag Y-protected peptide to form an amide. This is the step of carrying out the conversion reaction. Since step (Y2) can be performed in the same manner as step (X2) described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 〔工程(Y3)(脱保護及びスカベンジ反応工程)〕
 当該工程は、アミノ酸の縮合反応工程の後に、第1の塩基を反応溶媒に添加することで、未反応のアミノ酸活性エステルを捕捉(スカベンジ)して捕捉体を形成し、不活性化する。さらに第1の塩基及び第2の塩基を加えることで、N-Fmoc保護アミノ酸の脱Fmoc基反応を進行させ、Fmoc基由来の副生成物であるジベンゾフルベンについても第1の塩基が捕捉体を形成し、不活性化する。工程(Y3)は、上述した工程(X3)と同様に実施することができるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。
[Step (Y3) (deprotection and scavenging reaction step)]
In this step, after the amino acid condensation reaction step, the first base is added to the reaction solvent to capture (scavenge) unreacted amino acid active esters to form captured bodies and inactivate them. Furthermore, by adding the first base and the second base, the removal of the Fmoc group from the N-Fmoc-protected amino acid proceeds, and the first base also acts as a scavenger for dibenzofulvene, which is a by-product derived from the Fmoc group. form and inactivate. Since step (Y3) can be performed in the same manner as step (X3) described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 〔工程(Y4)(分液工程)〕
 当該工程は、上記工程(Y3)の溶液に酸性水溶液を加えて中和し、第1の塩基の捕捉体及び反応不要物(縮合剤、活性化剤、塩基、水溶性有機溶媒)を分液により水層へ除去する工程である。第1の塩基にスカベンジされたアミノ酸活性エステル及びジベンゾフルベンは、酸性洗浄により、水層へ除去できる。
[Step (Y4) (liquid separation step)]
In this step, an acidic aqueous solution is added to the solution of the above step (Y3) for neutralization, and the scavenger of the first base and unreacted substances (condensing agent, activating agent, base, water-soluble organic solvent) are separated. It is a step of removing to the water layer by The amino acid active ester and dibenzofulvene scavenged by the first base can be removed to the aqueous layer by an acid wash.
 中和に使用する酸としては、反応溶液中の塩基を中和できるものであれば限定はされないが、例えば塩酸、硫酸、リン酸、酢酸等の水溶液が挙げられる。例えば塩酸を用いる場合は、0.5M~12M、好ましくは1M~12M、より好ましくは、1M~6Mの塩酸を用いる。ここでいう中和とは、反応溶液が中性のpHになれば良く、pHが7.0以下になっても良い。また、分液性を良くするために、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン系の分液促進溶媒をさらに加えてもよい。発明者らは、分液性が低下する原因として、タグY-ペプチド分子同士が疎水性相互作用及び水素結合により会合し、ミセル構造が形成されることによって分液性が低下すると推測している。上述の分液促進溶媒を加えることによって、タグYの側鎖間の疎水性相互作用あるいはペプチド分子間の水素結合を弱めて、ミセル構造の形成が抑制されるため、分液性が向上するものと推定される。なお、分液促進溶媒を加える工程に代えて又は該工程とともに、工程(Y3)の溶液を加熱する工程を行うことも分液性を向上させる点で有効である。 The acid used for neutralization is not limited as long as it can neutralize the base in the reaction solution, but examples include aqueous solutions of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, and the like. For example, when hydrochloric acid is used, 0.5M to 12M, preferably 1M to 12M, more preferably 1M to 6M hydrochloric acid is used. Neutralization here means that the reaction solution should have a neutral pH, and the pH may be 7.0 or less. In order to improve liquid separation, a ketone-based liquid separation promoting solvent such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone may be further added. The inventors speculate that the reason for the decrease in liquid separation is that tag Y-peptide molecules associate with each other through hydrophobic interaction and hydrogen bonding to form a micelle structure, thereby reducing liquid separation. . By adding the above-mentioned liquid separation promoting solvent, the hydrophobic interaction between the side chains of the tag Y or the hydrogen bond between the peptide molecules is weakened, and the formation of the micelle structure is suppressed, thereby improving the liquid separation. It is estimated to be. It is also effective in improving the liquid separation property to perform the step of heating the solution in the step (Y3) instead of or together with the step of adding the liquid separation promoting solvent.
 上記酸で中和した反応溶液に、さらに、酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄し、次いで分液し、水層を除去し、有機層を回収する。酸性水溶液を用いた洗浄は、上述した工程(X4)における洗浄と同様に実施することができるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。 An acidic aqueous solution is further added to the reaction solution neutralized with the acid for washing, followed by liquid separation, removing the aqueous layer, and recovering the organic layer. Since the cleaning using the acidic aqueous solution can be performed in the same manner as the cleaning in step (X4) described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 当該工程(Y4)は基本的に酸性水溶液により、第1の塩基の捕捉体及び不要物の除去をおこなうが、酸性水溶液による洗浄では除きにくい不要物がある場合に、他の洗浄工程を酸性水溶液による洗浄の前後に追加しても良い。例えば塩基性水溶液での洗浄や食塩水での洗浄が挙げられる。 The step (Y4) basically removes the capturing body of the first base and unnecessary substances with an acidic aqueous solution. may be added before or after washing with Examples include washing with a basic aqueous solution and washing with a saline solution.
 塩基性水溶液としては、例えばpH8~13の炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、炭酸ナトリウム水溶液又は炭酸カリウム水溶液等を挙げることができる。 As the basic aqueous solution, for example, a sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, a sodium carbonate aqueous solution, or a potassium carbonate aqueous solution having a pH of 8 to 13 can be mentioned.
 食塩水としては5wt%~飽和食塩水を挙げることができる。酸性水溶液による洗浄後、塩基性水溶液による洗浄をおこない、溶液のpHを中性~弱塩基性とする。塩基性水溶液としては前記の水溶液をあげることができる。 As the salt solution, 5 wt% to saturated salt solution can be mentioned. After washing with an acidic aqueous solution, washing with a basic aqueous solution is performed to make the pH of the solution neutral to weakly basic. Examples of the basic aqueous solution include the aqueous solutions described above.
 〔工程(Y5)(ペプチド伸長工程)〕
 当該工程は、上記工程で得られたタグY-保護ペプチドを含む反応溶媒にN末端が保護されたアミノ酸を加えて、上記工程(Y5-1)~工程(Y5-3)を繰り返し、ペプチドを伸長する工程である。ただし、該工程の縮合反応には、上記工程(Y2)で使用したDMAPは使用せず、下記に明示する活性化剤を使用する。
[Step (Y5) (peptide elongation step)]
In this step, an N-terminally protected amino acid is added to the reaction solvent containing the tagged Y-protected peptide obtained in the above step, and the above steps (Y5-1) to (Y5-3) are repeated to obtain the peptide. This is the process of elongation. However, in the condensation reaction of this step, the DMAP used in the step (Y2) is not used, but the activating agent specified below is used.
 N-Fmoc保護アミノ酸の使用量としては、ベンジル化合物(Y1)1モルに対して、1~4モル、好ましくは1~2モルであり、特に好ましくは1.05~1.5モルである。 The amount of the N-Fmoc-protected amino acid to be used is 1-4 mol, preferably 1-2 mol, particularly preferably 1.05-1.5 mol, per 1 mol of the benzyl compound (Y1).
 ペプチド伸長工程において、使用する縮合剤は工程(Y2)に記載の縮合剤と同様のものを用いることができる。 In the peptide elongation step, the condensing agent used can be the same as the condensing agent described in step (Y2).
 ペプチド縮合反応を促進し、ラセミ化などの副反応を抑制するために、好ましくは、活性化剤が添加される。ここで活性化剤とは、縮合剤との共存化で、アミノ酸を、対応する活性エステル、対称酸無水物などに導いて、ペプチド結合(アミド結合)を形成させやすくする試薬である。活性化剤としては、ペプチド合成において一般的に用いられる活性化剤が、本発明においても制限なく用いることができ、例えば、1-ヒドロキシベンゾトリアゾール(HOBt)、1-ヒドロキシ-7-アザベンゾトリアゾール(HOAt)、1-ヒドロキシ-1H-1,2,3-トリアゾール-4-カルボン酸エチル(HOCt)3-ヒドロキシ-1,2,3-ベンゾトリアジン-4(3H)-オン(HOOBt)、N-ヒドロキシスクシンイミド(HOSu)、N-ヒドロキシフタルイミド(HOPht)、N-ヒドロキシ-5-ノルボルネン-2,3-ジカルボキシイミド(HONb)、ペンタフルオロフェノール、シアノ(ヒドロキシイミノ)酢酸エチル(Oxyma)等を挙げることができ、好ましくは、HOBt、HOAt、HOCt,HOOBt、HONb、HOSu、Oxymaである。活性化剤の使用量は、タグY保護ペプチドに対して、通常0.1~2当量、好ましくは0.2~1.5当量、より好ましくは0.3~1.0当量である。 An activator is preferably added to promote the peptide condensation reaction and suppress side reactions such as racemization. Here, the activating agent is a reagent that facilitates the formation of a peptide bond (amide bond) by leading an amino acid to a corresponding active ester, symmetrical acid anhydride, or the like in coexistence with a condensing agent. As the activator, activators commonly used in peptide synthesis can also be used in the present invention without limitation. (HOAt), ethyl 1-hydroxy-1H-1,2,3-triazole-4-carboxylate (HOCt) 3-hydroxy-1,2,3-benzotriazin-4(3H)-one (HOOBt), N -hydroxysuccinimide (HOSu), N-hydroxyphthalimide (HOPht), N-hydroxy-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboximide (HONb), pentafluorophenol, ethyl cyano(hydroxyimino)acetate (Oxyma), etc. HOBt, HOAt, HOCt, HOOBt, HONb, HOSu and Oxyma are preferred. The amount of the activating agent used is generally 0.1-2 equivalents, preferably 0.2-1.5 equivalents, more preferably 0.3-1.0 equivalents, relative to the tag Y-protected peptide.
 ペプチド伸長工程で使用する溶媒は、ペプチド合成において一般的に用いられる溶媒が制限なく用いることができ、これに限定されないが、例えば、工程(Y1)に記載した可溶性溶媒又は可溶性溶媒と極性溶媒との混合溶媒が挙げられる。 The solvent used in the peptide elongation step can be any solvent commonly used in peptide synthesis without limitation, and is not limited thereto. and a mixed solvent of
 溶媒の使用量は、反応が進行しさえすれば、特に制限はないが、タグY保護ペプチド等を溶解した濃度が、通常0.1mM~1Mとなる量であり、好ましくは1mM~0.5Mとなる量である。 The amount of the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, but it is an amount such that the concentration of the dissolved tag Y-protected peptide or the like is usually 0.1 mM to 1 M, preferably 1 mM to 0.5 M. is the amount to be
 反応温度は、ペプチド合成において一般的に用いられる温度が、本発明においても用いられ、例えば、通常-20~40℃、好ましくは0~30℃の範囲内である。反応時間は、通常0.5~30時間(1残基の縮合時間)である。 As for the reaction temperature, the temperature generally used in peptide synthesis is also used in the present invention. The reaction time is usually 0.5 to 30 hours (condensation time for one residue).
 〔工程(Y6)(脱保護、精製工程)〕
 当該工程は、ペプチドC末端よりベンジル化合物(Y1)及びペプチド側鎖の保護基を除去し目的のペプチドを得る工程である。工程(Y6)は、上述した工程(X5)と同様に実施することができるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。
[Step (Y6) (deprotection, purification step)]
This step is a step of removing the benzyl compound (Y1) and protecting groups of peptide side chains from the C-terminus of the peptide to obtain the desired peptide. Since step (Y6) can be performed in the same manner as step (X5) described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 〔実施形態3〕
 以下、本発明に係る実施形態3について説明する。なお、以下に説明する実施形態は、本発明を実施する上での好適な具体例として示すものであり、技術的に好ましい種々の技術的事項を具体的に例示している部分もあるが、本発明の技術的範囲は、この具体的態様に限定されるものではない。
[Embodiment 3]
A third embodiment according to the present invention will be described below. It should be noted that the embodiments described below are shown as preferred specific examples for carrying out the present invention, and there are portions that specifically illustrate various technically preferable technical matters. The technical scope of the present invention is not limited to this specific embodiment.
 なお、以下、説明の便宜上、<1>N末端がフルオレン骨格を有する保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物から前記の保護基を除去する除去方法、<2>前記の保護基を除去する工程を含むペプチドの製造方法、<3>前記の保護基の除去剤の順にそれぞれ詳細を説明する。 In the following, for convenience of explanation, <1> a removal method of removing the protecting group from an amino group-containing compound protected with a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton at the N-terminus, and <2> a step of removing the protecting group. Details will be described in the order of <3> the removing agent for the protecting group.
 <1>保護基の除去方法
 本実施形態に係る保護基の除去方法は、有機溶媒中、N末端がフルオレン骨格を有する保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物と、捕捉剤と、を接触させて、前記保護基由来のフルベン骨格を有する副生成物と前記捕捉剤とが結合した捕捉体を得る工程と、得られた前記捕捉体を前記有機溶媒から分離する工程と、を含む。
<1> Method for removing protective group In the method for removing a protective group according to the present embodiment, an amino group-containing compound whose N-terminus is protected by a protective group having a fluorene skeleton is brought into contact with a scavenger in an organic solvent. obtaining a scavenger in which a by-product having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protecting group and the scavenger are bound; and separating the obtained scavenger from the organic solvent.
 (アミノ基含有化合物)
 アミノ基含有化合物とは、第1級アミノ基又は第2級アミノ基を有する化合物を意味する。アミノ基含有化合物は、例えば、単体のアミノ酸や、複数のアミノ酸がペプチド結合して形成されたペプチド、アミノ酸等を含む。
(Amino group-containing compound)
An amino group-containing compound means a compound having a primary amino group or a secondary amino group. Amino group-containing compounds include, for example, single amino acids, peptides formed by peptide bonds of a plurality of amino acids, amino acids, and the like.
 (フルオレン骨格を有する保護基)
 フルオレン骨格を有する保護基は、アミノ基含有化合物のN末端のアミノ基中の窒素原子に結合して該アミノ基含有化合物のN末端を保護する基である。この保護基は、下記式(Z2)で表される、フルオレンの構造を含む1価の保護基である。
(Protective group having a fluorene skeleton)
A protective group having a fluorene skeleton is a group that binds to the nitrogen atom in the N-terminal amino group of an amino group-containing compound to protect the N-terminal of the amino group-containing compound. This protecting group is a monovalent protecting group containing a fluorene structure represented by the following formula (Z2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 式(Z2)において、Rは、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキルオキシカルボニル基である。R5a~R5d、及びR6a~R6dは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルキル基、置換基を有してもよい炭素数1~6のアルコキシ基、置換基を有してもよいスルホン基、又は置換基を有してもよいスルホニル基である。置換基としては、例えば、ハロゲン原子、炭素数1~3のアルキル基があげられる。「*」は、アミノ基含有化合物のN末端のアミノ基との結合位置を表す。 In formula (Z2), R 4 is an optionally substituted alkyloxycarbonyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms. R 5a to R 5d and R 6a to R 6d are each independently a hydrogen atom, an optionally substituted C 1-6 alkyl group, an optionally substituted C 1 It is an alkoxy group of up to 6, a sulfone group which may have a substituent, or a sulfonyl group which may have a substituent. Examples of substituents include halogen atoms and alkyl groups having 1 to 3 carbon atoms. "*" represents the bonding position with the N-terminal amino group of the amino group-containing compound.
 Rは、好ましくは、炭素数1~3のアルキルオキシカルボニル基であり、中でもより好ましくは、メチルオキシカルボニル基である。R5a~R5d、及びR6a~R6dは、好ましくは、それぞれ水素原子である。 R 4 is preferably an alkyloxycarbonyl group having 1 to 3 carbon atoms, and more preferably a methyloxycarbonyl group. R 5a to R 5d and R 6a to R 6d are each preferably hydrogen atoms.
 すなわち、上記式(Z2)で表されるフルオレン骨格を有する保護基としては、その有用性を考慮すると、9-フルオレニルメチルオキシカルボニル基(Fmoc基)をその好適な例として挙げることができる。 That is, as a protective group having a fluorene skeleton represented by the above formula (Z2), a 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl group (Fmoc group) can be mentioned as a suitable example in consideration of its usefulness. .
 N末端がフルオレン骨格を有する保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物とは、アミノ基含有化合物が有する第1級アミノ基又は第2級アミノ基の少なくとも一つが、前記のフルオレン骨格を有する保護基で保護された化合物を意味する。 An amino group-containing compound whose N-terminus is protected by a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton is a protecting group in which at least one of the primary amino group or secondary amino group possessed by the amino group-containing compound is the above-described protecting group having a fluorene skeleton. means a compound protected by
 (捕捉剤)
 捕捉剤は、前記のアミノ基含有化合物から脱保護された保護基と結合することにより該保護基を捕捉して、捕捉体(式(Z3)参照)を生成する反応剤である。捕捉剤は、脱保護された保護基を捕捉する機能に加えて、前記の保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物から該保護基を脱保護する機能も有している。捕捉剤は、下記式(Z1)で表される化合物である。すなわち、捕捉剤は、窒素原子を1つ含む環状アミン(式(Z1A)参照)、及び該環状アミンを含む塩酸塩(式(Z1B)参照)からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの化合物である。
(capturing agent)
The scavenging agent is a reactive agent that binds to the protective group deprotected from the amino group-containing compound to capture the protective group to form a scavenging compound (see formula (Z3)). In addition to the function of capturing the deprotected protecting group, the scavenger also has the function of deprotecting the protecting group from the amino group-containing compound protected with the protecting group. The scavenger is a compound represented by the following formula (Z1). That is, the scavenger is at least one compound selected from the group consisting of a cyclic amine containing one nitrogen atom (see formula (Z1A)) and a hydrochloride containing the cyclic amine (see formula (Z1B)). .
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(Z1)において、Nは、窒素原子である。Hは、水素原子である。 In formula (Z1), N is a nitrogen atom. H is a hydrogen atom.
 Xは、-CH-、-O-、-S-、又は-(SO)-で表される2価の基である。Xは、好ましくは、-O-又は-(SO)-である。Xに酸素原子を含めることで、塩基性が低くなり、これにより副反応を抑制することができる。Xは、最適には、-O-である。 X is a divalent group represented by -CH 2 -, -O-, -S- or -(SO 2 )-. X is preferably -O- or -(SO 2 )-. Including an oxygen atom in X lowers the basicity, thereby suppressing side reactions. X is optimally -O-.
 n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ独立して、H、-OH、-OR(Rはアルキル基である。)、-SH、-SR(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)、-(SO)H、又は-(SO)R(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)で表される1価の基である。また、R2a又はR2bと、R3a又はR3bと、は互いに結合し、これらが結合している炭素原子と共に環を形成してもよい。 n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) It is a monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as defined above for —OR). Also, R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded.
 n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a及びn個のR2bのうち、窒素原子と隣り合う炭素原子に結合するものは、水素原子であることが好ましい。捕捉剤の安定性が高まるためである。また、n個の一対のR1a及びR1b、n個の一対のR2a及びR2b及びn個の一対のR3a及びR3bは、それぞれ一方が水素原子であることが好ましい。最適には、n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ水素原子である。 Of n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a and n 2 R 2b , the one bonded to the carbon atom adjacent to the nitrogen atom is preferably a hydrogen atom. . This is because the stability of the scavenger increases. In addition, one of n 1 pair of R 1a and R 1b , n 2 pair of R 2a and R 2b and n 3 pair of R 3a and R 3b is preferably a hydrogen atom. Optimally, n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each hydrogen is an atom.
 n、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1又は2である。n、n及びnの和は、3又は4であることが好ましい。すなわち、式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤としては、下記式(Z1a)又は式(Z1b)で表されるものであることが好ましい。式(Z1a)で表される捕捉剤は、式(Z1)において、n、n及びnの和が3の化合物である。式(Z1b)で表される捕捉剤は、式(Z1)において、n、n及びnの和が4の化合物である。mは、0又は1の整数である。 n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2; The sum of n 1 , n 2 and n 3 is preferably 3 or 4. That is, the scavenger represented by formula (Z1) is preferably represented by formula (Z1a) or formula (Z1b) below. The trapping agent represented by formula (Z1a) is a compound in which the sum of n 1 , n 2 and n 3 is 3 in formula (Z1). The trapping agent represented by formula (Z1b) is a compound in which the sum of n 1 , n 2 and n 3 is 4 in formula (Z1). m is an integer of 0 or 1;
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
 上記式(Z1a)及び(Z1b)において、N、H、X、R1a、R1b、R2a、R2b、R3a、R3b、n、n、n及びmは、式(Z1)のものと同義である。 In formulas (Z1a) and (Z1b) above, N, H, X, R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a , R 3b , n 1 , n 2 , n 3 and m are represented by formula (Z1 ) is synonymous with
 mが0の場合、捕捉剤は、下記式(Z1A)で表される窒素原子を1つ含む環状アミンである。mが1の場合、捕捉剤は、下記式(Z1B)で表される塩酸塩である。なお、好ましくは、mは、0である。 When m is 0, the scavenger is a cyclic amine containing one nitrogen atom represented by the following formula (Z1A). When m is 1, the scavenger is hydrochloride represented by the following formula (Z1B). Note that m is preferably 0.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
 上記式(Z1A)及び(Z1B)において、N、H、X、R1a、R1b、R2a、R2b、R3a、R3b、n、n、及びnは、式(Z1)のものと同義である。 In formulas (Z1A) and (Z1B) above, N, H, X, R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a , R 3b , n 1 , n 2 , and n 3 are represented by formula (Z1) is synonymous with
 すなわち、捕捉剤は、環状であって、かつ、酸素元素又は硫黄元素からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの元素を含むアミンである。このアミンは、水溶性のものであることが好ましい。また、該捕捉剤は、1級又は2級のアミンであることが好ましい。 That is, the scavenger is an amine that is cyclic and contains at least one element selected from the group consisting of oxygen element and sulfur element. Preferably, the amine is water soluble. Also, the scavenger is preferably a primary or secondary amine.
 (好適な捕捉剤)
 上記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤は、好ましくは、アミノ基を1つ有する環状アミンである。捕捉剤は、例えば、モルホリン、ピペリジン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、及びチオモルホリンジオキシドからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であり、好ましくは、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、及びチオモルホリンジオキシドからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であり、より好ましくは、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、及び4-ヒドロキシピペリジンからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種であり、より好ましくは、モルホリンである。
(suitable scavenger)
The scavenger represented by formula (Z1) above is preferably a cyclic amine having one amino group. The scavenger is, for example, at least one selected from the group consisting of morpholine, piperidine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide, preferably morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine , 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and at least one selected from the group consisting of thiomorpholine dioxide, more preferably selected from the group consisting of morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, and 4-hydroxypiperidine At least one, more preferably morpholine.
 捕捉剤の添加量は、反応系に存在する保護基の量に対して、5~100当量であり、好ましくは5~50当量であり、より好ましくは10~30当量である。捕捉剤の添加量がこの範囲より少ないと、フルオレン骨格を有する保護基の脱保護反応により生じるフルベン骨格を有する副生成物の捕捉が不十分となり、不純物を酸性分液洗浄で除去しにくくなる。捕捉剤の添加量がこの範囲より多いと、酸性分液洗浄時に有機層に捕捉剤が残存し、副反応の懸念がある。 The amount of the scavenger to be added is 5 to 100 equivalents, preferably 5 to 50 equivalents, more preferably 10 to 30 equivalents, relative to the amount of protective groups present in the reaction system. If the amount of the scavenger to be added is less than this range, the by-product having a fulvene skeleton generated by the deprotection reaction of the protective group having a fluorene skeleton will be insufficiently captured, making it difficult to remove impurities by acidic liquid separation washing. If the amount of the scavenger added is more than this range, the scavenger may remain in the organic layer during acidic liquid-separating washing, which may cause side reactions.
 (有機溶媒)
 アミノ基含有化合物と上記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤との接触は、有機溶媒中で行われる。この有機溶媒は、後述する液相タグ法において、ペプチドの伸長(合成)反応に用いる反応溶媒と同一の溶媒を用いることが好ましい。順次ペプチドの伸長反応を繰り返す際に、保護基の除去とペプチドの伸長との間で互いに悪影響を与えないようにでき、また、操作を容易とするためである。有機溶媒としては、工程(X1)について上述した可溶性溶媒と同様のものと使用することができるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。
(organic solvent)
The contact between the amino group-containing compound and the scavenger represented by formula (Z1) is carried out in an organic solvent. As for this organic solvent, it is preferable to use the same solvent as the reaction solvent used for the elongation (synthesis) reaction of the peptide in the liquid phase tagging method described below. This is because when the peptide elongation reaction is repeated sequentially, the removal of the protective group and the elongation of the peptide do not adversely affect each other, and the operation is facilitated. As the organic solvent, the same soluble solvent as described above for step (X1) can be used, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 (接触させる方法)
 各成分を接触させる方法は、特に制限されるものではない。例えば、攪拌機構を備えた反応容器内で各成分を混合してよい。各成分を混合することにより、アミノ基含有化合物と捕捉剤とを接触させることができる。各成分を混合する手順は、特に制限されない。例えば、アミノ基含有化合物を有機溶媒中で合成した後、このアミノ基含有化合物を含む有機溶媒(以下、「反応溶液」ともいう。)に捕捉剤を混合してもよい。
(Method of contact)
The method of contacting each component is not particularly limited. For example, the ingredients may be mixed in a reaction vessel equipped with a stirring mechanism. By mixing each component, the amino group-containing compound and the scavenger can be brought into contact with each other. The procedure for mixing each component is not particularly limited. For example, after synthesizing an amino group-containing compound in an organic solvent, a scavenger may be mixed with the organic solvent containing the amino group-containing compound (hereinafter also referred to as "reaction solution").
 〔脱保護剤〕
 保護基の脱保護反応を促進するために、脱保護剤をさらに混合してもよい。脱保護剤を混合することにより、アミノ基含有化合物と脱保護剤とを接触させることができる。脱保護剤としては、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)、1.5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン(DBN)、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)トリエチルアミン、及びトリブチルアミン等の有機塩基、並びに、カリウムtert-ブトキシド、及びナトリウムtert-ブトキシド等の無機塩基からなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の塩基を挙げることができ、より好ましくは、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)、1.5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン(DBN)、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)であり、さらに好ましくは、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)である。
[Deprotecting agent]
A deprotecting agent may be further mixed in order to accelerate the deprotection reaction of the protecting group. By mixing the deprotecting agent, the amino group-containing compound and the deprotecting agent can be contacted. Deprotecting agents include 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU), 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene (DBN), 1,4- At least one base selected from the group consisting of organic bases such as diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO) triethylamine and tributylamine, and inorganic bases such as potassium tert-butoxide and sodium tert-butoxide more preferably 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU), 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene (DBN), 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), more preferably 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU).
 本工程において添加する脱保護剤の量は、反応系中に存在する保護基に対して、1当量~12当量が好ましく、2当量~10当量がより好ましく、3当量~8当量が特に好ましい。 The amount of the deprotecting agent added in this step is preferably 1 to 12 equivalents, more preferably 2 to 10 equivalents, particularly preferably 3 to 8 equivalents, relative to the protective groups present in the reaction system.
 脱保護剤を添加する手順は特に制限されるものではない。例えば、捕捉剤とともに反応溶液に混合してもよく、捕捉剤を反応溶液に混合する前に脱保護剤を反応溶液に混合してもよい。 The procedure for adding the deprotecting agent is not particularly limited. For example, the scavenger may be mixed with the reaction solution, or the deprotecting agent may be mixed with the reaction solution before the scavenger is mixed with the reaction solution.
 (捕捉体)
 アミノ基含有化合物と上記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤とを接触させることにより、下記式(Z3)で表される捕捉体を得る。この捕捉体は、下記式(Z2’)で表されるフルベン骨格を有する副生成物と上記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤とが結合したものである。下記式(Z2’)で表される副生成物は、式(Z2)で表される保護基の脱保護により生じるものである。
(trapping body)
By contacting the amino group-containing compound with the scavenger represented by the above formula (Z1), a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z3) is obtained. This scavenger is a combination of a by-product having a fulvene skeleton represented by the following formula (Z2') and a scavenger represented by the above formula (Z1). A by-product represented by the following formula (Z2') is produced by deprotection of the protective group represented by the formula (Z2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
 上記式(Z2’)及び式(Z3)において、N、H、X、R1a、R1b、R2a、R2b、R3a、R3b、R5a、R5b、R5c、R5d、R6a、R6b、R6c、R6d、n、n、及びnは、式(Z1)及び式(Z2)のものと同義である。 In the above formulas (Z2′) and (Z3), N, H, X, R 1a , R 1b , R 2a , R 2b , R 3a , R 3b , R 5a , R 5b , R 5c , R 5d , R 6a , R 6b , R 6c , R 6d , n 1 , n 2 , and n 3 have the same meanings as in Formula (Z1) and Formula (Z2).
 (捕捉体を分離する工程)
 次に、得られた捕捉体を分離する工程、すなわち上記の反応溶液から取り出す工程について説明する。以下に示す方法は、捕捉体を分離する方法の一例であり、下記に示す方法に限定されるものではない。
(Step of separating capture bodies)
Next, the step of separating the captured bodies obtained, that is, the step of removing them from the reaction solution will be described. The method shown below is an example of a method for separating captured bodies, and is not limited to the method shown below.
 例えば、上記の反応溶液に酸性水溶液を加えて中和し、捕捉体を分液により水層へ誘導する。捕捉体は、酸性洗浄により、水層へ誘導し、捕捉体を反応溶液から分離することができる。 For example, an acidic aqueous solution is added to the above reaction solution to neutralize it, and the capturing body is guided to the aqueous layer by liquid separation. The scavengers can be guided into the aqueous layer and separated from the reaction solution by acid washing.
 中和に使用する酸としては、反応溶液中の塩基を中和できるものであれば限定はされないが、例えば塩酸、硫酸、リン酸、酢酸等の水溶液が挙げられる。例えば塩酸を用いる場合は、0.5M(「M」は、mol/Lを示す。以下、同様の説明は省略する。)~12M、好ましくは1M~12M、より好ましくは、1M~6Mの塩酸を用いる。ここでいう中和とは、反応溶液が中性のpHになれば良く、pHが7.0以下になっても良い。また、分液性を良くするために、アセトン、メチルエチルケトン等のケトン系の分液促進溶媒をさらに加えてもよい。発明者らは、分液性が低下する原因として、タグ-ペプチド分子同士が疎水性相互作用及び水素結合により会合し、ミセル構造が形成されることによって分液性が低下すると推測している。上述の分液促進溶媒を加えることによって、タグの側鎖間の疎水性相互作用あるいはペプチド分子間の水素結合を弱めて、ミセル構造の形成が抑制されるため、分液性が向上するものと推定される。なお、分液促進溶媒を加える工程に代えて又は該工程とともに、反応溶液を加熱する工程を行うことも分液性を向上させる点で有効である。 The acid used for neutralization is not limited as long as it can neutralize the base in the reaction solution, but examples include aqueous solutions of hydrochloric acid, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, acetic acid, and the like. For example, when hydrochloric acid is used, 0.5 M (“M” indicates mol/L. Hereinafter, the same description will be omitted.) to 12 M, preferably 1 M to 12 M, more preferably 1 M to 6 M hydrochloric acid Use Neutralization here means that the reaction solution should have a neutral pH, and the pH may be 7.0 or less. In order to improve liquid separation, a ketone-based liquid separation promoting solvent such as acetone or methyl ethyl ketone may be further added. The inventors speculate that tag-peptide molecules associate with each other through hydrophobic interaction and hydrogen bonding to form a micelle structure, which causes the liquid separation to decrease. By adding the above-mentioned liquid separation promoting solvent, the hydrophobic interaction between the side chains of the tag or the hydrogen bond between the peptide molecules is weakened, and the formation of the micelle structure is suppressed, so that the liquid separation is improved. Presumed. It is also effective in improving the liquid separation property to perform a step of heating the reaction solution instead of or together with the step of adding the liquid separation promoting solvent.
 上記の酸で中和した反応溶液に、さらに、酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄し、次いで分液し、水層を分離し、有機層を回収する。 Further, an acidic aqueous solution is added to the reaction solution neutralized with the above acid for washing, then the solution is separated, the aqueous layer is separated, and the organic layer is recovered.
 用いる酸性水溶液は、特に限定されないが、例えば、塩酸水溶液、希硫酸水溶液、リン酸水溶液、酢酸水溶液が挙げられ、好ましくは塩酸水溶液である。酸性水溶液のpHは1~5、好ましくは1~4、より好ましくは1~3である。 The acidic aqueous solution to be used is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, dilute sulfuric acid aqueous solution, phosphoric acid aqueous solution, and acetic acid aqueous solution, preferably hydrochloric acid aqueous solution. The pH of the acidic aqueous solution is 1-5, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
 洗浄に用いる酸性水溶液の量は、洗浄効果を示す限り特に制限はないが、反応溶液に対して、0.1~4倍量、好ましくは0.3~3倍量、より好ましくは0.5~2倍量である。 The amount of the acidic aqueous solution used for washing is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits a washing effect. ~2 times the amount.
 洗浄、分液、水層の廃棄回数は特に制限はなく、1回でも良く、複数回行っても良い。回数は反応系中の化合物の種類や捕捉体の量等によって適宣選択される。 There are no particular restrictions on the number of washings, liquid separations, and discarding of the aqueous layer, and it may be performed once or multiple times. The number of times is appropriately selected depending on the type of compound in the reaction system, the amount of trapping material, and the like.
 洗浄を行う際の温度は、特に制限はないが、10℃~50℃、好ましくは15℃~45℃、より好ましくは20℃~40℃である。 The temperature for washing is not particularly limited, but is 10°C to 50°C, preferably 15°C to 45°C, more preferably 20°C to 40°C.
 当該工程は基本的に酸性水溶液により、捕捉体の除去をおこなうが、酸性水溶液による洗浄では除きにくい捕捉体がある場合に、他の洗浄工程を酸性水溶液による洗浄の前後に追加しても良い。例えば塩基性水溶液での洗浄や食塩水での洗浄が挙げられる。 In this step, the captured material is basically removed with an acidic aqueous solution. However, if there is a captured material that is difficult to remove by washing with the acidic aqueous solution, other washing processes may be added before and after washing with the acidic aqueous solution. Examples include washing with a basic aqueous solution and washing with a saline solution.
 塩基性水溶液としては、例えばpH8~13の炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、炭酸ナトリウム水溶液又は炭酸カリウム水溶液等を挙げることができる。 As the basic aqueous solution, for example, a sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, a sodium carbonate aqueous solution, or a potassium carbonate aqueous solution having a pH of 8 to 13 can be mentioned.
 食塩水としては5wt%~飽和食塩水を挙げることができる。
酸性水溶液による洗浄後、塩基性水溶液による洗浄を行い、溶液のpHを中性~弱塩基性とする。塩基性水溶液としては前記の水溶液をあげることができる。
 [Fmoc基の除去方法]
 次に、好適な保護基の除去方法として、保護基がFmoc基である場合を例に挙げて詳細を説明する。本実施形態に係るFmoc基の除去方法は、捕捉剤としての環状アミン、保護基としてのFmoc基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物及び任意の脱保護剤を混合して、Fmoc基の脱保護により生じるジベンゾフルベン(DBF)と環状アミンとが結合した捕捉体(以下、「DBF-捕捉体」ともいう。)及びFmoc基が脱保護されたアミノ基含有化合物を得る工程と、得られた反応混合物を酸性水溶液で洗浄することによって、DBF-捕捉体を除去し、アミノ基含有化合物を得る工程と、を含むことを特徴とする。DBF-捕捉体は、本発明の「捕捉体」の一例である。
Examples of salt water include 5 wt % to saturated salt water.
After washing with an acidic aqueous solution, washing with a basic aqueous solution is performed to make the pH of the solution neutral to weakly basic. Examples of the basic aqueous solution include the aqueous solutions described above.
[Method for removing Fmoc group]
Next, a preferred method for removing the protective group will be described in detail, taking as an example the case where the protective group is an Fmoc group. The method for removing the Fmoc group according to the present embodiment involves mixing a cyclic amine as a scavenger, an amino group-containing compound protected with an Fmoc group as a protecting group, and an optional deprotecting agent to deprotect the Fmoc group. a step of obtaining a scavenger in which the resulting dibenzofulvene (DBF) and a cyclic amine bind (hereinafter also referred to as "DBF-capturer") and an amino group-containing compound in which the Fmoc group is deprotected, and the resulting reaction mixture and washing with an acidic aqueous solution to remove the DBF-trapper to obtain an amino group-containing compound. A DBF-trapper is an example of a "trapper" of the present invention.
 Fmoc基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物とは、アミノ基含有化合物が有する第1級アミノ基又は第2級アミノ基の少なくとも一つが、Fmoc基で保護された化合物を意味する。 An amino group-containing compound protected by an Fmoc group means a compound in which at least one of the primary amino group or secondary amino group of the amino group-containing compound is protected by an Fmoc group.
 本明細書中の環状アミンとは、1つのアミノ基を有する環状のアミンであり、例えば、上述したように、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、及びチオモルホリンジオキシドを挙げることができ、好ましくは、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジンであり、より好ましくは、モルホリンである。 Cyclic amines herein are cyclic amines having one amino group, such as morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide, as described above. morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine and 4-hydroxypiperidine are preferred, and morpholine is more preferred.
 Fmoc基除去工程における環状アミンの添加量は、反応系に存在するFmoc基の量に対して、5~100当量であり、好ましくは、5~50当量であり、より好ましくは10~30当量である。環状アミンの添加量がこの範囲より少ないと、Fmoc基脱保護反応により生じるDBFの捕捉が不十分となり、不純物を酸性分液洗浄で除去しにくくなる。 The amount of the cyclic amine added in the Fmoc group removal step is 5 to 100 equivalents, preferably 5 to 50 equivalents, more preferably 10 to 30 equivalents, relative to the amount of Fmoc groups present in the reaction system. be. If the amount of the cyclic amine added is less than this range, the capture of DBF produced by the Fmoc group deprotection reaction becomes insufficient, making it difficult to remove impurities by acidic liquid separation washing.
 脱保護剤は、Fmoc基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物からFmoc基を脱離する反応剤である。Fmoc基除去工程における脱保護剤としては、上述したように、例えば、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)、1.5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン(DBN)、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)、トリエチルアミン、及びトリブチルアミン等の有機塩基や、カリウムtert-ブトキシド、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド等の無機塩基を挙げることができ、より好ましくは、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)、1.5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン(DBN)、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)であり、さらに好ましくは、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)である。 A deprotecting agent is a reactive agent that removes the Fmoc group from an amino group-containing compound protected with an Fmoc group. Deprotecting agents in the Fmoc group removal step include, as described above, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU), 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0] organic bases such as -5-nonene (DBN), 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), triethylamine, and tributylamine; and inorganic bases such as potassium tert-butoxide and sodium tert-butoxide. More preferably, 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU), 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene (DBN), 1 , 4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), more preferably 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU).
 Fmoc基を脱保護するために必要な脱保護剤の量は、反応系中に存在するFmoc基に対して、1当量~12当量が好ましく、2当量~10当量がより好ましく、3当量~8当量が特に好ましい。なお、脱保護剤は、必須の反応剤ではなく必ずしも添加しなくてもよい。ただし、前記の捕捉剤とともに脱保護剤を用いることで、Fmoc基の脱保護反応の反応速度を速めることができるため、脱保護剤を用いることが好ましい。 The amount of the deprotecting agent necessary for deprotecting the Fmoc group is preferably 1 to 12 equivalents, more preferably 2 to 10 equivalents, 3 to 8 equivalents, relative to the Fmoc group present in the reaction system. Equivalents are particularly preferred. Note that the deprotecting agent is not an essential reactant and does not necessarily have to be added. However, it is preferable to use a deprotecting agent because the reaction rate of the deprotection reaction of the Fmoc group can be increased by using the deprotecting agent together with the scavenger.
 用いる酸性水溶液は、特に限定されないが、例えば、塩酸水溶液、希硫酸水溶液、リン酸水溶液、酢酸水溶液が挙げられ、好ましくは塩酸水溶液である。酸性水溶液のpHは1~5、好ましくは1~4、より好ましくは1~3である。 The acidic aqueous solution to be used is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, dilute sulfuric acid aqueous solution, phosphoric acid aqueous solution, and acetic acid aqueous solution, preferably hydrochloric acid aqueous solution. The pH of the acidic aqueous solution is 1-5, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
 本発明のFmoc基脱保護反応によって得られた溶液を濃縮することにより、Fmoc基が脱保護されたアミノ基含有化合物を単離することができる。さらに、得られたアミノ基含有化合物の溶液をそのまま、後述の液相合成法によるペプチド製造方法の原料として用いることもできる。 By concentrating the solution obtained by the Fmoc group deprotection reaction of the present invention, an amino group-containing compound in which the Fmoc group has been deprotected can be isolated. Furthermore, the obtained solution of the amino group-containing compound can be used as it is as a raw material for the peptide production method by the liquid phase synthesis method described below.
 <2>保護基を除去する工程を含むペプチドの製造方法
 [液相合成法によるペプチドの製造方法]
 保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物が、C末端を可溶性担体と結合させたC-保護ペプチド等である場合、本発明の保護基の除去方法を、液相合成法によるペプチドの製造方法で好適に使用することができる。
<2> Method for Producing Peptide Including Step of Removing Protecting Group [Method for Producing Peptide by Liquid Phase Synthesis]
When the amino group-containing compound protected with a protecting group is a C-protected peptide or the like in which the C-terminus is bound to a soluble carrier, the method for removing the protecting group of the present invention is the method for producing a peptide by liquid phase synthesis. It can be used preferably.
 以下、上述した保護基の除去方法を含む、ペプチド合成法について説明する。
 このペプチドの合成方法は、C末端が特定の液相ペプチド合成用担体で保護されたアミノ酸、ペプチド又はアミノ酸アミド等のアミノ基含有化合物(以下、「C末端担体保護ペプチド」ともいう。)と、N末端が上述した保護基(式(Z2)参照。)で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物(以下、「N末端保護ペプチド」ともいう。)を縮合する工程(工程Z1)、縮合反応後に残存する活性エステルをクエンチする工程(工程Z2)、縮合したペプチド(以下、「N末端保護-C末端担体保護ペプチド」ともいう。)から保護基を脱保護する工程(工程Z3)、反応溶液を酸性水溶液で洗浄する工程(工程Z4)、及び、C末端の担体及び側鎖保護基を脱保護する工程(工程Z5)を含む。上述のペプチドの合成方法において、N末端の保護基の脱保護後に生じるフルベン骨格を有する副生成物を、環状アミンを用いて捕捉することを特徴とするペプチド製造方法である。
A method for synthesizing a peptide, including the method for removing the protective group described above, will be described below.
This peptide synthesis method comprises an amino group-containing compound such as an amino acid, peptide, or amino acid amide whose C-terminal is protected with a specific carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis (hereinafter also referred to as "C-terminal carrier-protected peptide"), A step of condensing an amino group-containing compound (hereinafter also referred to as an “N-terminal protected peptide”) whose N-terminus is protected with the above-described protecting group (see formula (Z2)) (step Z1), and remaining after the condensation reaction A step of quenching the active ester (step Z2), a step of deprotecting the protective group from the condensed peptide (hereinafter also referred to as “N-terminal protected-C-terminal carrier-protected peptide”) (step Z3), and adding an acidic aqueous solution to the reaction solution. (Step Z4), and deprotecting the C-terminal carrier and side chain protecting groups (Step Z5). In the peptide synthesis method described above, a peptide production method is characterized in that a by-product having a fulvene skeleton generated after deprotection of the N-terminal protective group is captured using a cyclic amine.
 以下、説明の便宜上、保護基としてFmocを例に挙げ、Fmoc基の除去方法を含むペプチド液相合成法について詳細に説明する。なお、保護基は、Fmoc基に限定されるものではなく、以下に示す方法は、上記式(Z2)で示す保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物にも適用できる。 For convenience of explanation, the liquid-phase peptide synthesis method including the method for removing the Fmoc group will be described in detail below, taking Fmoc as an example of the protective group. The protective group is not limited to the Fmoc group, and the method shown below can also be applied to an amino group-containing compound protected with a protective group represented by formula (Z2) above.
 (工程Z1:縮合工程)
 有機溶媒中、縮合剤の存在下、液相ペプチド合成用担体で保護されたC末端担体保護ペプチド」と、N末端がFmoc基で保護されたアミノ酸又はペプチド(以下、「N-Fmoc保護アミノ酸又はペプチド」ともいう。)を縮合させて、アミノ酸残基が伸長したペプチド(以下、「N-Fmoc保護-C末端担体保護ペプチド」ともいう。)が得られる。
(Step Z1: condensation step)
In an organic solvent, in the presence of a condensing agent, a C-terminal carrier-protected peptide protected with a carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis", and an amino acid or peptide whose N-terminus is protected with an Fmoc group (hereinafter referred to as "N-Fmoc-protected amino acid or Also referred to as "peptide") is condensed to obtain a peptide with extended amino acid residues (hereinafter also referred to as "N-Fmoc-protected-C-terminal carrier-protected peptide").
 〔液相ペプチド合成用担体〕
 《1》工程Z1で用いる液相ペプチド合成用担体は、例えば、以下の化合物が挙げられる。
[Carrier for Liquid Phase Peptide Synthesis]
<<1>> Carriers for liquid-phase peptide synthesis used in step Z1 include, for example, the following compounds.
 すなわち、該液相ペプチド合成用担体の一例は、上記式(X1)で表されるベンジル化合物(X1)である。ベンジル化合物(X1)の構成は、上述した実施形態1と同様であるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。 That is, one example of the carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis is the benzyl compound (X1) represented by the above formula (X1). Since the structure of the benzyl compound (X1) is the same as that of Embodiment 1 described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 上記式(X1)で表されるベンジル化合物(X1)としては、その有用性を考慮すると、下記式(X1A)乃至(X1D)で表される化合物を好ましいものとして挙げることができる。 As the benzyl compound (X1) represented by the above formula (X1), compounds represented by the following formulas (X1A) to (X1D) can be mentioned as preferable ones in consideration of their usefulness.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
 《2》液相ペプチド合成用担体の他の例は、下記式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物(Y1)である。ベンジル化合物(Y1)の構成は、上述した実施形態2と同様であるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。 <<2>> Another example of the carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis is a benzyl compound (Y1) represented by the following formula (Y1). Since the structure of the benzyl compound (Y1) is the same as that of Embodiment 2 described above, detailed description thereof will be omitted.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
 上記式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物(Y1)としては、その有用性を考慮すると、下記式(Y1A)乃至(Y1D)で表される化合物を好ましいものとして挙げることができる。 As the benzyl compound (Y1) represented by the above formula (Y1), compounds represented by the following formulas (Y1A) to (Y1D) can be mentioned as preferable ones in view of their usefulness.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
 工程Z1で用いる液相ペプチド合成用担体は、式(X1)で表されるベンジル化合物(X1)及び式(Y1)で表されるベンジル化合物(Y1)に限定されず、これらのベンジル化合物以外の化合物であってもよい。 The carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis used in step Z1 is not limited to the benzyl compound (X1) represented by formula (X1) and the benzyl compound (Y1) represented by formula (Y1). It may be a compound.
 《3》液相ペプチド合成用担体の他の例は、下記式(Z6)で表される化合物を好ましいものとして挙げることができる。 <<3>> Another preferred example of the carrier for liquid-phase peptide synthesis is a compound represented by the following formula (Z6).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
 《4》液相ペプチド合成用担体の他の例は、下記式(Z7)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。 <<4>> Other examples of carriers for liquid-phase peptide synthesis include compounds represented by the following formula (Z7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
 《5》液相ペプチド合成用担体の他の例は、下記式(Z8-1)、(Z8-2)、及び(Z8-3)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。 <<5>> Other examples of carriers for liquid-phase peptide synthesis include compounds represented by the following formulas (Z8-1), (Z8-2), and (Z8-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
 《6》液相ペプチド合成用担体の他の例は、下記式(Z9)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。 <<6>> Other examples of carriers for liquid-phase peptide synthesis include compounds represented by the following formula (Z9).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
 《7》液相ペプチド合成用担体の他の例は、下記式(Z10)で表される化合物を挙げることができる。 <<7>> Other examples of carriers for liquid-phase peptide synthesis include compounds represented by the following formula (Z10).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 〔アミノ酸〕
 N-Fmoc保護-C末端担体保護ペプチド等及びC末端担体保護ペプチドや、N-Fmoc保護アミノ酸を構成する基本構造となるアミノ酸は、天然アミノ酸又は非天然アミノ酸のいずれでもよい。また、このアミノ酸は、L体又はD体のいずれでもよい。天然アミノ酸としては、Arg,Lys,Asp,Asn,Glu,Gln,His,Pro,Tyr,Trp,Ser,Thr,Gly,Ala,Met,Cys,Phe,Leu,Val,Ile、β―Ala等が挙げられる。非天然アミノ酸としては、Tle(tert-ロイシン)等が挙げられる。
〔amino acid〕
N-Fmoc-protected C-terminal carrier-protected peptides, etc., C-terminal carrier-protected peptides, and amino acids forming the basic structure of N-Fmoc-protected amino acids may be either natural amino acids or non-natural amino acids. Also, this amino acid may be either L- or D-form. Natural amino acids include Arg, Lys, Asp, Asn, Glu, Gln, His, Pro, Tyr, Trp, Ser, Thr, Gly, Ala, Met, Cys, Phe, Leu, Val, Ile, β-Ala, and the like. mentioned. Unnatural amino acids include Tle (tert-leucine) and the like.
 アミノ酸は側鎖官能基を有しても良い。側鎖のアミノ基はFmoc基以外の保護基、例えばBoc基,Cbz基,Alloc基,Ac基等で保護されていることが望ましい。 Amino acids may have side chain functional groups. The side chain amino group is desirably protected by a protective group other than the Fmoc group, such as a Boc group, a Cbz group, an Alloc group, an Ac group, or the like.
 側鎖カルボキシ基の保護基としては、メチル基、エチル基、tBu基等のアルキル基、ベンジル基、p―メトキシベンジル基等のベンジル系の置換基が挙げられる。アミド基の保護基としてはトリチル(Tr)基等が挙げられる。側鎖ヒドロキシ基の保護基としては、ベンジル基、tBu基等が挙げられる。側鎖イミダゾール基の保護基としては、Boc基,Trt基、Bom(ベンジルオキシメチル)基等が挙げられる。側鎖グアニジル基の保護基としては、ニトロ基、Pbf基等が挙げられる。チオール基の保護基としては、Trt基,Acm基,Dpm基,Ddm基,tBu基,S―tBu基,Mmt基,Npys基等が挙げられる。 Examples of protective groups for side chain carboxy groups include alkyl groups such as methyl groups, ethyl groups and tBu groups, and benzylic substituents such as benzyl groups and p-methoxybenzyl groups. A trityl (Tr) group etc. are mentioned as a protection group of an amide group. A benzyl group, a tBu group, etc. are mentioned as a side-chain hydroxy-protecting group. Examples of side-chain imidazole-protecting groups include Boc, Trt, and Bom (benzyloxymethyl) groups. Examples of side-chain guanidyl-protecting groups include a nitro group and a Pbf group. Examples of thiol-protecting groups include Trt group, Acm group, Dpm group, Ddm group, tBu group, S-tBu group, Mmt group and Npys group.
 N-Fmoc保護アミノ酸の使用量としては、液相ペプチド合成用担体1モルに対して、1~4モル、好ましくは1~2モルであり、特に好ましくは1.05~1.3モルである。 The amount of the N-Fmoc-protected amino acid used is 1 to 4 mol, preferably 1 to 2 mol, particularly preferably 1.05 to 1.3 mol, per 1 mol of the carrier for liquid phase peptide synthesis. .
 〔縮合剤〕
 縮合剤としては、反応が進行すれば特に制限はなく、ペプチド合成において一般的に用いられる縮合剤を用いることができる。縮合剤は、工程(X2)(縮合反応工程)の文脈において説明されたものを用いることができるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。
[Condensation agent]
The condensing agent is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, and condensing agents commonly used in peptide synthesis can be used. As the condensing agent, the one described in the context of step (X2) (condensation reaction step) can be used, and therefore detailed description thereof is omitted.
 ペプチド縮合反応を促進し、ラセミ化などの副反応を抑制するために、好ましくは、活性化剤が添加される。活性化剤は、工程(X2)(縮合反応工程)の文脈において説明されたものを用いることができるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。 An activator is preferably added to promote the peptide condensation reaction and suppress side reactions such as racemization. As the activating agent, the one described in the context of step (X2) (condensation reaction step) can be used, and therefore detailed description thereof is omitted.
 〔反応溶媒〕
 縮合反応工程で使用する反応溶媒(以下、単に「溶媒」ともいう。)は、ペプチド合成において一般的に用いられる溶媒が制限なく用いることができ、これに限定されないが、例えば、可溶性溶媒又は可溶性溶媒と極性溶媒との混合溶媒が挙げられる。可溶性溶媒は、工程(X1)(溶解工程)の文脈において説明されたものを用いることができるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。
[Reaction solvent]
As the reaction solvent used in the condensation reaction step (hereinafter also referred to simply as "solvent"), any solvent commonly used in peptide synthesis can be used without limitation. A mixed solvent of a solvent and a polar solvent can be mentioned. As the soluble solvent, the one described in the context of step (X1) (dissolving step) can be used, and therefore detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 また、上記可溶性溶媒には、反応における基質の溶解性を向上させるため、抽出時における未反応物及び副生成物の水層への溶解性を向上させるため、あるいは分液性を向上させるために、DMF、ジメチルアセトアミド、DMSO、スルホラン、N-メチルピロリドン、N,N‘-ジメチルプロピレン尿素(DMPU),アセトニトリル等の極性溶媒と適宣の割合で混合して使用することが好ましい。混合の割合は、反応が進行さえすれば、特に制限はないが、可溶性溶媒と極性溶媒の比が50:50~95:5となる量であり、好ましくは70:30~90:10となる量である。 In addition, the soluble solvent is used to improve the solubility of the substrate in the reaction, to improve the solubility of unreacted substances and by-products in the aqueous layer during extraction, or to improve the liquid separation. , DMF, dimethylacetamide, DMSO, sulfolane, N-methylpyrrolidone, N,N'-dimethylpropylene urea (DMPU), acetonitrile, etc., in a suitable ratio. The mixing ratio is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, but the amount is such that the ratio of the soluble solvent and the polar solvent is 50:50 to 95:5, preferably 70:30 to 90:10. quantity.
 溶媒の使用量は、反応が進行しさえすれば、特に制限はないが、タグを溶解した濃度が、通常0.1mM~1Mとなる量であり、好ましくは1mM~0.5Mとなる量である。 The amount of the solvent to be used is not particularly limited as long as the reaction proceeds, but it is an amount such that the concentration of the dissolved tag is usually 0.1 mM to 1 M, preferably 1 mM to 0.5 M. be.
 反応温度は、ペプチド合成において一般的に用いられる温度が、本発明においても用いられ、例えば、通常-20~40℃、好ましくは0~30℃の範囲内である。反応時間は、通常0.5~30時間(1残基の縮合時間)である。
 なお、この反応溶媒は、本発明の「有機溶媒」の一例であり、後述する工程Z3及び工程Z4で用いることができる。
As for the reaction temperature, the temperature generally used in peptide synthesis is also used in the present invention. The reaction time is usually 0.5 to 30 hours (condensation time for one residue).
This reaction solvent is an example of the "organic solvent" in the present invention, and can be used in steps Z3 and Z4 described below.
 (工程Z2:活性エステルクエンチ工程)
 上記工程Z1で得られたN-Fmoc保護-C末端担体保護ペプチドを含む反応溶媒にアミンを添加し、残存したアミノ酸活性エステル(工程Z1の余剰分のアミノ酸のC末端のカルボン酸に縮合剤、ついで活性化剤が反応したものをいう。)の捕捉(スカベンジ)を行う。本工程で用いるアミンを第1のスカベンジャーと称する場合がある。
(Step Z2: Active ester quenching step)
An amine is added to the reaction solvent containing the N-Fmoc-protected C-terminal carrier-protected peptide obtained in step Z1 above, and the remaining amino acid active ester (condensing agent, Then, scavenging is performed. The amine used in this step may be referred to as the first scavenger.
 工程Z2において用いることができる第1のスカベンジャーとしてのアミンは、好ましくは1級又は2級の水溶性アミンであり、例えば、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、チオモルホリンジオキシド、1-メチルピペラジン、4-アミノピペリジン、N,N―ジメチルエチレンジアミン、エチレンジアミンを挙げることができ、好ましくは、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、チオモルホリンジオキシドであり、より好ましくは、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジンであり、さらに好ましくは、モルホリンである。 Amines as first scavengers that can be used in step Z2 are preferably primary or secondary water-soluble amines, for example morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine di oxide, 1-methylpiperazine, 4-aminopiperidine, N,N-dimethylethylenediamine, ethylenediamine, preferably morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, thiomorpholine dioxide. , more preferably morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine and 4-hydroxypiperidine, and still more preferably morpholine.
 工程Z2におけるスカベンジャーとしてのアミンの添加量は、特に限定はされないが、理論上残存するアミノ酸当量に対して、通常1~5当量、好ましくは1~3当量である。 The amount of amine added as a scavenger in step Z2 is not particularly limited, but is usually 1 to 5 equivalents, preferably 1 to 3 equivalents, relative to the theoretically remaining amino acid equivalents.
 (工程Z3:Fmoc基脱保護及び捕捉工程)
 上記工程Z2で得られた反応溶液に、脱保護剤を添加することで、N-Fmoc保護-C末端担体保護ペプチドからのN末端Fmoc基の脱保護を実施する。さらに、本工程ではFmoc基由来の副生成物(DBF)を第2のスカベンジャーで捕捉する工程が含まれる。なお、反応溶液は、本発明の「有機溶媒」の一例である。また、第2のスカベンジャーは、本発明の「捕捉剤」の一例である。DBFを第2のスカベンジャーで捕捉する工程は、本発明の「捕捉体を得る工程」の一例である。
(Step Z3: Fmoc group deprotection and capture step)
A deprotecting agent is added to the reaction solution obtained in step Z2 to deprotect the N-terminal Fmoc group from the N-Fmoc-protected-C-terminal carrier-protected peptide. Furthermore, this step includes a step of catching Fmoc group-derived by-products (DBF) with a second scavenger. In addition, the reaction solution is an example of the "organic solvent" of the present invention. Also, the second scavenger is an example of the "trapping agent" of the present invention. The step of scavenging DBF with a second scavenger is an example of the "step of obtaining a scavenger" of the present invention.
 本工程において添加する脱保護剤の量は反応系中に存在するFmoc基に対して、1当量~12当量が好ましく、2当量~10当量がより好ましく、3当量~8当量が特に好ましい。 The amount of the deprotecting agent added in this step is preferably 1 to 12 equivalents, more preferably 2 to 10 equivalents, particularly preferably 3 to 8 equivalents, relative to the Fmoc groups present in the reaction system.
 脱保護剤は、特に限定されないが、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)、1.5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン、カリウムtert-ブトキシド、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド、トリエチルアミン、及びトリブチルアミンを挙げることができ、好ましくはDBUである。 The deprotecting agent is not particularly limited, but 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU), 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene, 1,4 -diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, triethylamine and tributylamine, preferably DBU.
 脱Fmoc基由来のDBFを捕捉するために使用する第2のスカベンジャーの量は、反応系中に存在するFmoc基に対して5当量~50当量が好ましく、8当量~40当量がより好ましく、10当量~35当量が特に好ましい。 The amount of the second scavenger used to scavenge DBF derived from the de-Fmoc group is preferably 5 equivalents to 50 equivalents, more preferably 8 equivalents to 40 equivalents, more preferably 10 equivalents, relative to the Fmoc groups present in the reaction system. Equivalents to 35 equivalents are particularly preferred.
 工程Z3において用いることができる第2のスカベンジャーは、DBF捕捉剤としてのアミンである。このアミンは、上述したように、環状であって、かつ、酸素元素又は硫黄元素からなる群より選択される少なくとも1つの元素を含み、好ましくは、1級又は2級の水溶性アミンであり、例えば、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、及びチオモルホリンジオキシドを挙げることができ、好ましくは、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジンであり、より好ましくは、モルホリンである。 A second scavenger that can be used in step Z3 is an amine as a DBF scavenger. The amine, as described above, is cyclic and contains at least one element selected from the group consisting of an oxygen element or a sulfur element, and is preferably a primary or secondary water-soluble amine, Examples include morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine and thiomorpholine dioxide, preferably morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine and 4-hydroxypiperidine, more preferably morpholine is.
 なお、本工程における第2のスカベンジャーは、工程Z2(活性エステルクエンチ工程)で添加した第1のスカベンジャーと同じでも異なっても良い。ただし、操作を簡便にし、スカベンジャーの使用を低減するために、本工程Z3で使用する第2のスカベンジャーは、工程Z2で添加した第1のスカベンジャーと同じものを用いることが好ましい。この場合、工程Z2では、上述したアミンのうち、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、チオモルホリンジオキシド等の環状アミンを用いることが好ましい。 The second scavenger in this step may be the same as or different from the first scavenger added in step Z2 (active ester quenching step). However, in order to simplify the operation and reduce the use of scavengers, the second scavenger used in step Z3 is preferably the same as the first scavenger added in step Z2. In this case, in step Z2, among the above-mentioned amines, cyclic amines such as morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine and thiomorpholine dioxide are preferably used.
 (工程Z4:酸性水溶液洗浄工程)
 工程Z4は、本発明の「分離する工程」の一例である。すなわち、当該工程は、上記工程Z3の反応溶液に酸性水溶液を加えて中和し、第1のスカベンジャーとアミノ酸活性エステルとが結合したもの(以下、「アミノ酸活性エステル-捕捉体」ともいう。)、及び反応不要物(ここで、反応不要物とは、縮合剤、活性化剤、脱保護剤、上述した反応溶媒のうち極性溶媒等)を分液により水層へ除去する工程である。第1のスカベンジャーによりスカベンジされたアミノ酸活性エステル(すなわち、アミノ酸活性エステル-捕捉体)、及び第2のスカベンジャーによりスカベンジされたDBF(すなわち、DBF-捕捉体)は、酸性洗浄により、水層へ誘導して、これらを反応溶液から分離することができる。
(Step Z4: Acidic aqueous solution washing step)
Step Z4 is an example of the "separating step" of the present invention. That is, in this step, an acidic aqueous solution is added to the reaction solution of the above step Z3 to neutralize it, and the first scavenger and amino acid active ester are combined (hereinafter also referred to as "amino acid active ester-capturing body"). , and unreacted substances (here, the unreacted substances are condensing agents, activating agents, deprotecting agents, polar solvents among the reaction solvents described above, etc.) are removed into the aqueous layer by liquid separation. The amino acid active ester scavenged by the first scavenger (i.e. amino acid active ester-capture) and the DBF scavenged by the second scavenger (i.e. DBF-capture) are introduced into the aqueous layer by acidic washing. As such, they can be separated from the reaction solution.
 中和に使用する酸は、工程(Y4)(分液工程)の文脈において説明されたものを用いることができるため、その詳細な説明を省略する。 The acid used for neutralization can be the one described in the context of step (Y4) (liquid separation step), so a detailed description thereof will be omitted.
 上記の酸で中和した反応溶液に、さらに、酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄し、次いで分液し、水層を除去し、有機層を回収する。 Further, an acidic aqueous solution is added to the reaction solution neutralized with the above acid for washing, followed by liquid separation, removing the aqueous layer, and recovering the organic layer.
 用いる酸性水溶液は、特に限定されないが、例えば、塩酸水溶液、希硫酸水溶液、リン酸水溶液、酢酸水溶液が挙げられ、好ましくは塩酸水溶液である。酸性水溶液のpHは1~5、好ましくは1~4、より好ましくは1~3である。 The acidic aqueous solution to be used is not particularly limited, but examples thereof include hydrochloric acid aqueous solution, dilute sulfuric acid aqueous solution, phosphoric acid aqueous solution, and acetic acid aqueous solution, preferably hydrochloric acid aqueous solution. The pH of the acidic aqueous solution is 1-5, preferably 1-4, more preferably 1-3.
 洗浄に用いる酸性水溶液の量は、洗浄効果を示す限り特に制限はないが、反応溶液に対して、0.1~4倍量、好ましくは0.3~3倍量、より好ましくは0.5~2倍量である。 The amount of the acidic aqueous solution used for washing is not particularly limited as long as it exhibits a washing effect. ~2 times the amount.
 洗浄、分液、水層の廃棄回数は特に制限はなく、1回でも良く、複数回行っても良い。回数は反応系中の化合物の種類や反応不要物の量等によって適宣選択される。 There are no particular restrictions on the number of washings, liquid separations, and discarding of the aqueous layer, and it may be performed once or multiple times. The number of times is appropriately selected depending on the type of compound in the reaction system, the amount of unreacted substances, and the like.
 洗浄を行う際の温度は、特に制限はないが、10℃~50℃、好ましくは15℃~45℃、より好ましくは20℃~40℃である。 The temperature for washing is not particularly limited, but is 10°C to 50°C, preferably 15°C to 45°C, more preferably 20°C to 40°C.
 当該工程は基本的に酸性水溶液により、アミノ酸活性エステル-捕捉体、DBF-捕捉体及び反応不要物の除去をおこなうが、酸性水溶液による洗浄では除きにくい反応不要物がある場合に、他の洗浄工程を酸性水溶液による洗浄の前後に追加しても良い。例えば塩基性水溶液での洗浄や食塩水での洗浄が挙げられる。 In this step, the amino acid active ester-captured body, the DBF-captured body, and unreacted substances are basically removed with an acidic aqueous solution. may be added before or after washing with the acidic aqueous solution. Examples include washing with a basic aqueous solution and washing with a saline solution.
 塩基性水溶液としては、例えばpH8~13の炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液、炭酸ナトリウム水溶液又は炭酸カリウム水溶液等を挙げることができる。 As the basic aqueous solution, for example, a sodium bicarbonate aqueous solution, a sodium carbonate aqueous solution, or a potassium carbonate aqueous solution having a pH of 8 to 13 can be mentioned.
 食塩水としては5wt%~飽和食塩水を挙げることができる。酸性水溶液による洗浄後、塩基性水溶液による洗浄を行い、溶液のpHを中性~弱塩基性とする。塩基性水溶液としては前記の水溶液をあげることができる。 As the salt solution, 5 wt% to saturated salt solution can be mentioned. After washing with an acidic aqueous solution, washing with a basic aqueous solution is performed to make the pH of the solution neutral to weakly basic. Examples of the basic aqueous solution include the aqueous solutions described above.
 なお、本発明の方法を用いたペプチド合成では、Fmoc基の脱保護後の段階において、C末端担体保護ペプチドを固形化(結晶化)して、固液分離操作を用いてC末端担体保護ペプチドを回収しても良い。固形化は、担体保護ペプチドが溶解している溶媒の組成変化により、公知の方法を適宜参考にして行うことができ、例えば、担体保護ペプチドが溶解している溶液にそのまま又は、溶液を濃縮した後、メタノールやアセトニトリル、ヘキサン等の炭化水素系溶媒を加えるなどして、溶液の組成を変化させることにより行うことができる。 In the peptide synthesis using the method of the present invention, the C-terminal carrier-protected peptide is solidified (crystallized) in the stage after deprotection of the Fmoc group, and the C-terminal carrier-protected peptide is solid-liquid separated. may be recovered. Solidification can be carried out by appropriately referring to known methods by changing the composition of the solvent in which the carrier-protected peptide is dissolved. After that, it can be carried out by adding a hydrocarbon solvent such as methanol, acetonitrile, or hexane to change the composition of the solution.
 上述の工程Z1~Z4を繰り返すことによって、所望のアミノ酸残基を有するC末端担体保護ペプチドが得られる。最終的に、C末端の担体及び側鎖保護基を除去する工程[工程Z5]を経て、最終目的物であるペプチドが得られる。 By repeating the above steps Z1 to Z4, a C-terminal carrier-protected peptide having desired amino acid residues is obtained. Finally, the final target peptide is obtained through the step of removing the C-terminal carrier and side chain protecting group [Step Z5].
 (工程Z5:脱保護、精製工程)
 当該工程は、ペプチドC末端より担体及びペプチド側鎖の保護基を除去し目的のペプチドを得る工程である。
(Step Z5: deprotection, purification step)
This step is a step of removing the carrier and protecting group of the side chain of the peptide from the C-terminus of the peptide to obtain the desired peptide.
 ペプチドC末端より担体及びペプチド側鎖の保護基を除去する方法としては、特に限定はなく、公知の脱保護方法を使用すればよいが、好ましくは酸処理により行われる。例えばトリフルオロ酢酸(TFA)を用いた脱保護法を用いることができる。 The method for removing the carrier and peptide side chain protecting groups from the peptide C-terminus is not particularly limited, and a known deprotection method may be used, preferably by acid treatment. For example, deprotection methods using trifluoroacetic acid (TFA) can be used.
 アミノ酸配列によってはTFAに水、チオアニソール、1,2-エタンジチオール、フェノール、トリイソプロピルシラン等の分子を適宣な組成で組み合わせて使用しても良い。 Depending on the amino acid sequence, TFA may be used in combination with molecules such as water, thioanisole, 1,2-ethanedithiol, phenol, and triisopropylsilane in an appropriate composition.
 担体及びペプチド側鎖の保護基が脱保護されたペプチドは、ペプチド合成で常用される精製方法に従って、単離、精製することができる。例えば、抽出洗浄、晶析、クロマトグラフィーによって、目的であるペプチドを単離精製することができる。 The peptide from which the carrier and the protecting group of the peptide side chain have been deprotected can be isolated and purified according to a purification method commonly used in peptide synthesis. For example, the target peptide can be isolated and purified by extraction washing, crystallization, and chromatography.
 上述したFmoc基の除去方法をペプチド合成に用いれば、Fmoc基脱保護後に得られた中間体ペプチドを単離することなく、次の縮合工程に用いることができる。これによりペプチドのワンポット合成が可能となり、工業的生産に特に好適である。 If the method for removing the Fmoc group described above is used for peptide synthesis, the intermediate peptide obtained after deprotection of the Fmoc group can be used in the next condensation step without isolation. This enables one-pot synthesis of peptides and is particularly suitable for industrial production.
 <3>保護基の除去剤
 上記式(Z2)で表される保護基の除去剤は、上記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤と、塩基性の脱保護剤とを含む組成物である。捕捉剤及び脱保護剤は、上述したとおり、ここでは詳細な説明は省略する。
<3> Protecting Group Remover The protecting group remover represented by the above formula (Z2) is a composition containing the scavenger represented by the above formula (Z1) and a basic deprotecting agent. . The scavenger and deprotection agents are described above and will not be described in detail here.
 〔まとめ〕
 上記から理解されるように、本発明の第1の態様に係るペプチド製造方法は、有機溶媒中、N末端がフルオレン骨格を有する保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物と、下記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤と、を接触させて、前記保護基由来のフルベン骨格を有する副生成物と前記捕捉剤とが結合した捕捉体を得る工程と、
 得られた前記捕捉体を前記有機溶媒から分離する工程と、
 を含む、
 ペプチド製造方法:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
 前記式(Z1)において、
 Nは、窒素原子であり、
 Hは、水素原子であり、
 Xは、-CH-、-O-、-S-、又は-(SO)-で表される2価の基であり、
 n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ独立して、H、-OH、-OR(Rはアルキル基である。)、-SH、-SR(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)、-(SO)H、又は-(SO)R(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)で表される1価の基であり、
 R2a又はR2bと、R3a又はR3bと、は互いに結合し、これらが結合している炭素原子と共に環を形成してもよく、
 n、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1又は2であり、
 mは、0又は1の整数である。
〔summary〕
As understood from the above, the method for producing a peptide according to the first aspect of the present invention comprises, in an organic solvent, an amino group-containing compound whose N-terminus is protected with a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton, and the following formula (Z1): a step of contacting with a capturing agent represented by to obtain a capturing body in which a by-product having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protecting group and the capturing agent are bound;
a step of separating the captured body obtained from the organic solvent;
including,
Peptide production method:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
In the formula (Z1),
N is a nitrogen atom,
H is a hydrogen atom,
X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—;
n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) A monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as that of -OR above),
R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded,
n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2;
m is an integer of 0 or 1;
 本発明の第2の態様に係るペプチド製造方法は、上述した第1の態様に係るペプチド製造方法の構成に加えて、前記N末端が前記保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物と脱保護剤とを接触させる工程をさらに含む。 The method for producing a peptide according to the second aspect of the present invention comprises, in addition to the configuration of the method for producing a peptide according to the first aspect, an amino group-containing compound having the N-terminus protected with the protecting group and a deprotecting agent. and the step of contacting with.
 本発明の第3の態様に係るペプチド製造方法においては、上述した第2の態様に係るペプチド製造方法の構成に加えて、前記脱保護剤は、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)、1.5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン(DBN)、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)、カリウムtert-ブトキシド、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド、トリエチルアミン、及びトリブチルアミンからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の塩基である。 In the peptide production method according to the third aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the peptide production method according to the second aspect, the deprotecting agent is 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0] -7-undecene (DBU), 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene (DBN), 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), potassium tert-butoxide, At least one base selected from the group consisting of sodium tert-butoxide, triethylamine, and tributylamine.
 本発明の第4の態様に係るペプチド製造方法は、上述した第1の態様~第3の態様のいずれか一態様に係るペプチド製造方法の構成に加えて、前記捕捉体を分離する工程は、前記有機溶媒に酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄した後、前記有機溶媒を水層と有機層とに分液し、次いで分液された前記水層を分離することを含む。 A method for producing a peptide according to a fourth aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the method for producing a peptide according to any one of the above-described first to third aspects, the step of separating the captured body comprises: After washing by adding an acidic aqueous solution to the organic solvent, the organic solvent is separated into an aqueous layer and an organic layer, and then the separated aqueous layer is separated.
 本発明の第5の態様に係るペプチド製造方法においては、上述した第1の態様~第4の態様のいずれか一態様に係るペプチド製造方法の構成に加えて、前記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤は、モルホリン、ピペリジン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、及びチオモルホリンジオキシドからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種である。 In the peptide production method according to the fifth aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the peptide production method according to any one of the first to fourth aspects described above, The scavenger is at least one selected from the group consisting of morpholine, piperidine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide.
 本発明の第6の態様に係るペプチド製造方法においては、上述した第1の態様~第5の態様のいずれか一態様に係るペプチド製造方法の構成に加えて、前記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤は、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、及びチオモルホリンジオキシドからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種である。 In the method for producing a peptide according to the sixth aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the method for producing a peptide according to any one of the first to fifth aspects described above, The scavenger is at least one selected from the group consisting of morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide.
 本発明の第7の態様に係る保護基の除去方法は、有機溶媒中、N末端がフルオレン骨格を有する保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物と、下記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤と、を接触させて、前記保護基由来のフルベン骨格を有する副生成物と前記捕捉剤とが結合した捕捉体を得る工程と、
 得られた前記捕捉体を前記有機溶媒から分離する工程と、
 を含む、
 保護基の除去方法:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
 前記式(Z1)において、
 Nは、窒素原子であり、
 Hは、水素原子であり、
 Xは、-CH-、-O-、-S-、又は-(SO)-で表される2価の基であり、
 n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ独立して、H、-OH、-OR(Rはアルキル基である。)、-SH、-SR(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)、-(SO)H、又は-(SO)R(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)で表される1価の基であり、
 R2a又はR2bと、R3a又はR3bと、は互いに結合し、これらが結合している炭素原子と共に環を形成してもよく、
 n、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1又は2であり、
 mは、0又は1の整数である。
The method for removing a protecting group according to the seventh aspect of the present invention comprises, in an organic solvent, an amino group-containing compound whose N-terminus is protected by a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton, and a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1): and a step of contacting with to obtain a capturing body in which a by-product having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protecting group and the capturing agent are bound;
a step of separating the captured body obtained from the organic solvent;
including,
Methods for removing protecting groups:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043
In the formula (Z1),
N is a nitrogen atom,
H is a hydrogen atom,
X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—;
n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) A monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as that of -OR above),
R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded,
n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2;
m is an integer of 0 or 1;
 本発明の第8の態様に係る除去剤は、下記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤と、塩基性の脱保護剤と、を含む、フルオレン骨格を有する保護基の除去剤:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
 前記式(Z1)において、
 Nは、窒素原子であり、
 Hは、水素原子であり、
 Xは、-CH-、-O-、-S-、又は-(SO)-で表される2価の基であり、
 n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ独立して、H、-OH、-OR(Rはアルキル基である。)、-SH、-SR(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)、-(SO)H、又は-(SO)R(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)で表される1価の基であり、
 R2a又はR2bと、R3a又はR3bと、は互いに結合し、これらが結合している炭素原子と共に環を形成してもよく、
 n、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1又は2であり、
 mは、0又は1の整数である。
The remover according to the eighth aspect of the present invention is an agent for removing a protecting group having a fluorene skeleton, containing a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1) and a basic deprotecting agent:
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044
In the formula (Z1),
N is a nitrogen atom,
H is a hydrogen atom,
X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—;
n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) A monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as that of -OR above),
R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded,
n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2;
m is an integer of 0 or 1;
 本発明の第9の態様に係るペプチド製造方法においては、上述した第8の態様に係る除去剤の構成に加えて、前記捕捉剤は、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、及びチオモルホリンジオキシドからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種である。 In the peptide production method according to the ninth aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the removing agent according to the eighth aspect described above, the scavenger is morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine , and thiomorpholine dioxide.
 本発明の第10の態様に係るペプチド製造方法においては、上述した第8の態様または第9の態様に係る除去剤の構成に加えて、前記脱保護剤は、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン、1.5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン、カリウムtert-ブトキシド、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド、トリエチルアミン、及びトリブチルアミンからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の塩基である。 In the peptide production method according to the tenth aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the removing agent according to the eighth or ninth aspect described above, the deprotecting agent comprises 1,8-diazabicyclo[5. 4.0]-7-undecene, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene, 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, At least one base selected from the group consisting of triethylamine and tributylamine.
 本発明の第11の態様に係るベンジル化合物(Y1)は、下記式(Y1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
[式中、
 m個のQは、それぞれ酸素原子を表し、
 m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、下記式(YA):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(式中、
 *は、結合位置を示し、
 R1a、R1b、R1c、R1d及びR1eは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基を示し、
 nは、0以上6以下の整数を示し、該nが1以上の場合、該nが付された括弧内に示される繰り返し単位は、アルキレン基であり、
 nは、0以上6以下の整数を示し、該nが1以上の場合、該nが付された括弧内に示される繰り返し単位は、アルキレン基であり、
 但し、R1a、R1b、R1c及びR1dのうち少なくとも2つ以上は水素原子である。)
で表わされる基であり、
 k個のRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はハロゲン原子を表し、
 Xは、ヒドロキシル基を表し、
 mは、2又は3の整数を表し、
 kは、0以上(5-m)以下の整数を示し、
 m個の[Q-R]のうち少なくとも1つは、前記Xを含む置換基に対してメタ位に置換されている。]
で表される。
The benzyl compound (Y1) according to the eleventh aspect of the present invention has the following formula (Y1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045
[In the formula,
m Q's each represent an oxygen atom,
m R 1 are each independently represented by the following formula (YA):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046
(In the formula,
* indicates the binding position,
R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , R 1d and R 1e each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group,
n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 6, and when n 1 is 1 or more, the repeating unit shown in parentheses to which n 1 is attached is an alkylene group,
n 2 represents an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less, and when n 2 is 1 or more, the repeating unit shown in parentheses to which n 2 is attached is an alkylene group,
However, at least two or more of R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d are hydrogen atoms. )
is a group represented by
k R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a halogen atom;
X represents a hydroxyl group,
m represents an integer of 2 or 3,
k represents an integer of 0 or more (5-m) or less,
At least one of m [QR 1 ] is substituted at the meta position with respect to the substituent containing X. ]
is represented by
 本発明の第12の態様に係るベンジル化合物(Y1)においては、上述した第11の態様に係るベンジル化合物(Y1)の構成に加えて、総炭素数が40以上60以下である。 The benzyl compound (Y1) according to the twelfth aspect of the present invention has a total carbon number of 40 or more and 60 or less in addition to the structure of the benzyl compound (Y1) according to the eleventh aspect described above.
 本発明の第13の態様に係るベンジル化合物(Y1)においては、上述した第11の態様または第12の態様に係るベンジル化合物(Y1)の構成に加えて、前記m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、1つの分岐鎖を有する有機基であって、
 下記式(YA’):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
(式中、
 *は、結合位置を示し、
 R1fは、炭素数4以上12以下の直鎖状のアルキル基であり、
 R1gは、炭素数6以上14以下の直鎖状のアルキル基である。)で表される基である。
In the benzyl compound (Y1) according to the thirteenth aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the benzyl compound (Y1) according to the eleventh aspect or the twelfth aspect described above, each of the m R 1 independently one branched organic group,
The following formula (YA'):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047
(In the formula,
* indicates the binding position,
R 1f is a linear alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms,
R 1g is a linear alkyl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. ) is a group represented by
 本発明の第14の態様に係るベンジル化合物(Y1)においては、上述した第13の態様に係るベンジル化合物(Y1)の構成に加えて、前記R1fは、炭素数4以上10以下の直鎖状のアルキル基であり、
前記R1gは、炭素数6以上12以下の直鎖状のアルキル基である。
In the benzyl compound (Y1) according to the fourteenth aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the benzyl compound (Y1) according to the thirteenth aspect described above, R 1f is a linear chain having 4 to 10 carbon atoms is an alkyl group in the form of
R 1g is a linear alkyl group having 6 or more and 12 or less carbon atoms.
 本発明の第15の態様に係るペプチドの製造方法は、上述した第11の態様~第14の態様のいずれか一態様に係るベンジル化合物を可溶性溶媒に溶解させる溶解工程と、
 次いで、溶解された前記ベンジル化合物と、N末端がN末端保護基により保護されたアミノ酸とを縮合して第1の縮合物を生成する縮合反応工程と、
 次いで、前記第1の縮合物を含む前記可溶性溶媒に第1の塩基を添加し、アミノ酸活性エステルをスカベンジし、さらに前記可溶性溶媒に前記第1の塩基及び第2の塩基を添加し、前記第1の縮合物から前記N末端保護基の脱保護を実施し、該N末端保護基由来の副生成物を前記第1の塩基でスカベンジする工程と、
 次いで、前記スカベンジする工程で捕捉された捕捉体を含む前記可溶性溶媒へ酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄し、水層と有機層とに分液して、前記捕捉体及び不要物を水層へ除去し、前記有機層に、前記第1の縮合物から前記N末端保護基が脱保護された第2の縮合物を得る分液工程と、
 を含む。
A method for producing a peptide according to the fifteenth aspect of the present invention comprises a dissolving step of dissolving the benzyl compound according to any one of the above-described eleventh to fourteenth aspects in a soluble solvent,
Next, a condensation reaction step of condensing the dissolved benzyl compound and an amino acid whose N-terminus is protected by an N-terminal protecting group to produce a first condensate;
Then, a first base is added to the soluble solvent containing the first condensate to scavenge the amino acid active ester, the first base and the second base are added to the soluble solvent, and the second base is added to the soluble solvent. deprotecting the N-terminal protecting group from the condensate of 1 and scavenging by-products derived from the N-terminal protecting group with the first base;
Next, an acidic aqueous solution is added to the soluble solvent containing the captured bodies captured in the scavenging step to wash the solvent, and the aqueous layer and the organic layer are separated to remove the captured bodies and unnecessary substances to the aqueous layer. , a liquid separation step of obtaining a second condensate in which the N-terminal protecting group is deprotected from the first condensate in the organic layer;
including.
 本発明の第16の態様に係るペプチドの製造方法においては、上述した第15の態様に係るペプチドの製造方法の構成に加えて、前記縮合反応工程は、N末端が保護されていないアミノ酸と、C末端が前記ベンジル化合物で保護されたアミノ酸とを含み、残基数がn個のアミノ酸を含んでなる第2nの縮合物に、N末端が保護された第nのアミノ酸を縮合して第(2n+1)の縮合物を生成する工程を含み、
 前記スカベンジする工程は、前記第(2n+1)の縮合物から前記N末端保護基の脱保護を実施する工程を含み、
 前記分液工程は、前記有機層に前記第(2n+1)の縮合物から前記N末端保護基の脱保護された第(2n+2)の縮合物を得る工程を含み、
 前記nは、2以上の自然数である。
In the method for producing a peptide according to the sixteenth aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the method for producing a peptide according to the fifteenth aspect described above, in the condensation reaction step, the N-terminally unprotected amino acid and The 2n-th condensate comprising an amino acid whose C-terminus is protected by the benzyl compound and the number of residues is n, is condensed with the n-th amino acid whose N-terminus is protected to the ( 2n+1) forming a condensate of
the step of scavenging comprises performing deprotection of the N-terminal protecting group from the (2n+1)th condensate;
The liquid separation step includes a step of obtaining a (2n+2)th condensate in which the N-terminal protecting group is deprotected from the (2n+1)th condensate in the organic layer,
Said n is a natural number of 2 or more.
 本発明の第17の態様に係るペプチドの製造方法においては、上述した第16の態様に係るペプチドの製造方法の構成に加えて、前記nが5以上である。 In the method for producing a peptide according to the 17th aspect of the present invention, n is 5 or more in addition to the configuration of the method for producing a peptide according to the 16th aspect described above.
 本発明の第18の態様に係るペプチドの製造方法においては、上述した第15の態様~第17の態様のいずれか一態様に係るペプチドの製造方法の構成に加えて、前記分液工程は、前記可溶性溶媒にケトン系の分液促進溶媒を加える工程をさらに含む。 In the method for producing a peptide according to the eighteenth aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the method for producing a peptide according to any one of the fifteenth aspect to the seventeenth aspect described above, the separation step includes: The step of adding a ketone-based liquid separation promoting solvent to the soluble solvent is further included.
 本発明の第19の態様に係るベンジル化合物(X1)は、下記式(X1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
[式中、
 m個のQ及びQは、それぞれ酸素原子であり、
 m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキレン基であり、
 m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリール基であり、
 k個のRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子であり、
 Xは、ヒドロキシル基であり、
 mは、2又は3の整数であり、
 kは、0以上(5-m)以下の整数を示す。]
で表される。
The benzyl compound (X1) according to the nineteenth aspect of the present invention has the following formula (X1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048
[In the formula,
m Q 1 and Q 2 are each an oxygen atom,
m R 1 are each independently an alkylene group,
m R 2 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group,
k R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom,
X is a hydroxyl group,
m is an integer of 2 or 3,
k represents an integer from 0 to (5-m). ]
is represented by
 本発明の第20の態様に係るベンジル化合物(X1)においては、上述した第19の態様に係るベンジル化合物(X1)の構成に加えて、前記m個のRは、炭素数2以上16以下のアルキレン基である。 In the benzyl compound (X1) according to the twentieth aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the benzyl compound (X1) according to the nineteenth aspect described above, the m R 1s have 2 to 16 carbon atoms. is an alkylene group of
 本発明の第21の態様に係るベンジル化合物(X1)においては、上述した第19の態様または第20の態様に係るベンジル化合物(X1)の構成に加えて、前記m個のRは、ハロゲン原子を含む置換基を有するアリール基である。 In the benzyl compound (X1) according to the twenty-first aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the benzyl compound (X1) according to the nineteenth aspect or the twentieth aspect, the m R 2 are halogen An aryl group having substituents containing atoms.
 本発明の第22の態様に係るベンジル化合物(X1)においては、上述した第19の態様または第20の態様に係るベンジル化合物(X1)の構成に加えて、前記m個のRは、炭素数5以上28以下のアルキル基である。 In the benzyl compound (X1) according to the twenty-second aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the benzyl compound (X1) according to the nineteenth aspect or the twentieth aspect, the m R 2 are carbon It is an alkyl group having a number of 5 or more and 28 or less.
 本発明の第23の態様に係るベンジル化合物(X1)においては、上述した第22の態様に係るベンジル化合物(X1)の構成に加えて、前記m個のRは、直鎖状のアルキル基、又は総数が1若しくは2の分岐鎖を有するアルキル基であって、下記式(XA):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
(式中、
 *は、結合位置を示し、
 R2a、R2b、R2c、R2d及びR2eは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基を示し、
 nは、0以上16以下の整数を示し、
 nは、0以上16以下の整数を示す。
 但し、R2a、R2b、R2c及びR2dのうち少なくとも2つ以上は水素原子である。)で表わされる基である。
In the benzyl compound (X1) according to the twenty-third aspect of the present invention, in addition to the configuration of the benzyl compound (X1) according to the twenty-second aspect, the m R 2 are linear alkyl groups , or an alkyl group having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains, represented by the following formula (XA):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049
(In the formula,
* indicates the binding position,
R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d and R 2e each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group,
n 1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 16 or less,
n2 represents an integer of 0 or more and 16 or less.
However, at least two or more of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c and R 2d are hydrogen atoms. ) is a group represented by
 次に実施例を挙げて、本発明を詳細に説明するが、本発明は何らこれらに限定されるものではない。 Next, the present invention will be described in detail with reference to Examples, but the present invention is not limited to these.
 まず、上述した本発明の実施形態1の実施例を挙げる。 First, an example of Embodiment 1 of the present invention described above will be given.
 <製造例>
 実施例X1
 化合物(X1-4)の合成
<Manufacturing example>
Example X1
Synthesis of compound (X1-4)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050
 実施例(X1-a)
 3,5-ビストリフルオロメチルフェノール25g(100mmol)をDMF125mLに溶解し、11-ブロモウンデカノール27.6g(120mmol)、炭酸カリウム27.6g(200mmol)を加え、60℃で4時間攪拌した。反応溶液を室温に戻し、ろ過により固形分を除去した。ろ液にトルエン150mLおよび1M塩酸75mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに有機層を1M塩酸75mL、飽和食塩水100mLで洗浄した。硫酸ナトリウム50gを加えて有機層を乾燥した後、溶媒を減圧留去することで、化合物(X1-1)37.2g(収率93%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ1.10-1.60(m,16H),1.81-1.90(m,2H),3.63(t,2H,J=2.0Hz),4.04(t,1H,J=6.8Hz)、7.28(s,2H),7.43(s,1H)
Example (X1-a)
25 g (100 mmol) of 3,5-bistrifluoromethylphenol was dissolved in 125 mL of DMF, 27.6 g (120 mmol) of 11-bromoundecanol and 27.6 g (200 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 4 hours. The reaction solution was returned to room temperature, and solid content was removed by filtration. 150 mL of toluene and 75 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid were added to the filtrate for liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was further washed with 75 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid and 100 mL of saturated brine. After adding 50 g of sodium sulfate to dry the organic layer, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure to obtain 37.2 g of compound (X1-1) (yield 93%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.10-1.60 (m, 16H), 1.81-1.90 (m, 2H), 3.63 (t, 2H, J = 2.0Hz) , 4.04(t, 1H, J=6.8Hz), 7.28(s, 2H), 7.43(s, 1H)
 実施例(X1-b)
 化合物(X1-1)24g(60mmol)をジクロロメタン240mLに溶解し、トリフェニルホスフィン20.5g(78mmol)、四臭化炭素26.0g(78mmol)を加え、室温で2時間攪拌した。反応溶液にシリカゲル36g加えて溶媒を留去し、シリカゲルに残渣を吸着させた。このシリカゲルをろ紙を敷いた桐山ロートの上に載せ、有機溶媒(ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=90:10)480mLでシリカゲルを洗浄し、目的物を溶出させた。溶媒を減圧留去することで、化合物(X1-2)27.0g(収率97%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ1.10-1.60(m,12H),1.81-1.90(m,4H),3.41(t,2H,J=6.8Hz),4.02(t,1H,J=6.4Hz)、7.29(s,2H),7.44(s,1H)
Example (X1-b)
24 g (60 mmol) of compound (X1-1) was dissolved in 240 mL of dichloromethane, 20.5 g (78 mmol) of triphenylphosphine and 26.0 g (78 mmol) of carbon tetrabromide were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. 36 g of silica gel was added to the reaction solution, the solvent was distilled off, and the residue was adsorbed on the silica gel. This silica gel was placed on a Kiriyama funnel lined with filter paper, and washed with 480 mL of an organic solvent (hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10) to elute the desired product. By distilling off the solvent under reduced pressure, 27.0 g of compound (X1-2) was obtained (yield 97%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.10-1.60 (m, 12H), 1.81-1.90 (m, 4H), 3.41 (t, 2H, J = 6.8Hz) , 4.02(t, 1H, J=6.4Hz), 7.29(s, 2H), 7.44(s, 1H)
 実施例(X1-c)
 没食子酸メチル1.16g(6.33mmol)をDMF150mLに溶解し、化合物(X1-2)14.1g(30.4mmol)、炭酸カリウム16.6g(120mmol)を加え、60℃で18時間攪拌した。炭酸カリウムをろ過により除去した後、反応液に1M塩酸100mL、ヘキサン100mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに有機層を5%炭酸水素ナトリウム100mL、20%食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=98:2~85:15)で精製し、化合物(X1-3)6.7g(収率79.6%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ1.20-1.60(m,48H),1.81-1.90(m,6H),3.87(s,3H),3.95-4.05(m、12H)、7.21(s,2H)、7.28(s,6H),7.42(s,3H)
Example (X1-c)
1.16 g (6.33 mmol) of methyl gallate was dissolved in 150 mL of DMF, 14.1 g (30.4 mmol) of compound (X1-2) and 16.6 g (120 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 60° C. for 18 hours. . After the potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, 100 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid and 100 mL of hexane were added to the reaction solution for liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was further washed with 100 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 20% brine. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=98:2-85:15) to obtain 6.7 g of compound (X1-3) (yield 79.6%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.20-1.60 (m, 48H), 1.81-1.90 (m, 6H), 3.87 (s, 3H), 3.95-4 .05 (m, 12H), 7.21 (s, 2H), 7.28 (s, 6H), 7.42 (s, 3H)
 実施例(X1-d)
 化合物(X1-3)6.2g(4.66mmol)をTHF150mLに溶解し、水素化トリエチルホウ素リチウム20.96mL(1MTHF溶液、20.96mmol)を氷冷下加え、室温で2時間攪拌した。反応液に水(50mL)および1M塩酸20mLを加え反応を停止させたのち、酢酸エチル200mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに有機層を水100mLで2回洗浄した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=90:10~60:40)で精製し、化合物(X1-4)3.8g(収率61.2%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ1.20-1.60(m,48H),1.81-1.90(m,6H),3.90-4.05(m、12H)、4.59(d、2H)、6.54(s、2H)、7.28(s,6H),7.42(s,3H)
ESI-MS:1303.77〔M
Example (X1-d)
6.2 g (4.66 mmol) of compound (X1-3) was dissolved in 150 mL of THF, 20.96 mL of lithium triethylborohydride (1 MTHF solution, 20.96 mmol) was added under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. Water (50 mL) and 20 mL of 1 M hydrochloric acid were added to the reaction solution to stop the reaction, and 200 mL of ethyl acetate was added to perform liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was washed twice with 100 mL of water. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10-60:40) to obtain 3.8 g of compound (X1-4) (yield 61.2%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 1.20-1.60 (m, 48H), 1.81-1.90 (m, 6H), 3.90-4.05 (m, 12H), 4 .59 (d, 2H), 6.54 (s, 2H), 7.28 (s, 6H), 7.42 (s, 3H)
ESI-MS: 1303.77 [M + ]
 実施例X2
 化合物(X2-3)の合成
Example X2
Synthesis of compound (X2-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
 実施例(X2-a)
 2-n-オクチル-1-ドデカノール8g(26.79mmol)をトルエン(無水)210mLに溶解し、ジブロモドデカン17.6g(53.59mmol)、NaH2.14g(53.59mmol)を加え、105℃で終夜攪拌した。反応溶液を室温に戻し、1M塩酸10mLを加えて10分間攪拌した。反応溶液に1M塩酸90mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに有機層を飽和食塩水100mLで3回洗浄し、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン~ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=90:10)で精製し、化合物(X2-1)8.8g(収率60.1%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.88(t,6H,J=7.6Hz),1.20-1.59(m,51H),1.81-1.89(m,2H),3.25(d,2H,J=6.0Hz),3.35-3.43(m,4H)
Example (X2-a)
Dissolve 8 g (26.79 mmol) of 2-n-octyl-1-dodecanol in 210 mL of toluene (anhydrous), add 17.6 g (53.59 mmol) of dibromododecane and 2.14 g (53.59 mmol) of NaH, and stir at 105°C. Stirred overnight. The reaction solution was returned to room temperature, 10 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. 90 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction solution to perform liquid separation washing, and the organic layer was washed with 100 mL of saturated brine three times, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane-hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10) to obtain 8.8 g of compound (X2-1) (yield 60.1%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (t, 6H, J = 7.6 Hz), 1.20-1.59 (m, 51H), 1.81-1.89 (m, 2H) , 3.25 (d, 2H, J=6.0Hz), 3.35-3.43 (m, 4H)
 実施例(X2-b)
 2,4-ジヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド0.77g(5.61mmol)をDMF:シクロペンチルメチルエーテル(1:1)の混合溶媒116mLに溶解し、化合物(X2-1)7.6g(14.03mmol)、炭酸カリウム3.9g(28.06mmol)を加え、90℃で3時間攪拌した。炭酸カリウムをろ過により除去した後、反応液に1M塩酸100mL、ヘキサン100mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに有機層を5%炭酸水素ナトリウム100mL、20%食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン~ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=90:10)で精製し、化合物(X2-2)4.4g(収率73.9%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.88(t,12H,J=6.6Hz),1.20-1.59(m,102H),1.74-1.88(m,4H),3.25(d,4H,J=6.6Hz),3.36(t,4H,J=6.6Hz),3.98-4.05(m,4H),6.41(d,1H,J=2.4Hz),6.51(dd,1H,J=2.4Hz,8.6Hz),7.79(d,1H,J=8.6Hz),10.33(s,1H)
Example (X2-b)
0.77 g (5.61 mmol) of 2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde was dissolved in 116 mL of a mixed solvent of DMF:cyclopentyl methyl ether (1:1), and 7.6 g (14.03 mmol) of compound (X2-1) and potassium carbonate were dissolved. 3.9 g (28.06 mmol) was added and stirred at 90° C. for 3 hours. After the potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, 100 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid and 100 mL of hexane were added to the reaction solution for liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was further washed with 100 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 20% brine. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane-hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10) to obtain 4.4 g of compound (X2-2) (yield 73.9%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (t, 12H, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.20-1.59 (m, 102H), 1.74-1.88 (m, 4H) , 3.25 (d, 4H, J = 6.6Hz), 3.36 (t, 4H, J = 6.6Hz), 3.98-4.05 (m, 4H), 6.41 (d, 1H, J = 2.4Hz), 6.51 (dd, 1H, J = 2.4Hz, 8.6Hz), 7.79 (d, 1H, J = 8.6Hz), 10.33 (s, 1H )
 実施例(X2-c)
 化合物(X2-2)4.4g(4.08mmol)をTHF(無水):メタノール(10:3)の混合溶媒65mLに溶解し、氷冷下、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム0.31g(8.17mmol)を加えて10分間攪拌し、氷浴を外して室温にて1時間攪拌した。反応液にアセトン5mLを加えて反応を停止し、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=96:4~ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=90:10)で精製し、化合物(X2-3)3.9g(収率89.9%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.88(t,12H,J=6.5Hz),1.20-1.59(m,102H),1.72-1.85(m,4H),2.24(t,1H),3.25(d,4H,J=6.5Hz),3.36(t,4H,J=6.5Hz),3.90-4.01(m,4H),4.61(d,2H,J=6.5Hz),6.41(dd,1H,J=2.7Hz,8.4Hz),6.45(d,1H,8.4Hz),7.13(d,1H)
ESI-MS:1069.13〔M
Example (X2-c)
4.4 g (4.08 mmol) of compound (X2-2) was dissolved in 65 mL of a mixed solvent of THF (anhydrous):methanol (10:3), and 0.31 g (8.17 mmol) of sodium borohydride was dissolved under ice-cooling. was added and stirred for 10 minutes, the ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 5 mL of acetone was added to the reaction solution to stop the reaction, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=96:4-hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10) to obtain 3.9 g of compound (X2-3) (yield 89.9%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (t, 12H, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.20-1.59 (m, 102H), 1.72-1.85 (m, 4H) , 2.24 (t, 1H), 3.25 (d, 4H, J = 6.5Hz), 3.36 (t, 4H, J = 6.5Hz), 3.90-4.01 (m, 4H), 4.61 (d, 2H, J = 6.5Hz), 6.41 (dd, 1H, J = 2.7Hz, 8.4Hz), 6.45 (d, 1H, 8.4Hz), 7.13(d, 1H)
ESI-MS: 1069.13 [M + ]
 実施例X3
 化合物(X3-2の合成)
Example X3
Compound (Synthesis of X3-2)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
 実施例(X3-a)
 没食子酸メチル0.79g(4.29mmol)をDMF:MTHP(1:1)の混合溶媒132mLに溶解し、実施例(X2-a)で製造した化合物(X2-1)8.8g(16.12mmol)、炭酸カリウム2.65g(19.17mmol)を加え、90℃で終夜攪拌した。炭酸カリウムをろ過により除去した後、反応液に1M塩酸100mL、ヘキサン100mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに有機層を5%炭酸水素ナトリウム100mL、20%食塩水で洗浄した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン~ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=90:10)で精製し、化合物(X3-1)4.1g(収率61.1%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.88(t,18H,J=6.3Hz),1.20-1.86(m,147H),3.24(d,6H,J=6.3Hz),3.36(t,6H,J=6.3Hz),3.88(s,3H),3.98-4.40(m,6H),7.24(s,2H)
Example (X3-a)
0.79 g (4.29 mmol) of methyl gallate was dissolved in 132 mL of a mixed solvent of DMF:MTHP (1:1), and 8.8 g of compound (X2-1) prepared in Example (X2-a) (16. 12 mmol) and 2.65 g (19.17 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 90°C overnight. After the potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, 100 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid and 100 mL of hexane were added to the reaction solution for liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was further washed with 100 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 20% brine. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane-hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10) to obtain 4.1 g of compound (X3-1) (yield 61.1%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (t, 18H, J=6.3 Hz), 1.20-1.86 (m, 147H), 3.24 (d, 6H, J=6. 3Hz), 3.36 (t, 6H, J = 6.3Hz), 3.88 (s, 3H), 3.98-4.40 (m, 6H), 7.24 (s, 2H)
 実施例(X3-b)
 化合物(X3-1)3.2g(2.04mmol)をTHF(無水)30mLに溶解し、氷冷下、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム4.1mL(1.5Mトルエン溶液、6.16mmol)を加えて1時間攪拌し、室温でさらに2時間攪拌した。反応液にアセトン5mLを加えて反応を停止した後、シリカゲル30gを加えて室温で15分攪拌し、反応溶液をろ過、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=96:4~ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=85:15)で精製し、化合物(X3-2)2.3g(収率72.5%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.88(t,18H,J=6.6Hz),1.18-1.84(m,147H),3.25(d,6H,J=6.6Hz),3.36(t,6H,J=6.6Hz),3.60-3.66(m,1H),3.90-4.00(m,6H),4.59(d,2H,J=6.6Hz),6.55(s,2H)
ESI-MS:1549.41〔M
Example (X3-b)
3.2 g (2.04 mmol) of compound (X3-1) was dissolved in 30 mL of THF (anhydrous), and 4.1 mL of diisobutylaluminum hydride (1.5 M toluene solution, 6.16 mmol) was added under ice-cooling. The mixture was stirred for 1 hour and stirred at room temperature for an additional 2 hours. After 5 mL of acetone was added to the reaction solution to stop the reaction, 30 g of silica gel was added and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 15 minutes, the reaction solution was filtered, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=96:4-hexane:ethyl acetate=85:15) to obtain 2.3 g of compound (X3-2) (yield 72.5%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (t, 18H, J = 6.6 Hz), 1.18-1.84 (m, 147H), 3.25 (d, 6H, J = 6.6 Hz). 6Hz), 3.36 (t, 6H, J = 6.6Hz), 3.60-3.66 (m, 1H), 3.90-4.00 (m, 6H), 4.59 (d, 2H, J = 6.6 Hz), 6.55 (s, 2H)
ESI-MS: 1549.41 [M + ]
 実施例X4
 化合物(X4-3)の合成
Example X4
Synthesis of compound (X4-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
 実施例(X4-a)
 2-デシル-1-テトラデカノール1g(2.81mmol)をトルエン(無水)20mLに溶解し、ジブロモドデカン1.85g(5.63mmol)、NaH0.226g(5.63mmol)を加え、95℃で終夜攪拌した。反応溶液を室温に戻し、1M塩酸10mLを加えて10分間攪拌した。ヘキサン20mLを加えて、分液洗浄を行い、さらに有機層を飽和食塩水40mLで2回洗浄し、有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、ろ過し、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン~ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=90:10)で精製し、化合物(X4-1)1.18g(収率70.0%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.88(t,6H,J=6.8Hz),1.15-1.60(m,55H),1.81-1.89(m,2H),3.25(d,2H,J=6.3Hz),3.35-3.42(m,4H)
Example (X4-a)
Dissolve 1 g (2.81 mmol) of 2-decyl-1-tetradecanol in 20 mL of toluene (anhydrous), add 1.85 g (5.63 mmol) of dibromododecane and 0.226 g (5.63 mmol) of NaH, and stir at 95°C. Stirred overnight. The reaction solution was returned to room temperature, 10 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid was added, and the mixture was stirred for 10 minutes. 20 mL of hexane was added to separate and wash, and the organic layer was washed twice with 40 mL of saturated brine, dried over an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, filtered, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane-hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10) to obtain 1.18 g of compound (X4-1) (yield 70.0%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (t, 6H, J = 6.8 Hz), 1.15-1.60 (m, 55H), 1.81-1.89 (m, 2H) , 3.25 (d, 2H, J=6.3Hz), 3.35-3.42 (m, 4H)
 実施例(X4-b)
 2,4-ジヒドロキシベンズアルデヒド0.106g(0.77mmol)をDMF:シクロペンチルメチルエーテル(1:1)の混合溶媒17.4mLに溶解し、化合物(X4-1)1.16g(1.92mmol)、炭酸カリウム0.532g(3.85mmol)を加え、90℃で4時間攪拌した。炭酸カリウムをろ過により除去した後、反応液にヘキサン20mL、1M塩酸36mL、を加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに有機層を5%炭酸水素ナトリウム18mL、20%食塩水18mLで2回洗浄した。有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン~ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=90:10)で精製し、化合物(X4-2)0.33g(収率72.6%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.88(t,12H,J=7.5Hz),1.15-1.60(m,118H),1.74-1.88(m,4H),3.25(d,4H,J=6.2Hz),3.36(t,4H,J=6.2Hz),3.98-4.05(m,4H),6.41(d,1H,J=2.5Hz),6.51(dd,1H,J=3.1Hz,9.2Hz),7.79(d,1H,J=8.9Hz),10.33(s,1H)
Example (X4-b)
0.106 g (0.77 mmol) of 2,4-dihydroxybenzaldehyde was dissolved in 17.4 mL of a mixed solvent of DMF: cyclopentyl methyl ether (1:1) to obtain 1.16 g (1.92 mmol) of compound (X4-1), 0.532 g (3.85 mmol) of potassium carbonate was added and stirred at 90° C. for 4 hours. After potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, 20 mL of hexane and 36 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid were added to the reaction solution for liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was washed twice with 18 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 18 mL of 20% brine. After drying the organic layer with an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane-hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10) to obtain 0.33 g of compound (X4-2) (yield 72.6%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (t, 12H, J = 7.5 Hz), 1.15-1.60 (m, 118H), 1.74-1.88 (m, 4H) , 3.25 (d, 4H, J = 6.2Hz), 3.36 (t, 4H, J = 6.2Hz), 3.98-4.05 (m, 4H), 6.41 (d, 1H, J = 2.5Hz), 6.51 (dd, 1H, J = 3.1Hz, 9.2Hz), 7.79 (d, 1H, J = 8.9Hz), 10.33 (s, 1H )
 実施例(X4-c)
 化合物(X4-2)1.0g(0.837mmol)をTHF(無水):メタノール(10:3)の混合溶媒19.5mLに溶解し、氷冷下、水素化ホウ素ナトリウム0.070g(1.850mmol)を加えて10分間攪拌し、氷浴を外して室温にて1時間攪拌した。反応液にアセトン4mLを加えて反応を停止し、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=90:10)で精製し、化合物(X4-3)0.55g(収率55.6%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.87(t,12H,J=6.5Hz),1.16-1.58(m,118H),1.71-1.83(m,4H),2.24(t,1H,J=6.5Hz),3.24(d,4H,J=6.2Hz),3.35(t,4H,J=6.2Hz),3.88-4.00(m,4H),4.59(d,2H,J=6.5Hz),6.40(dd,1H,J=2.2Hz,8.2Hz),6.44(d,1H,J=2.2Hz),7.11(d,1H,J=8.2Hz)
ESI-MS:1181.07〔M
Example (X4-c)
1.0 g (0.837 mmol) of compound (X4-2) was dissolved in 19.5 mL of a mixed solvent of THF (anhydrous):methanol (10:3), and 0.070 g of sodium borohydride (1.0 g of sodium borohydride) was dissolved under ice-cooling. 850 mmol) was added and stirred for 10 minutes, the ice bath was removed, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 4 mL of acetone was added to the reaction solution to terminate the reaction, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=90:10) to obtain 0.55 g of compound (X4-3) (yield 55.6%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.87 (t, 12H, J = 6.5 Hz), 1.16-1.58 (m, 118H), 1.71-1.83 (m, 4H) , 2.24 (t, 1H, J = 6.5Hz), 3.24 (d, 4H, J = 6.2Hz), 3.35 (t, 4H, J = 6.2Hz), 3.88- 4.00 (m, 4H), 4.59 (d, 2H, J = 6.5Hz), 6.40 (dd, 1H, J = 2.2Hz, 8.2Hz), 6.44 (d, 1H , J = 2.2 Hz), 7.11 (d, 1H, J = 8.2 Hz)
ESI-MS: 1181.07 [M + ]
 実施例X5
 <タグの有機溶媒に対する溶解性の確認>
 実施例X1で製造した化合物(X1-4)、実施例X2で製造した化合物(X2-3)、実施例X3で製造した化合物(X3-2)、及び実施例X4で製造した化合物(X4-3)の各種溶媒に対する溶解度(25℃)を測定した。
Example X5
<Confirmation of solubility of tag in organic solvent>
Compound (X1-4) produced in Example X1, compound (X2-3) produced in Example X2, compound (X3-2) produced in Example X3, and compound (X4- The solubility (25°C) in various solvents of 3) was measured.
 〔実験方法〕
 実施例X1~X4の化合物、及び比較例としての直鎖含有化合物(表X2の比較例X1及びX2参照。)を25℃で各溶媒に飽和させ、その溶解度(単位:重量%)を測定した(表X1、X2)。溶媒は、CPME、MTHP、トルエン、及びクロロホルムを用いた。
〔experimental method〕
The compounds of Examples X1 to X4 and the straight chain-containing compounds as comparative examples (see Comparative Examples X1 and X2 in Table X2) were saturated in each solvent at 25° C., and their solubility (unit: weight %) was measured. (Tables X1, X2). Solvents used were CPME, MTHP, toluene, and chloroform.
 なお、比較例X1に示した直鎖C1837化合物は、特開2000-44494の実施例に記載の方法、比較例X2に示した直鎖C2245化合物は、Bioorganic&Medicinal chemistry letters,21,(2011),4476-4479に記載の方法を参考に合成したものを使用した。 The linear C 18 H 37 compound shown in Comparative Example X1 was prepared by the method described in Examples of JP - A-2000-44494. , (2011), 4476-4479 was synthesized with reference to the method described in 4476-4479 was used.
 表X1は、実施例X1(化合物(X1-4))、実施例X2(化合物(X2-3))、実施例X3(化合物(X3-2))、及び実施例X4(化合物(X4-3))の溶解度の結果を示す。表X2は、比較例X1及び比較例X2の溶解度の結果を示す。なお、表X2の括弧内の値は、実施例X1~X4の化合物の溶解度を一律50(重量%)と仮定した場合において、実施例X1~X4の溶解度が何倍に相当するか(すなわち、50を当該溶解度で除した値)を示している。 Table X1 shows Example X1 (Compound (X1-4)), Example X2 (Compound (X2-3)), Example X3 (Compound (X3-2)), and Example X4 (Compound (X4-3 )) solubility results. Table X2 shows the solubility results of Comparative Example X1 and Comparative Example X2. The value in parentheses in Table X2 indicates how many times the solubility of Examples X1 to X4 corresponds to the solubility of the compounds of Examples X1 to X4 when it is assumed that the solubility of the compounds of Examples X1 to X4 is uniformly 50 (% by weight) (i.e., 50 divided by the solubility).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
 〔実験結果〕
 実施例X1~X4の化合物はいずれも、溶解度が50(重量%)よりも大きい値であった。これに対して、比較例X1及びX2の化合物は、いずれも、50(質量%)未満であり、最大のものでも20.0(質量%)(比較例X2、クロロホルム)に留まった。また、表X2に示すように、実施例X1~X4の化合物の溶解度は、比較例X1及びX2の化合物の溶解度に対して、差が小さいものでも少なくとも2.5倍より大きく(比較例X2-クロロホルムとの比参照)、差が大きいものでは、17.2倍より大きかった(比較例X1-トルエンとの比参照)。
 以上のように、実施例X1~X4の化合物はいずれも、対応する側鎖が直鎖である比較例X1及びX2に記載の化合物と比べて、種々の溶媒に対して2.5倍~17倍を超える高い溶解性を示すことを確認した。このことから、ペプチドの製造方法において、上記の化合物がペプチド合成における優れたタグとして機能し得ることを見出した。
〔Experimental result〕
All of the compounds of Examples X1 to X4 had solubility values greater than 50 (% by weight). On the other hand, the compounds of Comparative Examples X1 and X2 were both less than 50 (mass%), and the maximum remained at 20.0 (mass%) (Comparative Example X2, chloroform). Further, as shown in Table X2, the solubility of the compounds of Examples X1 to X4 is at least 2.5 times greater than the solubility of the compounds of Comparative Examples X1 and X2, even if the difference is small (Comparative Example X2- See the ratio with chloroform), and the large difference was more than 17.2 times (see Comparative Example X1-the ratio with toluene).
As can be seen, all of the compounds of Examples X1-X4 are 2.5-fold to 17-fold higher than the compounds described in Comparative Examples X1 and X2, in which the corresponding side chains are linear, in various solvents. It was confirmed that the high solubility was more than doubled. From this, it was found that the above compound can function as an excellent tag in peptide synthesis in the peptide production method.
 実施例X6-1
 <タグの疎水性の確認>
 本発明の実施例X1~X4の化合物の疎水性の評価として、液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)を用いて評価した。
Example X6-1
<Confirmation of hydrophobicity of tag>
Liquid chromatography (HPLC) was used to evaluate the hydrophobicity of the compounds of Examples X1 to X4 of the present invention.
 〔実験方法〕
 本発明の一態様に係るタグ(実施例X1~X4の化合物)、比較例X1の直鎖C1837化合物及び比較例X2の直鎖C2245化合物の各10mg/10mL(THF)溶液を調整し、下記条件における液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)の保持時間(溶出時間)を比較した(表X3)。
〔experimental method〕
A 10 mg/10 mL (THF) solution of each of the tag according to one aspect of the present invention (the compounds of Examples X1 to X4), the linear C 18 H 37 compound of Comparative Example X1, and the linear C 22 H 45 compound of Comparative Example X2. was adjusted, and the retention times (elution times) of liquid chromatography (HPLC) under the following conditions were compared (Table X3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
 液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)条件:
カラム:InertSustainC18(3μm、4.6×125mm)
移動相B:THF、移動相A:0.1%トリフルオロ酢酸水溶液
溶出液:移動相A/移動相B=25/75(アイソクラクティック)
流速:1.0mL/min
カラム温度:40℃
検出器:紫外可視分光検出器(λ=220nm)
Liquid chromatography (HPLC) conditions:
Column: Inert Sustain C18 (3 μm, 4.6×125 mm)
Mobile phase B: THF, mobile phase A: 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid aqueous solution Eluate: mobile phase A / mobile phase B = 25/75 (isocratic)
Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min
Column temperature: 40°C
Detector: UV-visible spectroscopic detector (λ=220 nm)
 〔実験結果〕
 表X3に示すように、比較例X1及びX2の化合物は、保持時間がそれぞれ13.6分、及び12.1分であったのに対して、実施例X1~X4は、それぞれ、8.4分、21.8分、60.2分、及び33.2分であった。実施例X2~X4は、いずれも、比較例X1及びX2の保持時間を大きく上回った。実施例X1は、比較例X1及びX2の保持時間と比較して小さい値ではあったものの、概ね同等の水準を保った。
〔Experimental result〕
As shown in Table X3, the compounds of Comparative Examples X1 and X2 had retention times of 13.6 minutes and 12.1 minutes, respectively, while Examples X1-X4 had retention times of 8.4 minutes, respectively. minutes, 21.8 minutes, 60.2 minutes, and 33.2 minutes. All of Examples X2 to X4 greatly exceeded the retention times of Comparative Examples X1 and X2. In Example X1, although the retention times were smaller than those of Comparative Examples X1 and X2, they were kept at approximately the same level.
 以上のように実施例X1~X4の化合物は、いずれも対応する側鎖が直鎖である比較例X1及びX2の化合物と比べて、同等かそれ以上の保持時間を示したことから、ペプチドの製造方法において、上記の化合物がペプチド合成における優れたタグとして機能しえることを見出した。 As described above, the compounds of Examples X1 to X4 all showed retention times equal to or longer than those of the compounds of Comparative Examples X1 and X2, in which the corresponding side chains were linear chains. In a method of manufacture, we have found that the compounds described above can serve as excellent tags in peptide synthesis.
 実施例X6-2
 <耐酸性>
 本発明の化合物の側鎖部分の酸に対する安定性として、実施例X1で製造した化合物(X1-4)、及び実施例X3で製造した化合物(X3-2)を用いて評価した。
Example X6-2
<Acid resistance>
The stability of the side chain portion of the compound of the present invention against acid was evaluated using the compound (X1-4) produced in Example X1 and the compound (X3-2) produced in Example X3.
 〔実験方法〕
 本発明の化合物(X1-4)及び化合物(X3-2)50mgを各々、密閉サンプル管容器に計り取り、これに1wt%HCl/CPME 0.5mLを加えて、室温で攪拌した時の各化合物溶液のHPLCピークの純度(%)の経時変化を確認し、安定性を評価した。また、塩化水素ガスを含まないCPMEのみの上記と同濃度の溶液を調整し、この溶液の純度(%)を初期値とした。表X4は、初期値と攪拌3時間後の本発明の化合物(X1-4)及び化合物(X3-2)のHPLC純度%を示す。
〔experimental method〕
50 mg of compound (X1-4) and compound (X3-2) of the present invention are each weighed into a sealed sample tube container, 0.5 mL of 1 wt% HCl/CPME is added thereto, and each compound when stirred at room temperature The HPLC peak purity (%) of the solution was confirmed to change over time to evaluate the stability. In addition, a solution having the same concentration as the above was prepared with only CPME containing no hydrogen chloride gas, and the purity (%) of this solution was used as the initial value. Table X4 shows the initial value and the HPLC purity % of compound (X1-4) and compound (X3-2) of the present invention after stirring for 3 hours.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
 液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)条件:
カラム:InertSustainC18(3μm、4.6×125mm)
移動相B:THF、移動相A:0.1%トリフルオロ酢酸水溶液
溶出液:移動相A/移動相B:表X5に示すグラジエント条件にて測定を実施した。
Liquid chromatography (HPLC) conditions:
Column: Inert Sustain C18 (3 μm, 4.6×125 mm)
Mobile phase B: THF, mobile phase A: 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid aqueous solution Eluate: mobile phase A/mobile phase B: measurement was performed under the gradient conditions shown in Table X5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
流速:1.0mL/min
カラム温度:40℃
検出器:紫外可視分光検出器(λ=220nm)
Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min
Column temperature: 40°C
Detector: UV-visible spectroscopic detector (λ=220 nm)
 〔実験結果〕
 表X4に示すように、実施例X1及び実施例X3の化合物のいずれも、3時間経過後も酸に対する安定がみられた。非特許文献5には、酸性溶媒(1wt%塩酸/メタノール)に対する、トリイソプロピルシリル基の半減期が55分であることが開示されている。実施例X1及びX3の化合物は、少なくともO-Si結合を有する化合物よりは酸に対して安定であることが示唆された。
〔Experimental result〕
As shown in Table X4, both the compounds of Examples X1 and X3 were stable against acid even after 3 hours. Non-Patent Document 5 discloses that the half-life of a triisopropylsilyl group to an acidic solvent (1 wt % hydrochloric acid/methanol) is 55 minutes. It was suggested that the compounds of Examples X1 and X3 are more stable to acid than compounds having at least an O--Si bond.
 以上のように実施例X1及びX3の化合物の液体クロマトグラフィーの経時的なピーク変化を確認したところ、いずれも分解は認められなかったことから、上記の化合物が酸に対して安定な優れたタグとして機能しえることを見出した。 As described above, when the peak changes over time in the liquid chromatography of the compounds of Examples X1 and X3 were confirmed, no decomposition was observed in any of them. I found that it can function as
 <ペプチド合成例>
 本発明の化合物(X1-4)及び化合物(X2-3)を使用し、ペプチド合成を行った。以下、式中において化合物(X1-4)をHO-Tag(X1-4)とも記載し、化合物(X2-3)をHO-Tag(X2-3)とも記載する。すなわち、Tag(X1-4)は、化合物(X1-4)から-OHを除いた部分を示し、Tag(X2-3)は、化合物(X2-3)から-OHを除いた部分を示す。
<Example of peptide synthesis>
Peptide synthesis was carried out using compound (X1-4) and compound (X2-3) of the present invention. Hereinafter, in the formulas, compound (X1-4) is also referred to as HO-Tag (X1-4), and compound (X2-3) is also referred to as HO-Tag (X2-3). That is, Tag (X1-4) indicates a portion obtained by removing —OH from compound (X1-4), and Tag (X2-3) indicates a portion obtained by removing —OH from compound (X2-3).
 実施例X7:H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X1-4)の合成
 実施例X7-1:HO-Leu-OTag(X1-4)の合成
 化合物(X1-4)1.3g(1.0mmol)をMTHP/DMF(8/2)の混合液20mLに溶解し、Fmoc-Leu-OH0.46g(1.3mmol)、EDCI・HCl0.25g(1.3mmol)及びDMAP0.012g(0.1mmol)を加えて室温で4時間攪拌した。モルホリン39μL(0.4mmol)を加え室温で30分間攪拌した。モルホリン1.74mL(20.0mmol)及びDBU1.04mL(7.0mmol)を加えて室温で1時間攪拌した。氷冷下、6M塩酸8.3mLを加え、さらに0.1M塩酸23.4mLを加えて分液した。有機層を2M塩酸10mL、0.5M炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液23.4mLで洗浄、分液し、有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、ろ過し、アミノ酸縮合物(HO-Leu-OTag(X1-4))を溶液として得た。
Example X7: Synthesis of H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) Example X7-1: Synthesis of HO-Leu-OTag (X1-4) Compound (X1-4) 1.3 g (1.0 mmol) was dissolved in 20 mL of a mixed solution of MTHP/DMF (8/2), Fmoc-Leu-OH 0.46 g (1.3 mmol), EDCI.HCl 0.25 g (1.3 mmol) and DMAP 0.012 g ( 0.1 mmol) was added and stirred at room temperature for 4 hours. 39 μL (0.4 mmol) of morpholine was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. 1.74 mL (20.0 mmol) of morpholine and 1.04 mL (7.0 mmol) of DBU were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Under ice-cooling, 8.3 mL of 6 M hydrochloric acid was added, and 23.4 mL of 0.1 M hydrochloric acid was further added to separate the layers. The organic layer was washed with 10 mL of 2M hydrochloric acid and 23.4 mL of 0.5M aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate and then filtered. 4)) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例X7-2:HO-Ile-Leu-OTag(X1-4)の合成
 上で得られたHO-Leu-OTag(X1-4)の溶液にDMF4mL、Fmoc-Ile-OH0.46g(1.3mmol)、EDCI・HCl0.25g(1.3mmol)及びOxyma0.046g(0.3mmol)を加え室温で1時間攪拌した。モルホリン39μL(0.4mmol)を加え室温で30分間攪拌した。モルホリン1.74mL(20.0mmol)及びDBU1.04mL(7.0mmol)を加えて室温で1時間攪拌した。氷冷下、6M塩酸8.3mLを加え、さらに0.1M塩酸23.4mLを加えて分液した。有機層を2M塩酸10mL、0.5M炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液23.4mLで洗浄、分液し、有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、ろ過し、アミノ酸縮合物(HO-Ile-Leu-OTag(X1-4))を溶液として得た。
Example X7-2: Synthesis of HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) To the solution of HO-Leu-OTag (X1-4) obtained above, 4 mL of DMF, 0.46 g of Fmoc-Ile-OH (1. 3 mmol), 0.25 g (1.3 mmol) of EDCI.HCl and 0.046 g (0.3 mmol) of Oxyma were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 39 μL (0.4 mmol) of morpholine was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. 1.74 mL (20.0 mmol) of morpholine and 1.04 mL (7.0 mmol) of DBU were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Under ice-cooling, 8.3 mL of 6 M hydrochloric acid was added, and 23.4 mL of 0.1 M hydrochloric acid was further added to separate the layers. The organic layer was washed with 10 mL of 2M hydrochloric acid and 23.4 mL of 0.5M aqueous sodium hydrogencarbonate solution, and the layers were separated. The organic layer was dried over an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, filtered, and an amino acid condensate (HO-Ile-Leu-OTag ( X1-4)) were obtained as solutions.
 実施例X7-3:H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X1-4)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Tyr(OtBu)-OHを用いた以外は実施例X7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X1-4)を溶液として得た。得られた有機層を減圧下、溶媒を留去し、H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X1-4)1.58g(収率90.3%)を得た。
ESI-MS:1749.13〔M+H〕
Example X7-3: Synthesis of H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) Same as Example X7-2 except that Fmoc-Tyr(OtBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. Working up, H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) was obtained as a solution. The solvent was distilled off from the resulting organic layer under reduced pressure to obtain 1.58 g of H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) (yield 90.3%).
ESI-MS: 1749.13 [M+H] +
 高い収率でH-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X1-4)が得られたことから、モルホリン等の窒素原子を1つのみ含む特定の環状アミンを捕捉剤として用いることにより、副生成物を容易に除去できることが確認できた。 Since H-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X1-4) was obtained in high yield, by using a specific cyclic amine containing only one nitrogen atom such as morpholine as a scavenger, It was confirmed that the by-product could be easily removed.
 この化合物を少量用い、トリフルオロ酢酸(TFA):水=9.5:0.5の混合溶液にてタグを脱保護して分析したところ、H-Tyr-Ile-Leu-OHのESI-MS:408.24〔M+H〕を確認した。 Using a small amount of this compound, the tag was deprotected with a mixed solution of trifluoroacetic acid (TFA): water = 9.5:0.5 and analyzed. : 408.24 [M+H] + was confirmed.
 実施例X8:H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X2-3)の合成
 タグとして化合物(X2-3)0.5g(0.46mmol)と1残基目~6残基目まで以下に示すアミノ酸を用いて、実施例X7-1~実施例X7-3と同様の操作を行い、
H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X2-3)を溶液として得た。
Example X8: Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X2-3) 0.5 g (0.46 mmol) of compound (X2-3) as a tag ) and the amino acids shown below from the 1st residue to the 6th residue, performing the same operations as in Examples X7-1 to Example X7-3,
H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (X2-3) was obtained as a solution.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
 得られた有機層を減圧下、溶媒を留去し、H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X2-3)0.80g(収率70.6%)を得た。
ESI-MS:2430.23〔M+H〕
The solvent was distilled off from the obtained organic layer under reduced pressure, and H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(OtBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(X2-3) 0.80 g (yield 70.6%) was obtained.
ESI-MS: 2430.23 [M+H] +
 この化合物を少量用い、トリフルオロ酢酸(TFA):水:チオアニソール:1,2-エタンジオール:フェノール=10:0.5:0.5:0.25:0.75の混合溶液にてタグを脱保護して分析したところ、H-Arg-Arg-Pro-Tyr-Ile-Leu-OHのESI-MS:817.50〔M+H〕を確認した。 Using a small amount of this compound, tagging was performed with a mixed solution of trifluoroacetic acid (TFA): water: thioanisole: 1,2-ethanediol: phenol = 10: 0.5: 0.5: 0.25: 0.75. was deprotected and analyzed, ESI-MS of H-Arg-Arg-Pro-Tyr-Ile-Leu-OH: 817.50 [M+H] + was confirmed.
 [タグの製造]
 次に、上述した本発明の実施形態2の実施例を挙げる。
 <実施例Y1>
[Tag manufacturing]
Next, an example of Embodiment 2 of the present invention described above will be given.
<Example Y1>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
 実施例(Y1-a)
 没食子酸メチル1.20g(6.516mmol)をDMF12mL及びシクロペンチルメチルエーテル(CPME)12mLに溶解し、5-ブロモメチルウンデカン7.15g(29.322mmol)、炭酸カリウム4.50g(32.580mmol)を加え、110℃で10時間攪拌した。反応液を室温に戻し、ろ過により固形分を除去した。ろ液にCPME20mL及び1M塩酸20mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに5%炭酸水素ナトリウム20mL、20%食塩水20mLで洗浄した。硫酸ナトリウムを適量加えて有機層を乾燥した後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=97:3~90:10)で精製し、化合物(Y1-1)3.8g(収率84.6%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.84-0.96(m,18H),1.20-1.60(m,66H),1.71-1.85(m,3H),3.86-3.92(m,9H),7.24(s,2H)
 実施例(Y1-b)
 化合物(Y1-1)2.42g(3.511mmol)をTHF48mLに溶解し、氷冷下、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム7.0mL(1.5Mトルエン溶液、10.533mmol)を滴下し、氷冷下、2時間攪拌した。反応液に0.2M塩酸10mLを加えて反応を停止し、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣に酢酸エチル100mLを加えた後、1M塩酸75mLで2回洗浄、続いて5%炭酸水素ナトリウム50mL、20%食塩水50mLで分液洗浄した。有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた後、溶媒を減圧留去し、残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=95:5~90:10)で精製し、化合物(Y1-2)1.86g(収率80.2%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.84-0.94(m,18H),1.22-1.64(m,66H),1.72-1.84(m,3H),3.75-3.88(dd,J=7.2Hz,14.4Hz,6H)、4.60(d、J=7.2Hz,2H)、6.54(s,2H)
ESI-MS:683.54[M+Na]+
Example (Y1-a)
1.20 g (6.516 mmol) of methyl gallate was dissolved in 12 mL of DMF and 12 mL of cyclopentyl methyl ether (CPME), and 7.15 g (29.322 mmol) of 5-bromomethylundecane and 4.50 g (32.580 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added. The mixture was added and stirred at 110° C. for 10 hours. The reaction liquid was returned to room temperature, and the solid content was removed by filtration. 20 mL of CPME and 20 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid were added to the filtrate to perform liquid separation washing, and further, 20 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 20 mL of 20% brine were washed. After an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate was added to dry the organic layer, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate=97:3-90:10) to obtain 3.8 g of compound (Y1-1) (yield 84.6%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.84-0.96 (m, 18H), 1.20-1.60 (m, 66H), 1.71-1.85 (m, 3H), 3 .86-3.92 (m, 9H), 7.24 (s, 2H)
Example (Y1-b)
2.42 g (3.511 mmol) of compound (Y1-1) was dissolved in 48 mL of THF, and 7.0 mL of diisobutylaluminum hydride (1.5 M toluene solution, 10.533 mmol) was added dropwise under ice cooling. Stirred for 2 hours. 10 mL of 0.2 M hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction solution to terminate the reaction, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. After adding 100 mL of ethyl acetate to the residue, the mixture was washed twice with 75 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid, and then separated and washed with 50 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 50 mL of 20% brine. After drying the organic layer with an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure, and the residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate=95:5 to 90:10) to give compound (Y1-2). 1.86 g (80.2% yield) was obtained.
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.84-0.94 (m, 18H), 1.22-1.64 (m, 66H), 1.72-1.84 (m, 3H), 3 .75-3.88 (dd, J=7.2Hz, 14.4Hz, 6H), 4.60 (d, J=7.2Hz, 2H), 6.54 (s, 2H)
ESI-MS: 683.54 [M+Na] +
 <実施例Y2> <Example Y2>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 実施例(Y2-a)
 没食子酸メチル3.01g(16.357mmol)をDMF30mL及びCPME30mLに溶解し、7-ブロモメチルペンタデカン19.98g(65.428mmol)、炭酸カリウム11.30g(81.785mmol)を加え、110℃で12時間攪拌した。反応液を室温に戻し、ろ過により固形分を除去した。ろ液にCPME30mL及び1M塩酸60mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに5%炭酸水素ナトリウム60mL、20%食塩水60mLで洗浄した。硫酸ナトリウムを適量加えて有機層を乾燥した後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=96:4)で精製し、化合物(Y2-1)10.09g(収率71.9%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.83-0.94(m,18H),1.20-1.58(m,72H),1.70-1.85(m,3H),3.85-3.92(m,9H),7.24(s,2H)
Example (Y2-a)
3.01 g (16.357 mmol) of methyl gallate was dissolved in 30 mL of DMF and 30 mL of CPME, 19.98 g (65.428 mmol) of 7-bromomethylpentadecane and 11.30 g (81.785 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was stirred at 110°C for 12 hours. Stirred for hours. The reaction liquid was returned to room temperature, and the solid content was removed by filtration. 30 mL of CPME and 60 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid were added to the filtrate to perform liquid separation washing, and further, 60 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 60 mL of 20% brine were washed. After an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate was added to dry the organic layer, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate=96:4) to obtain 10.09 g of compound (Y2-1) (yield 71.9%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.83-0.94 (m, 18H), 1.20-1.58 (m, 72H), 1.70-1.85 (m, 3H), 3 .85-3.92 (m, 9H), 7.24 (s, 2H)
 実施例(Y2-b)
 化合物(Y2-1)10.08g(11.755mmol)を無水THF120mLに溶解し、氷冷下、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム23.5mL(1.5Mトルエン溶液、35.267mmol)を滴下し、氷冷下、2時間攪拌した。反応液に0.2M塩酸10mLを加えて反応を停止し、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣に酢酸エチル150mLを加えた後、1M塩酸75mLで2回洗浄、続いて5%炭酸水素ナトリウム75mL、20%食塩水75mLで分液洗浄した。有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=95:5~85:15)で精製し、化合物(Y2-2)7.43g(収率76.4%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.88(t,J=6.0Hz,18H),1.20-1.60(m,72H),1.72-1.84(m,3H),3.75-3.88(dd,J=6.0Hz,12.0Hz,6H)、4.60(d、J=6.0Hz,2H)、6.54(s,2H)
ESI-MS:829.74[M+H]+
Example (Y2-b)
10.08 g (11.755 mmol) of compound (Y2-1) was dissolved in 120 mL of anhydrous THF, and 23.5 mL of diisobutylaluminum hydride (1.5 M toluene solution, 35.267 mmol) was added dropwise under ice cooling. , and stirred for 2 hours. 10 mL of 0.2 M hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction solution to terminate the reaction, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. After adding 150 mL of ethyl acetate to the residue, the mixture was washed twice with 75 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid, and then separated and washed with 75 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 75 mL of 20% brine. After drying the organic layer with an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate=95:5-85:15) to obtain 7.43 g of compound (Y2-2) (yield 76.4%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.88 (t, J = 6.0 Hz, 18H), 1.20-1.60 (m, 72H), 1.72-1.84 (m, 3H) , 3.75-3.88 (dd, J = 6.0 Hz, 12.0 Hz, 6H), 4.60 (d, J = 6.0 Hz, 2H), 6.54 (s, 2H)
ESI-MS: 829.74 [M+H] +
 <実施例Y3> <Example Y3>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
 実施例(Y3-a)
 没食子酸メチル0.50g(2.715mmol)をDMF5mL及びCPME5mLに溶解し、11-ブロモメチルトリコサン4.62g(11.064mmol)、炭酸カリウム1.88g(13.602mmol)を加え、110℃で10時間攪拌した。反応液を室温に戻し、ろ過により固形分を除去した。ろ液にヘキサン20mL及び1M塩酸20mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに5%炭酸水素ナトリウム20mL、20%食塩水20mLで洗浄した。硫酸ナトリウムを適量加えて有機層を乾燥した後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=98:2~95:5)で精製し、化合物(Y3-1)2.64g(収率81.5%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.84-0.91(m,18H),1.20-1.56(m,120H),1.70-1.84(m,3H),3.85-3.92(m,9H),7.24(s,2H)
 実施例(Y3-b)
 化合物(Y3-1)2.60g(2.177mmol)をTHF40mLに溶解し、氷冷下、水素化ジイソブチルアルミニウム4.4mL(1.5Mトルエン溶液、6.531mmol)を滴下し、氷冷下、2時間攪拌した。反応液に0.2M塩酸4mLを加えて反応を停止し、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣に酢酸エチル40mLを加えた後、1M塩酸20mLで2回洗浄、続いて5%炭酸水素ナトリウム20mL、20%食塩水20mLで分液洗浄した。有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン/酢酸エチル=95:5~90:10)で精製し、化合物(Y3-2)2.08g(収率82.3%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.84-0.92(m,18H),1.20-1.60(m,72H),1.72-1.84(m,3H),3.80(dd,J=7.0Hz,14.0Hz,6H)、4.60(d、J=7.0Hz,2H)、6.54(s,2H)
ESI-MS:1166.10[M+H]
Example (Y3-a)
0.50 g (2.715 mmol) of methyl gallate was dissolved in 5 mL of DMF and 5 mL of CPME, 4.62 g (11.064 mmol) of 11-bromomethyltricosane and 1.88 g (13.602 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, and the mixture was heated at 110°C. Stirred for 10 hours. The reaction liquid was returned to room temperature, and the solid content was removed by filtration. 20 mL of hexane and 20 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid were added to the filtrate to perform liquid separation washing, and the filtrate was further washed with 20 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 20 mL of 20% brine. After an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate was added to dry the organic layer, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate=98:2-95:5) to obtain 2.64 g of compound (Y3-1) (yield 81.5%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.84-0.91 (m, 18H), 1.20-1.56 (m, 120H), 1.70-1.84 (m, 3H), 3 .85-3.92 (m, 9H), 7.24 (s, 2H)
Example (Y3-b)
2.60 g (2.177 mmol) of compound (Y3-1) was dissolved in 40 mL of THF, and 4.4 mL of diisobutylaluminum hydride (1.5 M toluene solution, 6.531 mmol) was added dropwise under ice cooling. Stirred for 2 hours. 4 mL of 0.2 M hydrochloric acid was added to the reaction solution to terminate the reaction, and the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. After adding 40 mL of ethyl acetate to the residue, the mixture was washed twice with 20 mL of 1M hydrochloric acid, and then separated and washed with 20 mL of 5% sodium hydrogen carbonate and 20 mL of 20% brine. After drying the organic layer with an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane/ethyl acetate=95:5-90:10) to obtain 2.08 g of compound (Y3-2) (yield 82.3%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.84-0.92 (m, 18H), 1.20-1.60 (m, 72H), 1.72-1.84 (m, 3H), 3 .80 (dd, J=7.0Hz, 14.0Hz, 6H), 4.60 (d, J=7.0Hz, 2H), 6.54 (s, 2H)
ESI-MS: 1166.10 [M + +H]
 <実施例Y4> <Example Y4>
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 実施例(Y4-a)
 3,5-ジヒドロキシ安息香酸メチル1.35g(8.0mmol)をDMF70mLに溶解し、11-ブロモメチルトリコサン8.0g(19.2mmol)、炭酸カリウム3.32g(24.0mmol)を加え、90℃で7時間攪拌した。炭酸カリウムをろ過により除去した後、ろ液に水100mL、酢酸エチル100mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに有機層を水100mL、20%食塩水100mLで順次洗浄した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=98:2~80:20)で精製し、化合物(Y4-1)4.8g(収率71.0%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.83-1.00(m,12H),1.32-1.61(m,80H),1.81-1.90(m,2H),3.75-3.85(m、4H)、3.90(s,3H),6.34(s,1H),7.15(s,2H)
Example (Y4-a)
1.35 g (8.0 mmol) of methyl 3,5-dihydroxybenzoate was dissolved in 70 mL of DMF, 8.0 g (19.2 mmol) of 11-bromomethyltricosane and 3.32 g (24.0 mmol) of potassium carbonate were added, Stirred at 90° C. for 7 hours. After potassium carbonate was removed by filtration, 100 mL of water and 100 mL of ethyl acetate were added to the filtrate to separate and wash, and the organic layer was successively washed with 100 mL of water and 100 mL of 20% brine. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=98:2-80:20) to obtain 4.8 g of compound (Y4-1) (yield 71.0%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.83-1.00 (m, 12H), 1.32-1.61 (m, 80H), 1.81-1.90 (m, 2H), 3 .75-3.85 (m, 4H), 3.90 (s, 3H), 6.34 (s, 1H), 7.15 (s, 2H)
 実施例(Y4-b)
 化合物(Y4-1)4.8g(5.68mmol)をTHF80mLに溶解し、水素化ジイソプロピルアルミニウム11.4mL(1.5Mトルエン溶液,17.0mmol)を氷冷下加え、室温で3時間攪拌した。反応液に10%ロッシェル塩水溶液(100mL)を加え反応を停止させたのち、酢酸エチル200mLを加えて分液洗浄を行い、さらに有機層を水100mLで2回洗浄した。有機層を硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥させた後、溶媒を減圧留去した。残渣をシリカゲルカラムクロマトグラフィー(ヘキサン:酢酸エチル=95:5~80:20)で精製し、化合物(Y4-2)3.5g(収率75.7%)を得た。
H-NMR(400MHz,CDCl)δ0.83-1.00(m,12H),1.32-1.61(m,80H),1.81-1.90(m,2H),3.80(d、4H、J=5.2Hz)、4.62(s,2H),6.38(s,1H),6.50(s,2H)
ESI-MS:813.74[M+H]+
Example (Y4-b)
4.8 g (5.68 mmol) of compound (Y4-1) was dissolved in 80 mL of THF, 11.4 mL of diisopropylaluminum hydride (1.5 M toluene solution, 17.0 mmol) was added under ice cooling, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. . A 10% Rochelle salt aqueous solution (100 mL) was added to the reaction solution to stop the reaction, and then 200 mL of ethyl acetate was added to perform liquid separation and washing, and the organic layer was washed twice with 100 mL of water. After drying the organic layer with sodium sulfate, the solvent was distilled off under reduced pressure. The residue was purified by silica gel column chromatography (hexane:ethyl acetate=95:5-80:20) to obtain 3.5 g of compound (Y4-2) (yield 75.7%).
1 H-NMR (400 MHz, CDCl 3 ) δ 0.83-1.00 (m, 12H), 1.32-1.61 (m, 80H), 1.81-1.90 (m, 2H), 3 .80 (d, 4H, J=5.2Hz), 4.62 (s, 2H), 6.38 (s, 1H), 6.50 (s, 2H)
ESI-MS: 813.74 [M+H] +
 [タグの有機溶媒に対する溶解性の確認]
 <実施例Y5>
 実施例Y1で製造した化合物(Y1-2)、実施例Y2で製造した化合物(Y2-2)、実施例Y3で製造した化合物(Y3-2)、及び実施例Y4で製造した化合物(Y4-2)の各種溶媒に対する溶解度(25℃)を測定した。
[Confirmation of solubility of tag in organic solvent]
<Example Y5>
The compound (Y1-2) produced in Example Y1, the compound (Y2-2) produced in Example Y2, the compound (Y3-2) produced in Example Y3, and the compound (Y4- The solubility (25°C) in various solvents of 2) was measured.
 〔実験方法〕
 実施例Y1~Y4の化合物(Y1-2)、(Y2-2)、(Y3-2)及び(Y4-2)、及び比較例としての直鎖含有化合物(表Y2の比較例Y1及びY2参照。)を25℃で各溶媒に飽和させ、その溶解度(単位:重量%)を測定した(表Y1、Y2)。溶媒は、CPME、MTHP、トルエン、及びクロロホルムを用いた。
〔experimental method〕
Compounds (Y1-2), (Y2-2), (Y3-2) and (Y4-2) of Examples Y1 to Y4, and straight chain-containing compounds as comparative examples (see Comparative Examples Y1 and Y2 in Table Y2 ) was saturated in each solvent at 25° C., and the solubility (unit: weight %) was measured (Tables Y1 and Y2). Solvents used were CPME, MTHP, toluene, and chloroform.
 なお、比較例Y1に示した直鎖C1837化合物は、特開2000-44493の実施例に記載の方法、比較例Y2に示した直鎖C2245化合物は、Bioorganic&Medicinal chemistry letters,21,(2011),4476-4479に記載の方法を参考に合成したものを使用した。 The linear C 18 H 37 compound shown in Comparative Example Y1 was produced by the method described in Examples of JP-A-2000-44493, and the linear C 22 H 45 compound shown in Comparative Example Y2 was produced by the method described in Bioorganic & Medicinal chemistry letters, 21. , (2011), 4476-4479 was synthesized with reference to the method described in 4476-4479 was used.
 表Y1は、実施例Y1(化合物(Y1-2))、実施例Y2(化合物(Y2-2))、実施例Y3(化合物(Y3-2))、及び実施例Y4(化合物(Y4-2))の溶解度の結果を示す。表Y2は、比較例Y1及び比較例Y2の溶解度の結果を示す。なお、表Y2の括弧内の値は、実施例Y1~Y4の化合物の溶解度を一律50(重量%)と仮定した場合において、実施例Y1~Y4の溶解度が何倍に相当するか(すなわち、50を当該溶解度で除した値)を示している。 Table Y1 shows Example Y1 (Compound (Y1-2)), Example Y2 (Compound (Y2-2)), Example Y3 (Compound (Y3-2)), and Example Y4 (Compound (Y4-2 )) solubility results. Table Y2 shows the solubility results of Comparative Examples Y1 and Y2. The values in parentheses in Table Y2 indicate how many times the solubility of Examples Y1 to Y4 corresponds to the solubility of the compounds of Examples Y1 to Y4 when it is assumed that the solubility of the compounds of Examples Y1 to Y4 is uniformly 50 (% by weight) (that is, 50 divided by the solubility).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000065
 〔実験結果〕
 実施例Y1~Y4の化合物はいずれも、溶解度が50(重量%)よりも大きい値であった。これに対して、比較例Y1及びY2の化合物は、いずれも、50(質量%)未満であり、最大のものでも12.4(質量%)(比較例Y1、クロロホルム)に留まった。また、表Y2に示すように、実施例Y1~Y4の化合物の溶解度は、比較例Y1及びY2の化合物の溶解度に対して、差が小さいものでも少なくとも4.0倍より大きく(比較例Y1-クロロホルムとの比参照)、差が大きいものでは、38.5倍より大きかった(比較例Y2-トルエンとの比参照)。
〔Experimental result〕
All of the compounds of Examples Y1 to Y4 had a solubility greater than 50 (% by weight). On the other hand, the compounds of Comparative Examples Y1 and Y2 were both less than 50 (mass%), and the maximum remained at 12.4 (mass%) (Comparative Example Y1, chloroform). Further, as shown in Table Y2, the solubility of the compounds of Examples Y1 to Y4 is at least 4.0 times greater than the solubility of the compounds of Comparative Examples Y1 and Y2, even if the difference is small (Comparative Example Y1- See the ratio with chloroform), and those with a large difference were greater than 38.5 times (see the ratio with comparative example Y2-toluene).
 以上のように、実施例Y1~Y4の化合物はいずれも、対応する側鎖が直鎖である比較例Y1及びY2に記載の化合物と比べて、種々の溶媒に対して4.0倍~38.5倍を超える高い溶解性を示すことを確認した。このことから、ペプチドの製造方法において、上記の化合物がペプチド合成における優れたタグとして機能し得ることを見出した。 As described above, all of the compounds of Examples Y1 to Y4 are 4.0 times to 38 times higher than the compounds of Comparative Examples Y1 and Y2, in which the corresponding side chains are linear, in various solvents. 0.5 times higher solubility was confirmed. From this, it was found that the above compound can function as an excellent tag in peptide synthesis in the peptide production method.
 [タグの疎水性の確認]
 <実施例Y6>
 実施例Y1~Y4の化合物(Y1-2)、(Y2-2)、(Y3-2)及び(Y4-2)の疎水性の評価として、液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)を用いて評価した。
[Confirmation of tag hydrophobicity]
<Example Y6>
Hydrophobicity of compounds (Y1-2), (Y2-2), (Y3-2) and (Y4-2) of Examples Y1 to Y4 was evaluated using liquid chromatography (HPLC).
 〔実験方法〕
 実施例Y1~Y4の化合物(Y1-2)、(Y2-2)、(Y3-2)及び(Y4-2)、比較例Y1の直鎖C1837化合物及び比較例Y2の直鎖C2245化合物の各10mg/10mL(THF)溶液を調製し、下記条件における液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)の保持時間(溶出時間)を比較した(表Y3)。
〔experimental method〕
Compounds (Y1-2), (Y2-2), (Y3-2) and (Y4-2) of Examples Y1 to Y4, linear C 18 H 37 compound of Comparative Example Y1 and linear C of Comparative Example Y2 A 10 mg/10 mL (THF) solution of each 22 H 45 compound was prepared, and the retention times (elution times) of liquid chromatography (HPLC) under the following conditions were compared (Table Y3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000066
 液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)条件:
カラム:InertSustainC18(3μm、4.6×125mm)
移動相B:THF、移動相A:0.1%トリフルオロ酢酸水溶液
溶出液:移動相A/移動相B=25/75(アイソクラクティック)
流速:1.0mL/min
カラム温度:40℃
検出器:紫外可視分光検出器(λ=220nm)
Liquid chromatography (HPLC) conditions:
Column: Inert Sustain C18 (3 μm, 4.6×125 mm)
Mobile phase B: THF, mobile phase A: 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid aqueous solution Eluate: mobile phase A / mobile phase B = 25/75 (isocratic)
Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min
Column temperature: 40°C
Detector: UV-visible spectroscopic detector (λ=220 nm)
 〔実験結果〕
 表Y3に示すように、実施例Y3及びY4に係る化合物(Y3-2)及び(Y4-2)は、比較例Y1及びY2よりも高い疎水性が得られた。また、実施例Y2に係る化合物(Y2-2)は、比較例Y1及びY2と比較して概ね同等の疎水性が得られた。これに対して、実施例Y1に係る化合物(Y1-2)の疎水性は、比較例Y1及びY2と比較して高いものではなかった。
〔Experimental result〕
As shown in Table Y3, the compounds (Y3-2) and (Y4-2) according to Examples Y3 and Y4 exhibited higher hydrophobicity than Comparative Examples Y1 and Y2. In addition, the compound (Y2-2) according to Example Y2 exhibited approximately the same level of hydrophobicity as compared with Comparative Examples Y1 and Y2. In contrast, the hydrophobicity of the compound (Y1-2) according to Example Y1 was not as high as those of Comparative Examples Y1 and Y2.
 [ペプチド合成例]
 化合物(Y2-2)及び化合物(Y3-2)を使用し、ペプチド合成を行った。以下、式中において化合物(Y2-2)をHO-Tag(Y2-2)とも記載し、化合物(Y3-2)をHO-Tag(Y3-2)とも記載する。すなわち、Tag(Y2-2)は、化合物(Y2-2)から-OHを除いた部分を示し、Tag(Y3-2)は、化合物(Y3-2)から-OHを除いた部分を示す。
[Example of peptide synthesis]
Peptide synthesis was carried out using compound (Y2-2) and compound (Y3-2). Hereinafter, in the formulas, the compound (Y2-2) is also referred to as HO-Tag (Y2-2), and the compound (Y3-2) is also referred to as HO-Tag (Y3-2). That is, Tag (Y2-2) indicates a portion obtained by removing —OH from compound (Y2-2), and Tag (Y3-2) indicates a portion obtained by removing —OH from compound (Y3-2).
 実施例Y7:PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成 Example Y7: PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu -Synthesis of OTag (Y2-2)
 実施例Y7-1:HO-Leu-OTag(Y1-4)の合成
 化合物(Y2-2)1.0g(1.21mmol)をMTHP/アセトニトリル(8/2)の混合液25mLに溶解し、Fmoc-Leu-OH0.554g(1.57mmol)、EDCI・HCl0.30g(1.57mmol)及びDMAP0.0147g(0.121mmol)を加えて室温で2時間攪拌した。モルホリン42.2μL(0.482mmol)を加え室温で30分間攪拌した。モルホリン2.11mL(24.1mmol)及びDBU1.26mL(8.44mmol)を加えて室温で1時間攪拌した。反応液を分液ロートに移し、20%食塩水18mL×2回を加えて洗浄、分液した。さらに有機層を2M塩酸18mL×3回を加えて洗浄、分液を行い、さらに0.5M炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液18mLで洗浄、分液した。有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、適量のMTHPで洗いこみをおこないながら、ろ過し、アミノ酸縮合物(HO-Leu-OTag(Y2-2))を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-1: Synthesis of HO-Leu-OTag (Y1-4) 1.0 g (1.21 mmol) of compound (Y2-2) was dissolved in 25 mL of a mixture of MTHP/acetonitrile (8/2), and Fmoc -Leu-OH 0.554 g (1.57 mmol), EDCI.HCl 0.30 g (1.57 mmol) and DMAP 0.0147 g (0.121 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. 42.2 μL (0.482 mmol) of morpholine was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. 2.11 mL (24.1 mmol) of morpholine and 1.26 mL (8.44 mmol) of DBU were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was transferred to a separating funnel, and 18 mL of 20% saline solution was added twice to wash and separate the solution. Further, the organic layer was washed with 18 mL of 2M hydrochloric acid 3 times and separated, and further washed with 18 mL of 0.5M sodium hydrogencarbonate aqueous solution and separated. After the organic layer was dried with an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, it was filtered while washing with an appropriate amount of MTHP to obtain an amino acid condensate (HO-Leu-OTag (Y2-2)) as a solution.
 実施例Y7-2:HO-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 上で得られたHO-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の溶液にアセトニトリル5.0mL、Fmoc-Ile-OH0.511g(1.45mmol)、EDCI・HCl0.277g(1.45mmol)及びOxyma0.0514g(0.362mmol)を加え室温で1時間攪拌した。モルホリン42.2μL(0.482mmol)を加え室温で30分間攪拌した。モルホリン2.11mL(24.1mmol)及びDBU1.26mL(8.44mmol)を加えて室温で1時間攪拌した。反応液を分液ロートに移し、20%食塩水18mL×2回を加えて洗浄、分液した。さらに有機層を2M塩酸18mL×3回を加えて洗浄、分液を行い、さらに0.5M炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液18mLで洗浄、分液し、有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、適量のMTHPで洗いこみをおこないながら、ろ過し、アミノ酸縮合物(HO-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2))を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-2: Synthesis of HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) To the solution of HO-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) obtained above was added 5.0 mL of acetonitrile and 0.511 g of Fmoc-Ile-OH. (1.45 mmol), 0.277 g (1.45 mmol) of EDCI.HCl and 0.0514 g (0.362 mmol) of Oxyma were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 42.2 μL (0.482 mmol) of morpholine was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. 2.11 mL (24.1 mmol) of morpholine and 1.26 mL (8.44 mmol) of DBU were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was transferred to a separating funnel, and 18 mL of 20% saline solution was added twice to wash and separate the solution. Further, the organic layer is washed with 18 mL of 2M hydrochloric acid 3 times and separated, further washed with 18 mL of 0.5M sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution, separated, and the organic layer is dried with an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, and then added with an appropriate amount of MTHP. It was filtered while washing with , to obtain an amino acid condensate (HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2)) as a solution.
 実施例Y7-3:H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-3: Synthesis of H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) Same as Example Y7-2 except that Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. After working up, H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Y7-4:H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Pro-OHを用いた以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-4: Synthesis of H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) The same procedure as in Example Y7-2 except that Fmoc-Pro-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. was carried out to obtain H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) as a solution.
 実施例Y7-5:H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OHを用い、また、反応溶媒としてMTHP/DMF(8/2)を用いた以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-5: Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) The same operation as in Example Y7-2 was performed except that MTHP/DMF (8/2) was used as the solvent, and H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2 ) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Y7-6:H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OHを用い、また、反応溶媒としてMTHP/DMF(8/2)を用いた以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-6: Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) In addition, the same operation as in Example Y7-2 was performed except that MTHP/DMF (8/2) was used as the reaction solvent, and H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu) -Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Y7-7:H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Pro-OHを用い、また、3回目の2M塩酸分液時にアセトンを2mL加えて分液した以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-7: Synthesis of H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) Using Fmoc-Pro-OH as the amino acid to be condensed , In addition, the same operation as in Example Y7-2 was performed except that 2 mL of acetone was added during the third 2M hydrochloric acid separation to separate the liquids, and H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr (tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Y7-8:H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Lys(Boc)-OHを用い、また、3回目の2M塩酸分液時にアセトンを2mL加えて分液した以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-8: Synthesis of H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2) The same procedure as in Example Y7-2 was carried out, except that Lys(Boc)-OH was used, and 2 mL of acetone was added during the third 2M hydrochloric acid separation to separate the liquids, and H-Lys(Boc)-Pro- Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Y7-9:H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Asn(Trt)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-9: Synthesis of H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) Condensation The same operation as in Example Y7-2 was performed except that Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH was used as the amino acid to be used, and H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf )-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Y7-10:H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Glu(OtBu)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-10: H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2- 2) Synthesis H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)- Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Y7-11:H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-11: H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu - Synthesis of OTag (Y2-2) The same operation as in Example Y7-2 was performed except that Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed, and H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)- Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Y7-12:H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Leu-OHを用いた以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-12: H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile -Synthesis of Leu-OTag (Y2-2) H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu) was prepared in the same manner as in Example Y7-2, except that Fmoc-Leu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. -Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Y7-13:H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-PyroGlu-OHを用いた以外は実施例Y7-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)を溶液として得た。
Example Y7-13: H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu) -Synthesis of Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) The same operation as in Example Y7-2 was performed except that Fmoc-PyroGlu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed, and H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)- Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y2-2) was obtained as a solution.
 得られた有機層を減圧下、溶媒を留去し、氷冷下、残渣に80%アセトニトリル水溶液120mLを加えて、得られた沈殿物をろ過、減圧乾燥し、H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)(1.401g、0.40mmol、収率33.1%)を得た。(収率は出発原料である化合物(Y2-2)(1.21mmol)より計算した。)
ESI-MS:3497.94〔M〕
The solvent was distilled off from the obtained organic layer under reduced pressure, 120 mL of 80% acetonitrile aqueous solution was added to the residue under ice-cooling, the obtained precipitate was filtered, dried under reduced pressure, and H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr ( tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2) (1. 401 g, 0.40 mmol, 33.1% yield). (The yield was calculated from the starting material compound (Y2-2) (1.21 mmol).)
ESI-MS: 3497.94 [M] +
 実施例Y7-1~Y7-13から構成される13回のペプチド伸長反応を行っても、高い収率でH-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)が得られたことから、モルホリン等の窒素原子を1つのみ含む特定の環状アミンを捕捉剤として用いることにより、副生成物を容易に除去できることが確認できた。 High yields of H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys were obtained even after 13 peptide elongation reactions consisting of Examples Y7-1 to Y7-13. (Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y2-2) containing only one nitrogen atom such as morpholine It was confirmed that by-products can be easily removed by using a specific cyclic amine as a scavenger.
 この化合物を少量用い、トリフルオロ酢酸(TFA):水:トリイソプロピルシラン(TIS)=9.5:2.5:2.5の混合溶液加えて、室温で3時間攪拌し、タグ及びアミノ酸側鎖の保護基を脱保護して分析したところ、H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr-Glu-Asn-Lys-Pro-Arg-Arg-Pro-Tyr-Ile-Leu-OHのESI-MS:1672.77〔M+H〕を確認した。 Using a small amount of this compound, a mixed solution of trifluoroacetic acid (TFA): water: triisopropylsilane (TIS) = 9.5: 2.5: 2.5 was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. ESI-MS of H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr-Glu-Asn-Lys-Pro-Arg-Arg-Pro-Tyr-Ile-Leu-OH analyzed after deprotection of chain protecting groups: 1672.77 [M+H] + was confirmed.
 実施例Y8:H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y3-2)の合成
 タグとして化合物(Y3-2)0.5g(0.428mmol)を用いて実施例Y7-1~実施例Y7-6と同様にペプチド合成を実施した。8残基目のFmoc-Lys(Boc)-OHを縮合後の分液において、2M塩酸での分液時に有機層と水層の分離に長時間要することを確認した。合成後の溶液を一昼夜、放置した後に分液した有機層をとり、質量分析を実施した結果、目的であるH-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Y3-2)の質量数を確認した。
ESI-MS:2849.49〔M〕
Example Y8: Synthesis of H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y3-2) Compound (Y3-2) as tag Using 0.5 g (0.428 mmol), peptide synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Examples Y7-1 to Y7-6. It was confirmed that in liquid separation after condensation of Fmoc-Lys(Boc)-OH at the 8th residue, it took a long time to separate the organic layer and the aqueous layer during liquid separation with 2M hydrochloric acid. After leaving the solution after synthesis for one day and night, the separated organic layer was taken and subjected to mass spectrometry. The mass number of (tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Y3-2) was confirmed.
ESI-MS: 2849.49 [M] +
 比較例Y3
 H-Leu-OTag(比較例Y1)の合成
 タグとして比較例Y1に示した化合物1.0g(1.09mmol)を用いて実施例Y7-1と同様に合成を実施した。Fmoc-Leu-OHを縮合後の分液において、多量の固形物が析出し、分液が困難であり、これ以上のペプチド合成が困難であることを確認した。
Comparative example Y3
Synthesis of H-Leu-OTag (Comparative Example Y1) Using 1.0 g (1.09 mmol) of the compound shown in Comparative Example Y1 as a tag, synthesis was carried out in the same manner as in Example Y7-1. It was confirmed that a large amount of solid precipitated in liquid separation after condensation of Fmoc-Leu-OH, making liquid separation difficult and further peptide synthesis difficult.
 〔ペプチドの合成結果について〕
 実施例Y7、実施例Y8及び比較例Y3のペプチド合成結果(残基数)と使用したベンジル化合物の溶解性及び疎水性を表Y4にまとめた。本発明のベンジル化合物の一例である化合物(Y2-2)及び化合物(Y3-2)と比較例Y1の直鎖C1837化合物とを比較した場合、有機溶媒へのベンジル化合物の溶解性が高いほどペプチド合成残基数が増大することを確認した。また、化合物(Y2-2)と化合物(Y3-2)とを比較した場合、中程度の疎水性を有している化合物(Y2-2)が最もペプチド合成残基数が増大することを確認した。
[Results of peptide synthesis]
Table Y4 summarizes the peptide synthesis results (number of residues) of Example Y7, Example Y8 and Comparative Example Y3, and the solubility and hydrophobicity of the benzyl compounds used. When comparing the compound (Y2-2) and compound (Y3-2), which are examples of the benzyl compound of the present invention, with the linear C 18 H 37 compound of Comparative Example Y1, the solubility of the benzyl compound in an organic solvent was It was confirmed that the number of peptide synthesis residues increases as the temperature increases. In addition, when comparing compound (Y2-2) and compound (Y3-2), it was confirmed that compound (Y2-2), which has moderate hydrophobicity, increased the number of peptide synthesis residues the most. bottom.
 これらのことから、長鎖のペプチドを製造するためのタグとしては、有機溶媒への溶解性が高く、かつ、疎水性が高すぎず中程度であるものが適しているといえる。かかるタグとして、上記の実施例Y1~Y4に係るベンジル化合物(化合物(Y1-2)、(Y2-2)、(Y3-2)及び(Y4-2))が液相タグ法における長鎖のペプチド合成に有用であり、なかでも特に実施例Y2及びY3に係る化合物(Y2-2)及び(Y3-2)がより有用であり、実施例Y2に係る化合物(Y2-2)がさらに有用であることを確認した。 Based on these facts, it can be said that tags with high solubility in organic solvents and moderate hydrophobicity, not too high, are suitable as tags for producing long-chain peptides. As such a tag, the benzyl compounds (compounds (Y1-2), (Y2-2), (Y3-2) and (Y4-2)) according to Examples Y1 to Y4 above are used as long-chain tags in the liquid phase tagging method. Compounds (Y2-2) and (Y3-2) according to Examples Y2 and Y3 are particularly useful for peptide synthesis, and compound (Y2-2) according to Example Y2 is more useful. Confirmed that there is.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000067
 次に、上述した本発明の実施形態3の実施例を挙げる。以下、下記に示された配列のペプチドを例として合成方法を示すが、本発明はこれらに限定されるものではない。 Next, an example of Embodiment 3 of the present invention described above will be given. The synthesis method will be described below using peptides having the sequences shown below as examples, but the present invention is not limited to these.
 [Fmoc基の脱保護]
 以下に本実施例で用いた脱Fmocスキームを示す。担体化合物として前記Y1B(担体(ZA)とも称する)を用いた場合を例として記載するが、本発明の方法で用いることができる担体化合物は、Y1Bに限定されない。また、各試薬の添加量も、一例を示しているにすぎず、これに限定されるものではない。なお、担体化合物Y1Bは、前記化合物Y2-2と同一である。
[Deprotection of Fmoc group]
The de-Fmoc scheme used in this example is shown below. The case where Y1B (also referred to as carrier (ZA)) is used as the carrier compound is described as an example, but the carrier compound that can be used in the method of the present invention is not limited to Y1B. Also, the amount of each reagent to be added is merely an example, and is not limited to this. The carrier compound Y1B is the same as the compound Y2-2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
 出発原料をMTHP/DMF(8/2)の混合液に18v/wになるよう溶解し、モルホリン(20.0equiv)及びDBU(7.0equiv)を加えて室温で1時間攪拌した。反応溶液を分液ロートに移し、2N塩酸を加えて洗浄、分液をおこない、脱Fmoc体を溶液で得た。
 [環状アミン捕捉剤を用いたペプチド合成法]
The starting material was dissolved in a mixed solution of MTHP/DMF (8/2) so as to be 18 v/w, morpholine (20.0 equiv) and DBU (7.0 equiv) were added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was transferred to a separating funnel, and 2N hydrochloric acid was added to wash and separate the liquids to obtain the de-Fmoc compound as a solution.
[Peptide synthesis method using cyclic amine scavenger]
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
 出発原料であるFmoc-AA-OHをMTHP/DMF(8/2)の混合液に18v/wになるよう溶解し、Fmocアミノ酸(1.3equiv)、EDCI・HCl(1.3equiv)及びOxyma0.0514g(0.1equiv)を加え室温で1時間攪拌した。モルホリン(0.4equiv)を加え室温で30分間攪拌した。モルホリン(20.0equiv)及びDBU(7.0equiv)を加えて室温で1時間攪拌した。反応溶液を分液ロートに移し、20%食塩水(18v/w)×2回を加えて洗浄、分液した。さらに有機層を2M塩酸(18v/w)×3回を加えて洗浄、分液を行い、さらに0.5M炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液(18v/w)で洗浄、分液し、有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、適量のMTHPで洗いこみをおこないながら、ろ過し、アミノ酸縮合物を溶液として得た。 The starting material, Fmoc-AA-OH, was dissolved in a mixture of MTHP/DMF (8/2) to a concentration of 18 v/w, and Fmoc amino acid (1.3 equiv), EDCI.HCl (1.3 equiv) and Oxyma0. 0514 g (0.1 equiv) was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Morpholine (0.4 equiv) was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. Morpholine (20.0 equiv) and DBU (7.0 equiv) were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. The reaction solution was transferred to a separating funnel, and 20% saline (18 v/w) was added twice to wash and separate the solution. Further, the organic layer was washed with 2M hydrochloric acid (18v/w) × 3 times, and separated, and further washed with 0.5M sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution (18v/w), separated, and the organic layer was diluted with an appropriate amount of sulfuric acid. After drying with sodium, it was filtered while washing with an appropriate amount of MTHP to obtain an amino acid condensate as a solution.
 実施例Z1:PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-13)の合成
 実施例Z1-1:HO-Leu-OTag(Z1-1)の合成
 実施例Y7-1と同一の方法で、アミノ酸縮合物(HO-Leu-OTag(Z1-1))を溶液として得た。アミノ酸縮合物(HO-Leu-OTag(Z1-1))は、実施例Y7-1において合成されたアミノ酸縮合物(HO-Leu-OTag(Y2-2))と同一である。
Example Z1: PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu - Synthesis of OTag (Z1-13) Example Z1-1: Synthesis of HO-Leu-OTag (Z1-1) In the same manner as in Example Y7-1, the amino acid condensate (HO-Leu-OTag (Z1- 1)) was obtained as a solution. The amino acid condensate (HO-Leu-OTag(Z1-1)) is the same as the amino acid condensate (HO-Leu-OTag(Y2-2)) synthesized in Example Y7-1.
 実施例Z1-2:HO-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-2)の合成
 実施例Y7-2と同一の方法で、アミノ酸縮合物(HO-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-2))を溶液として得た。アミノ酸縮合物(HO-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-2))は、実施例Y7-2において合成されたアミノ酸縮合物(HO-Leu-OTag(Y2-2))と同一である。
Example Z1-2: Synthesis of HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-2) In the same manner as in Example Y7-2, an amino acid condensate (HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-2)) was prepared in solution. obtained as The amino acid condensate (HO-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-2)) is the same as the amino acid condensate (HO-Leu-OTag (Y2-2)) synthesized in Example Y7-2.
 実施例Z1-3:H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-3)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z1-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-3)を溶液として得た。
Example Z1-3: Synthesis of H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-3) The same procedure as in Example Z1-2 except that Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. After working up, H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-3) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z1-4:H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-4)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Pro-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z1-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-4)を溶液として得た。
Example Z1-4: Synthesis of H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-4) The same procedure as in Example Z1-2 except that Fmoc-Pro-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. was carried out to obtain H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-4) as a solution.
 実施例Z1-5:H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-5)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OHを用い、また、反応溶媒としてMTHP/DMF(8/2)を用いた以外は実施例Z1-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-5)を溶液として得た。
Example Z1-5: Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-5) H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-5 ) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z1-6:H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-6)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OHを用い、また、反応溶媒としてMTHP/DMF(8/2)を用いた以外は実施例Z1-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-6)を溶液として得た。
Example Z1-6: Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-6) In addition, the same operation as in Example Z1-2 was performed except that MTHP/DMF (8/2) was used as the reaction solvent, and H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu) -Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-6) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z1-7:H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-7)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Pro-OHを用い、また、3回目の2M塩酸分液時にアセトンを2mL加えて分液した以外は実施例Z1-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-7)を溶液として得た。
Example Z1-7: Synthesis of H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-7) , In addition, the same operation as in Example Z1-2 was performed except that 2 mL of acetone was added during the third 2M hydrochloric acid separation to separate the liquids, and H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr (tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-7) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z1-8:H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-8)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Lys(Boc)-OHを用い、また、3回目の2M塩酸分液時にアセトンを2mL加えて分液した以外は実施例Z1-8と同様の操作をおこない、H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-8)を溶液として得た。
Example Z1-8: Synthesis of H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-8) The same procedure as in Example Z1-8 was carried out except that Lys(Boc)-OH was used, and 2 mL of acetone was added during the third 2M hydrochloric acid separation to separate the liquids, and H-Lys(Boc)-Pro- Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-8) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z1-9:H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-9)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Asn(Trt)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z1-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-9)を溶液として得た。
Example Z1-9: Synthesis of H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-9) Condensation The same operation as in Example Z1-2 was performed except that Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH was used as the amino acid to be used, and H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf )-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-9) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z1-10:H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-10)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Glu(OtBu)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z1-2と同様の操作を行い、H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-10)を溶液として得た。
Examples Z1-10: H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1- 10) Synthesis H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)- Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-10) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z1-11:H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-11)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z1-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-11)を溶液として得た。
Example Z1-11: H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu Synthesis of -OTag (Z1-11) The same operation as in Example Z1-2 was performed except that Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed, and H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)- Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-11) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z1-12:H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-12)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Leu-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z1-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-12)を溶液として得た。
Examples Z1-12: H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile - Synthesis of Leu-OTag (Z1-12) The same operation as in Example Z1-2 was performed except that Fmoc-Leu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed, and H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu) -Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-12) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z1-13:PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-13)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-PyroGlu-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z1-2と同様の操作をおこない、H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-13)を溶液として得た。
Examples Z1-13: PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile - Synthesis of Leu-OTag (Z1-13) The same operation as in Example Z1-2 was performed except that Fmoc-PyroGlu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed, and H-PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu( OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-13) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z1-14:C末端担体及び側鎖官能基の脱保護
 得られた有機層を減圧下、溶媒を留去し、氷冷下、残渣に80%アセトニトリル水溶液120mLを加えて、得られた沈殿物をろ過、減圧乾燥し、PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z1-13)(1.401g、0.40mmol、収率33.1%)を得た。
ESI-MS:3497.94〔M〕
 この化合物を少量用い、トリフルオロ酢酸(TFA):水:トリイソプロピルシラン(TIS)=95:2.5:2.5の混合溶液加えて、室温で3時間攪拌し、C末端担体及びアミノ酸側鎖の保護基を脱保護して分析したところ、PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr-Glu-Asn-Lys-Pro-Arg-Arg-Pro-Tyr-Ile-Leu-OHのESI-MS:1672.77〔M+H〕を確認した。
Example Z1-14: Deprotection of C-Terminal Carrier and Side Chain Functional Group The solvent was distilled off from the resulting organic layer under reduced pressure, and 120 mL of an 80% aqueous acetonitrile solution was added to the residue under ice-cooling to obtain The precipitate is filtered, dried under reduced pressure, and PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu )-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z1-13) (1.401 g, 0.40 mmol, 33.1% yield).
ESI-MS: 3497.94 [M] +
Using a small amount of this compound, add a mixed solution of trifluoroacetic acid (TFA): water: triisopropylsilane (TIS) = 95: 2.5: 2.5, stir at room temperature for 3 hours, After deprotection of the chain protecting groups, the ESI-MS of PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr-Glu-Asn-Lys-Pro-Arg-Arg-Pro-Tyr-Ile-Leu-OH: 1672.77 [M+H ] + was confirmed.
 実施例Z2:C末端担体Bを用いたPyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-13)の合成
 なお、本実施例Z2で用いたC末端担体Bは以下の化合物(Z7)である。
Example Z2: PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr with C-Terminal Support B Synthesis of (tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-13) The C-terminal carrier B used in Example Z2 is the following compound (Z7).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
 実施例Z2-1:H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-2)の合成
 H-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-1)(1.32mmol)のMTHP溶液14.4mLにDMF3.6mL、Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH0.789g(1.72mmol)、EDCI・HCl0.329g(1.72mmol)及びOxyma0.0563g(0.396mmol)を加え室温で1時間攪拌した。モルホリン45.7μL(0.528mmol)を加え室温で30分間攪拌した。モルホリン2.28mL(26.4mmol)及びDBU1.38mL(9.24mmol)を加えて室温で1時間攪拌した。氷冷下、6M塩酸10.89mLを加えた反応溶液を分液ロートに移し、0.1M塩酸18mLを加え洗浄、分液した。さらに有機層に2M塩酸18mLを加えて洗浄、分液を行い、さらに0.5M炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液18mLで洗浄、分液した。有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、適量のMTHPで洗いこみをおこないながら、ろ過し、アミノ酸縮合物(H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-2))を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-1: Synthesis of H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-2) 6 mL, Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH 0.789 g (1.72 mmol), EDCI.HCl 0.329 g (1.72 mmol) and Oxyma 0.0563 g (0.396 mmol) were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. 45.7 μL (0.528 mmol) of morpholine was added and stirred at room temperature for 30 minutes. 2.28 mL (26.4 mmol) of morpholine and 1.38 mL (9.24 mmol) of DBU were added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour. Under ice-cooling, the reaction solution to which 10.89 mL of 6M hydrochloric acid was added was transferred to a separating funnel, and 18 mL of 0.1M hydrochloric acid was added to wash and separate the layers. Furthermore, 18 mL of 2M hydrochloric acid was added to the organic layer to perform washing and liquid separation, and further washing and liquid separation were performed with 18 mL of 0.5M sodium hydrogencarbonate aqueous solution. After drying the organic layer with an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, it was filtered while washing with an appropriate amount of MTHP to obtain an amino acid condensate (H-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-2)) as a solution. rice field.
 実施例Z2-2:H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-3)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Pro-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z2-1と同様の操作をおこない、H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-3)を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-2: Synthesis of H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-3) The same procedure as in Example Z2-1 except that Fmoc-Pro-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. was carried out to obtain H-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-3) as a solution.
 実施例Z2-3:H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-4)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z2-1と同様の操作をおこない、H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-4)を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-3: Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-4) The procedure was carried out except that Fmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. By performing the same operation as in Example Z2-1, H-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-4) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z2-4:H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-5)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Arg(Pbf)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z2-1と同様の操作をおこない、H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-5)を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-4: Synthesis of H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-5) H-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-5) was obtained as a solution by performing the same operation as in Example Z2-1 except that .
 実施例Z2-5:H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-6)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Pro-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z2-1と同様の操作をおこない、H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-6)を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-5: Synthesis of H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-6) The same operation as in Example Z2-1 was performed except that H-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-6) was obtained as a solution. rice field.
 実施例Z2-6:H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-7)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Lys(Boc)-OHを用い、また、以下の方法で分液した以外は実施例Z2-1と同様の操作をおこなった。反応溶液を分液ロートに移し、20%食塩水18mL×2回を加えて洗浄、分液した。さらに有機層を2M塩酸18mL×3回を加えて洗浄、分液を行い、さらに0.5M炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液18mLで洗浄、分液し、有機層を適量の硫酸ナトリウムで乾燥後、適量のMTHPで洗いこみをおこないながら、ろ過し、アミノ酸縮合物(H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-7))を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-6: Synthesis of H-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-7) The same operation as in Example Z2-1 was performed except that Lys(Boc)-OH was used and liquid separation was performed by the following method. The reaction solution was transferred to a separating funnel, and 18 mL of 20% saline solution was added twice to wash and separate the solution. Further, the organic layer is washed with 18 mL of 2M hydrochloric acid 3 times and separated, further washed with 18 mL of 0.5M sodium hydrogen carbonate aqueous solution, separated, and the organic layer is dried with an appropriate amount of sodium sulfate, and then added with an appropriate amount of MTHP. While washing with, filter, amino acid condensate (H-Lys (Boc)-Pro-Arg (Pbf)-Arg (Pbf)-Pro-Tyr (tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-7) ) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z2-7:H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-8)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Asn(Trt)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z2-1と同様の操作をおこない、H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-8)を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-7: Synthesis of H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-8) Condensation The same operation as in Example Z2-1 was performed except that Fmoc-Asn(Trt)-OH was used as the amino acid to be used, and H-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf )-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-8) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z2-8:H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-9)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Glu(OtBu)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z2-1と同様の操作をおこない、H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-9)を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-8: H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2- 9) Synthesis H-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)- Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-9) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z2-9:H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-10)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z2-6と同様の操作をおこない、H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-10)を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-9: H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu - Synthesis of OTag (Z2-10) The same operation as in Example Z2-6 was performed except that Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed, and H-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)- Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-10) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z2-10:H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-11)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-Leu-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z2-1と同様の操作をおこない、H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-11)を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-10: H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile -Synthesis of Leu-OTag (Z2-11) The same operation as in Example Z2-1 was performed except that Fmoc-Leu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed, and H-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu) -Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-11) was obtained as a solution.
 実施例Z2-11:PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-12)の合成
 縮合するアミノ酸にFmoc-PyroGlu-OHを用いた以外は実施例Z2-1と同様の操作をおこない、PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-12)を溶液として得た。
Example Z2-11: PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile -Synthesis of Leu-OTag (Z2-12) PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu) was prepared in the same manner as in Example Z2-1 except that Fmoc-PyroGlu-OH was used as the amino acid to be condensed. -Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag (Z2-12) was obtained as a solution.
 得られた有機層を減圧下、溶媒を留去し、氷冷下、残渣に80%アセトニトリル水溶液45mLを加えて、得られた沈殿物をろ過、減圧乾燥し、PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr(tBu)-Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-12)(1.4g、0.86mmol、収率54%)を得た。(収率は出発原料である化合物(Z2-1)(1.32mmol)より計算した。)
ESI-MS:3497.94〔M〕
 この化合物を少量用い、トリフルオロ酢酸(TFA):水:トリイソプロピルシラン(TIS)=9.5:2.5:2.5の混合溶液加えて、室温で3時間攪拌し、タグ及びアミノ酸側鎖の保護基を脱保護して分析したところ、PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr-Glu-Asn-Lys-Pro-Arg-Arg-Pro-Tyr-Ile-Leu-OHの生成をESI-MSにより確認した。ESI-MS:1672.77〔M+H〕
Under reduced pressure, the solvent was distilled off from the obtained organic layer, 45 mL of 80% aqueous acetonitrile solution was added to the residue under ice-cooling, the obtained precipitate was filtered, dried under reduced pressure, and PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr (tBu). -Glu(OtBu)-Asn(Trt)-Lys(Boc)-Pro-Arg(Pbf)-Arg(Pbf)-Pro-Tyr(tBu)-Ile-Leu-OTag(Z2-12) (1.4 g, 0.86 mmol, 54% yield). (The yield was calculated from the starting material compound (Z2-1) (1.32 mmol).)
ESI-MS: 3497.94 [M] +
Using a small amount of this compound, a mixed solution of trifluoroacetic acid (TFA): water: triisopropylsilane (TIS) = 9.5: 2.5: 2.5 was added, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 3 hours. ESI-MS confirmed the formation of PyroGlu-Leu-Tyr-Glu-Asn-Lys-Pro-Arg-Arg-Pro-Tyr-Ile-Leu-OH after deprotection and analysis of the chain protecting groups. ESI-MS: 1672.77 [M+H] +
 実施例Z3:各種塩基によるジケトピペラジン生成量の比較
 Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-Leu-OTag(Z3-1)のMTHP/DMF溶液(8:2)に、モルホリン(Z3-2)を5equiv加え室温で2時間攪拌した後、HPLCによる定量分析を行った。ジケトピペラジンの生成量は、ジケトピペラジン生成に伴い同時に生成するTag-OH(Z3-8)の量と等しい。従って、各種化合物の生成率は、Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-Leu-OTag(Z3-1)、H-Tyr(tBu)-Leu-OTag(Fmoc基脱保護体、Z3-7)、及びジケトピペラジン生成により生じる担体化合物(Z3-8)の合計面積のうち、各化合物の面積の割合を計算することにより求めた。
Example Z3: Comparison of amounts of diketopiperazine produced by various bases To an MTHP/DMF solution (8:2) of Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-Leu-OTag (Z3-1), 5 equiv of morpholine (Z3-2) was added. After stirring for 2 hours at room temperature, quantitative analysis by HPLC was performed. The amount of diketopiperazine produced is equal to the amount of Tag-OH (Z3-8) produced simultaneously with the production of diketopiperazine. Therefore, the production rates of various compounds are Fmoc-Tyr(tBu)-Leu-OTag (Z3-1), H-Tyr(tBu)-Leu-OTag (Fmoc deprotected product, Z3-7), and diketo It was obtained by calculating the ratio of the area of each compound to the total area of the carrier compound (Z3-8) generated by piperazine formation.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
 液体クロマトグラフィー(HPLC)条件:
カラム:InertSustainC18(3μm、4.6×125mm)
移動相B:THF、移動相A:0.1%トリフルオロ酢酸水溶液
溶出液:移動相A/移動相B:表Z5に示すグラジエント条件にて測定を実施した。
Liquid chromatography (HPLC) conditions:
Column: Inert Sustain C18 (3 μm, 4.6×125 mm)
Mobile phase B: THF, mobile phase A: 0.1% trifluoroacetic acid aqueous solution Eluate: mobile phase A/mobile phase B: Measurement was carried out under the gradient conditions shown in Table Z5.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000072
流速:1.0mL/min
カラム温度:40℃
検出器:紫外可視分光検出器(λ=220nm)
 比較例Z1
 モルホリン5equivに代えて、ジエチルアミン(Z3-4、特許文献9および非特許文献4に記載)を5equiv加えた以外は、実施例Z3と同様の操作を行い同様の定量分析を行った。
Flow rate: 1.0 mL/min
Column temperature: 40°C
Detector: UV-visible spectroscopic detector (λ=220 nm)
Comparative example Z1
Except for adding 5 equiv of diethylamine (Z3-4, described in Patent Document 9 and Non-Patent Document 4) instead of 5 equiv of morpholine, the same operation as in Example Z3 was performed and the same quantitative analysis was performed.
 比較例Z2
 モルホリン5equivに代えて、N-メチルピペラジン(Z3-5,特許文献2に記載)]を5equiv加えた以外は、実施例Z3と同様の操作を行い同様の定量分析を行った。
Comparative example Z2
Instead of 5 equiv of morpholine, 5 equiv of N-methylpiperazine (Z3-5, described in Patent Document 2)] was added, but the same operation as in Example Z3 was performed and the same quantitative analysis was performed.
 [実験結果]
 表Z2に示すように、モルホリンは特許文献2に記載された化合物(N-メチルピペラジン、Z3-5)等の他の化合物に対してFmoc基の脱保護反応の進行が遅く、結果としてジケトピペラジン生成量が少ないことが判明した。これにより、本発明の環状アミンがペプチド合成における優れた捕捉分子として機能しうることを見出した。
[Experimental result]
As shown in Table Z2, the deprotection reaction of the Fmoc group of morpholine proceeds slower than other compounds such as the compound (N-methylpiperazine, Z3-5) described in Patent Document 2, resulting in diketo It was found that the amount of piperazine produced was small. Accordingly, we have found that the cyclic amines of the present invention can function as excellent trapping molecules in peptide synthesis.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000073
 表Z2に示すように、モルホリンは、ジエチルアミンやN-メチルピペラジンと比して、ジケトピペラジンの生成率を抑制することができた。具体的には、モルホリンを用いた場合における、生成した各種化合物に対するジケトピペラジン生成の割合は、ジエチルアミンを用いた場合の6割程度に抑制され、N-メチルピペラジンを用いた場合の約半分程度まで抑制することができた。このように、副反応の進行が抑制されることを確認した。本発明で用いる環状アミンは塩基性が低いため、意図しないFmoc基の脱保護を抑制できたためと考えられる。

 
As shown in Table Z2, morpholine was able to suppress the production rate of diketopiperazine compared to diethylamine and N-methylpiperazine. Specifically, when morpholine is used, the ratio of diketopiperazine formation to the various compounds produced is suppressed to about 60% when diethylamine is used, and about half when N-methylpiperazine is used. could be suppressed. Thus, it was confirmed that the progress of side reactions was suppressed. This is probably because unintended deprotection of the Fmoc group could be suppressed because the cyclic amine used in the present invention has low basicity.

Claims (23)

  1.  有機溶媒中、N末端がフルオレン骨格を有する保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物と、下記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤と、を接触させて、前記保護基由来のフルベン骨格を有する副生成物と前記捕捉剤とが結合した捕捉体を得る工程と、
     得られた前記捕捉体を前記有機溶媒から分離する工程と、
     を含む、
     ペプチド製造方法:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
     前記式(Z1)において、
     Nは、窒素原子であり、
     Hは、水素原子であり、
     Xは、-CH-、-O-、-S-、又は-(SO)-で表される2価の基であり、
     n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ独立して、H、-OH、-OR(Rはアルキル基である。)、-SH、-SR(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)、-(SO)H、又は-(SO)R(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)で表される1価の基であり、
     R2a又はR2bと、R3a又はR3bと、は互いに結合し、これらが結合している炭素原子と共に環を形成してもよく、
     n、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1又は2であり、
     mは、0又は1の整数である。
    In an organic solvent, an amino group-containing compound protected with a protective group having a fluorene skeleton at the N-terminus is brought into contact with a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1) to obtain a compound having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protective group. obtaining a capturing body in which the by-product and the capturing agent are bound;
    a step of separating the captured body obtained from the organic solvent;
    including,
    Peptide production method:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001
    In the formula (Z1),
    N is a nitrogen atom,
    H is a hydrogen atom,
    X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—;
    n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) A monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as that of -OR above),
    R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded,
    n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2;
    m is an integer of 0 or 1;
  2.  前記N末端が前記保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物と脱保護剤とを接触させる工程をさらに含む、
     請求項1に記載のペプチド製造方法。
    further comprising contacting an amino group-containing compound, the N-terminus of which is protected with the protecting group, with a deprotecting agent;
    The method for producing the peptide according to claim 1.
  3.  前記脱保護剤は、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン(DBU)、1.5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン(DBN)、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン(DABCO)、カリウムtert-ブトキシド、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド、トリエチルアミン、及びトリブチルアミンからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の塩基である、
     請求項2に記載のペプチド製造方法。
    The deprotecting agent is 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene (DBU), 1.5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene (DBN), 1,4- at least one base selected from the group consisting of diazabicyclo[2.2.2]octane (DABCO), potassium tert-butoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, triethylamine, and tributylamine;
    The method for producing the peptide according to claim 2.
  4.  前記捕捉体を分離する工程は、前記有機溶媒に酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄した後、前記有機溶媒を水層と有機層とに分液し、次いで分液された前記水層を分離することを含む、
     請求項1又は2に記載のペプチド製造方法。
    The step of separating the capturing body includes adding an acidic aqueous solution to the organic solvent to wash the organic solvent, separating the organic solvent into an aqueous layer and an organic layer, and then separating the separated aqueous layer. include,
    3. The method for producing the peptide according to claim 1 or 2.
  5.  前記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤は、モルホリン、ピペリジン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、及びチオモルホリンジオキシドからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種である、
     請求項4に記載のペプチド製造方法。
    The scavenger represented by the formula (Z1) is at least one selected from the group consisting of morpholine, piperidine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide.
    The method for producing the peptide according to claim 4.
  6.  前記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤は、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、及びチオモルホリンジオキシドからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種である、
     請求項1又は2に記載のペプチド製造方法。
    The scavenger represented by the formula (Z1) is at least one selected from the group consisting of morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide.
    3. The method for producing the peptide according to claim 1 or 2.
  7.  有機溶媒中、N末端がフルオレン骨格を有する保護基で保護されたアミノ基含有化合物と、下記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤と、を接触させて、前記保護基由来のフルベン骨格を有する副生成物と前記捕捉剤とが結合した捕捉体を得る工程と、
     得られた前記捕捉体を前記有機溶媒から分離する工程と、
     を含む、
     保護基の除去方法:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
     前記式(Z1)において、
     Nは、窒素原子であり、
     Hは、水素原子であり、
     Xは、-CH-、-O-、-S-、又は-(SO)-で表される2価の基であり、
     n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ独立して、H、-OH、-OR(Rはアルキル基である。)、-SH、-SR(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)、-(SO)H、又は-(SO)R(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)で表される1価の基であり、
     R2a又はR2bと、R3a又はR3bと、は互いに結合し、これらが結合している炭素原子と共に環を形成してもよく、
     n、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1又は2であり、
     mは、0又は1の整数である。
    In an organic solvent, an amino group-containing compound protected with a protective group having a fluorene skeleton at the N-terminus is brought into contact with a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1) to obtain a compound having a fulvene skeleton derived from the protective group. obtaining a capturing body in which the by-product and the capturing agent are bound;
    a step of separating the captured body obtained from the organic solvent;
    including,
    Methods for removing protecting groups:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002
    In the formula (Z1),
    N is a nitrogen atom,
    H is a hydrogen atom,
    X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—;
    n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) A monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as that of -OR above),
    R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded,
    n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2;
    m is an integer of 0 or 1;
  8.  下記式(Z1)で表される捕捉剤と、塩基性の脱保護剤と、を含む、フルオレン骨格を有する保護基の除去剤:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
     前記式(Z1)において、
     Nは、窒素原子であり、
     Hは、水素原子であり、
     Xは、-CH-、-O-、-S-、又は-(SO)-で表される2価の基であり、
     n個のR1a、n個のR1b、n個のR2a、n個のR2b、n個のR3a、及びn個のR3bは、それぞれ独立して、H、-OH、-OR(Rはアルキル基である。)、-SH、-SR(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)、-(SO)H、又は-(SO)R(Rは、前記-ORのものと同義である。)で表される1価の基であり、
     R2a又はR2bと、R3a又はR3bと、は互いに結合し、これらが結合している炭素原子と共に環を形成してもよく、
     n、n及びnは、それぞれ独立して、1又は2であり、
     mは、0又は1の整数である。
    A protective group removing agent having a fluorene skeleton, comprising a scavenger represented by the following formula (Z1) and a basic deprotecting agent:
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003
    In the formula (Z1),
    N is a nitrogen atom,
    H is a hydrogen atom,
    X is a divalent group represented by —CH 2 —, —O—, —S—, or —(SO 2 )—;
    n 1 R 1a , n 1 R 1b , n 2 R 2a , n 2 R 2b , n 3 R 3a , and n 3 R 3b are each independently H , —OH, —OR (R is an alkyl group), —SH, —SR (R is as defined for —OR above.), —(SO 2 )H, or —(SO 2 ) A monovalent group represented by R (R is the same as that of -OR above),
    R 2a or R 2b and R 3a or R 3b may be bonded to each other to form a ring together with the carbon atoms to which they are bonded,
    n 1 , n 2 and n 3 are each independently 1 or 2;
    m is an integer of 0 or 1;
  9.  前記捕捉剤は、モルホリン、3-ヒドロキシピペリジン、4-ヒドロキシピペリジン、チオモルホリン、及びチオモルホリンジオキシドからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種である、
     請求項8に記載の除去剤。
    The scavenger is at least one selected from the group consisting of morpholine, 3-hydroxypiperidine, 4-hydroxypiperidine, thiomorpholine, and thiomorpholine dioxide.
    The remover according to claim 8.
  10.  前記脱保護剤は、1,8-ジアザビシクロ[5.4.0]-7-ウンデセン、1.5-ジアザビシクロ[4.3.0]-5-ノネン、1、4-ジアザビシクロ[2.2.2]オクタン、カリウムtert-ブトキシド、ナトリウムtert-ブトキシド、トリエチルアミン、及びトリブチルアミンからなる群より選択される少なくとも1種の塩基である、
     請求項8又は9に記載の除去剤。
    The deprotecting agent includes 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]-7-undecene, 1,5-diazabicyclo[4.3.0]-5-nonene, 1,4-diazabicyclo[2.2. 2] at least one base selected from the group consisting of octane, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium tert-butoxide, triethylamine, and tributylamine;
    The remover according to claim 8 or 9.
  11.  下記式(Y1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    [式中、
     m個のQは、それぞれ酸素原子を表し、
     m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、下記式(YA):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (式中、
     *は、結合位置を示し、
     R1a、R1b、R1c、R1d及びR1eは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基を示し、
     nは、0以上6以下の整数を示し、該nが1以上の場合、該nが付された括弧内に示される繰り返し単位は、アルキレン基であり、
     nは、0以上6以下の整数を示し、該nが1以上の場合、該nが付された括弧内に示される繰り返し単位は、アルキレン基であり、
     但し、R1a、R1b、R1c及びR1dのうち少なくとも2つ以上は水素原子である。)
    で表わされる基であり、
     k個のRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、シクロアルキル基、アルコキシ基、アリール基、アラルキル基、又はハロゲン原子を表し、
     Xは、ヒドロキシル基を表し、
     mは、2又は3の整数を表し、
     kは、0以上(5-m)以下の整数を示し、
     m個の[Q-R]のうち少なくとも1つは、前記Xを含む置換基に対してメタ位に置換されている。]
    で表されるベンジル化合物(Y1)。
    The following formula (Y1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004
    [In the formula,
    m Q's each represent an oxygen atom,
    m R 1 are each independently represented by the following formula (YA):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005
    (In the formula,
    * indicates the binding position,
    R 1a , R 1b , R 1c , R 1d and R 1e each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group,
    n 1 represents an integer of 0 to 6, and when n 1 is 1 or more, the repeating unit shown in parentheses to which n 1 is attached is an alkylene group,
    n 2 represents an integer of 0 or more and 6 or less, and when n 2 is 1 or more, the repeating unit shown in parentheses to which n 2 is attached is an alkylene group,
    However, at least two or more of R 1a , R 1b , R 1c and R 1d are hydrogen atoms. )
    is a group represented by
    k R 2 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, a cycloalkyl group, an alkoxy group, an aryl group, an aralkyl group, or a halogen atom;
    X represents a hydroxyl group,
    m represents an integer of 2 or 3,
    k represents an integer of 0 or more (5-m) or less,
    At least one of m [QR 1 ] is substituted at the meta position with respect to the substituent containing X. ]
    Benzyl compound (Y1) represented by.
  12.  総炭素数が40以上60以下である、
     請求項11に記載のベンジル化合物(Y1)。
    total carbon number is 40 or more and 60 or less,
    12. The benzyl compound (Y1) according to claim 11.
  13.  前記m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、1つの分岐鎖を有する有機基であって、
     下記式(YA’):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (式中、
     *は、結合位置を示し、
     R1fは、炭素数4以上12以下の直鎖状のアルキル基であり、
     R1gは、炭素数6以上14以下の直鎖状のアルキル基である。)で表される基である、
     請求項11に記載のベンジル化合物(Y1)。
    The m R 1s are each independently an organic group having one branched chain,
    The following formula (YA'):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006
    (In the formula,
    * indicates the binding position,
    R 1f is a linear alkyl group having 4 to 12 carbon atoms,
    R 1g is a linear alkyl group having 6 to 14 carbon atoms. ) is a group represented by
    12. The benzyl compound (Y1) according to claim 11.
  14.  前記R1fは、炭素数4以上10以下の直鎖状のアルキル基であり、
     前記R1gは、炭素数6以上12以下の直鎖状のアルキル基である、
     請求項13に記載のベンジル化合物(Y1)。
    The R 1f is a linear alkyl group having 4 to 10 carbon atoms,
    The R 1g is a linear alkyl group having 6 to 12 carbon atoms,
    14. The benzyl compound (Y1) according to claim 13.
  15.  請求項11乃至14のいずれか1項に記載のベンジル化合物を可溶性溶媒に溶解させる溶解工程と、
     次いで、溶解された前記ベンジル化合物と、N末端がN末端保護基により保護されたアミノ酸とを縮合して第1の縮合物を生成する縮合反応工程と、
     次いで、前記第1の縮合物を含む前記可溶性溶媒に第1の塩基を添加し、アミノ酸活性エステルをスカベンジし、さらに前記可溶性溶媒に前記第1の塩基及び第2の塩基を添加し、前記第1の縮合物から前記N末端保護基の脱保護を実施し、該N末端保護基由来の副生成物を前記第1の塩基でスカベンジする工程と、
     次いで、前記スカベンジする工程で捕捉された捕捉体を含む前記可溶性溶媒へ酸性水溶液を加えて洗浄し、水層と有機層とに分液して、前記捕捉体及び不要物を水層へ除去し、前記有機層に、前記第1の縮合物から前記N末端保護基が脱保護された第2の縮合物を得る分液工程と、
     を含む、ペプチドの製造方法。
    A dissolving step of dissolving the benzyl compound according to any one of claims 11 to 14 in a soluble solvent;
    Next, a condensation reaction step of condensing the dissolved benzyl compound and an amino acid whose N-terminus is protected by an N-terminal protecting group to produce a first condensate;
    Then, a first base is added to the soluble solvent containing the first condensate to scavenge the amino acid active ester, the first base and the second base are added to the soluble solvent, and the second base is added to the soluble solvent. deprotecting the N-terminal protecting group from the condensate of 1 and scavenging by-products derived from the N-terminal protecting group with the first base;
    Next, an acidic aqueous solution is added to the soluble solvent containing the captured bodies captured in the scavenging step to wash the solvent, and the aqueous layer and the organic layer are separated to remove the captured bodies and unnecessary substances to the aqueous layer. , a liquid separation step of obtaining a second condensate in which the N-terminal protecting group is deprotected from the first condensate in the organic layer;
    A method for producing a peptide, comprising:
  16.  前記縮合反応工程は、N末端が保護されていないアミノ酸と、C末端が前記ベンジル化合物で保護されたアミノ酸とを含み、残基数がn個のアミノ酸を含んでなる第2nの縮合物に、N末端が保護された第nのアミノ酸を縮合して第(2n+1)の縮合物を生成する工程を含み、
     前記スカベンジする工程は、前記第(2n+1)の縮合物から前記N末端保護基の脱保護を実施する工程を含み、
     前記分液工程は、前記有機層に前記第(2n+1)の縮合物から前記N末端保護基の脱保護された第(2n+2)の縮合物を得る工程を含み、
     前記nは、2以上の自然数である、
     請求項15に記載のペプチドの製造方法。
    In the condensation reaction step, a 2n-th condensate comprising an amino acid whose N-terminus is unprotected and an amino acid whose C-terminus is protected with the benzyl compound, and which has n residues, condensing the n-th N-terminally protected amino acid to form the (2n+1)-th condensate;
    the step of scavenging comprises performing deprotection of the N-terminal protecting group from the (2n+1)th condensate;
    The liquid separation step includes a step of obtaining a (2n+2)th condensate in which the N-terminal protecting group is deprotected from the (2n+1)th condensate in the organic layer,
    The n is a natural number of 2 or more,
    A method for producing the peptide according to claim 15 .
  17.  前記nが5以上である、
     請求項16に記載のペプチドの製造方法。
    wherein said n is 5 or more;
    A method for producing the peptide according to claim 16 .
  18.  前記分液工程は、前記可溶性溶媒にケトン系の分液促進溶媒を加える工程をさらに含む、
     請求項15に記載のペプチドの製造方法。
    The liquid separation step further includes adding a ketone-based liquid separation promoting solvent to the soluble solvent.
    A method for producing the peptide according to claim 15 .
  19.  下記式(X1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    [式中、
     m個のQ及びQは、それぞれ酸素原子であり、
     m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、アルキレン基であり、
     m個のRは、それぞれ独立して、置換基を有してもよいアルキル基、置換基を有してもよいアラルキル基、又は置換基を有してもよいアリール基であり、
     k個のRは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、アルキル基、アルコキシ基、又はハロゲン原子であり、
     Xは、ヒドロキシル基であり、
     mは、2又は3の整数であり、
     kは、0以上(5-m)以下の整数を示す。]
    で表されるベンジル化合物(X1)。
    The following formula (X1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007
    [In the formula,
    m Q 1 and Q 2 are each an oxygen atom,
    m R 1 are each independently an alkylene group,
    m R 2 are each independently an optionally substituted alkyl group, an optionally substituted aralkyl group, or an optionally substituted aryl group,
    k R 3 are each independently a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group, an alkoxy group, or a halogen atom,
    X is a hydroxyl group,
    m is an integer of 2 or 3,
    k represents an integer from 0 to (5-m). ]
    Benzyl compound (X1) represented by.
  20.  前記m個のRは、炭素数2以上16以下のアルキレン基である、
     請求項19に記載のベンジル化合物(X1)。
    The m R 1s are alkylene groups having 2 to 16 carbon atoms,
    The benzyl compound (X1) according to claim 19.
  21.  前記m個のRは、ハロゲン原子を含む置換基を有するアリール基である、
     請求項19又は20に記載のベンジル化合物(X1)。
    The m R 2 is an aryl group having a substituent containing a halogen atom,
    The benzyl compound (X1) according to claim 19 or 20.
  22.  前記m個のRは、炭素数5以上28以下のアルキル基である、
     請求項19又は20に記載のベンジル化合物(X1)。
    The m R 2 are alkyl groups having 5 to 28 carbon atoms,
    The benzyl compound (X1) according to claim 19 or 20.
  23.  前記m個のRは、直鎖状のアルキル基、又は総数が1若しくは2の分岐鎖を有するアルキル基であって、下記式(XA):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (式中、
     *は、結合位置を示し、
     R2a、R2b、R2c、R2d及びR2eは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子又はアルキル基を示し、
     nは、0以上16以下の整数を示し、
     nは、0以上16以下の整数を示す。
     但し、R2a、R2b、R2c及びR2dのうち少なくとも2つ以上は水素原子である。)で表わされる基である、
     請求項22に記載のベンジル化合物(X1)。
    The m R 2 are linear alkyl groups or alkyl groups having a total of 1 or 2 branched chains, and are represented by the following formula (XA):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008
    (In the formula,
    * indicates the binding position,
    R 2a , R 2b , R 2c , R 2d and R 2e each independently represent a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group,
    n 1 represents an integer of 0 or more and 16 or less,
    n2 represents an integer of 0 or more and 16 or less.
    However, at least two or more of R 2a , R 2b , R 2c and R 2d are hydrogen atoms. ) is a group represented by
    23. The benzyl compound (X1) according to claim 22.
PCT/JP2022/042265 2021-12-27 2022-11-14 Peptide production method, protecting group removing method, removing agent, and benzyl compound WO2023127331A1 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022578817A JP7260725B1 (en) 2021-12-27 2022-11-14 Peptide production method, protective group removal method, and removal agent

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2021212933 2021-12-27
JP2021-212933 2021-12-27
JP2022-046249 2022-03-23
JP2022046249 2022-03-23
JP2022113639 2022-07-15
JP2022-113639 2022-07-15

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2023127331A1 true WO2023127331A1 (en) 2023-07-06

Family

ID=86998741

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2022/042265 WO2023127331A1 (en) 2021-12-27 2022-11-14 Peptide production method, protecting group removing method, removing agent, and benzyl compound

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (3) JP7356607B2 (en)
WO (1) WO2023127331A1 (en)

Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2009014177A1 (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-01-29 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Method for selective removal of dibenzofulvene derivative
JP2009040726A (en) * 2007-08-09 2009-02-26 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Soluble porphyrin derivative, and method for preparing the same
JP2009529544A (en) * 2006-03-16 2009-08-20 アエゲラ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Compounds that bind to the BIR domain of IAP
WO2009113511A1 (en) * 2008-03-11 2009-09-17 大日本印刷株式会社 Liquid porphyrin derivative and method for producing the same
JP2010116336A (en) * 2008-11-12 2010-05-27 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Liquid porphyrin derivative
WO2012029794A1 (en) * 2010-08-30 2012-03-08 味の素株式会社 Aromatic compound containing specific branch
JP2014074020A (en) * 2012-09-11 2014-04-24 Jnc Corp Liquid crystalline compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element
CN103936960A (en) * 2014-04-28 2014-07-23 华南理工大学 Polyurethane associated thickener, and preparation method and application thereof
WO2016140232A1 (en) * 2015-03-04 2016-09-09 Jitsubo株式会社 Peptide synthesis method
JP6703668B2 (en) * 2018-04-13 2020-06-03 Jitsubo株式会社 Peptide synthesis method
JP2021501769A (en) * 2017-11-07 2021-01-21 バイエル・アニマル・ヘルス・ゲーエムベーハー How to Synthesize Cyclic Depsipeptide

Patent Citations (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2009529544A (en) * 2006-03-16 2009-08-20 アエゲラ セラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド Compounds that bind to the BIR domain of IAP
WO2009014177A1 (en) * 2007-07-25 2009-01-29 Ajinomoto Co., Inc. Method for selective removal of dibenzofulvene derivative
JP2009040726A (en) * 2007-08-09 2009-02-26 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Soluble porphyrin derivative, and method for preparing the same
WO2009113511A1 (en) * 2008-03-11 2009-09-17 大日本印刷株式会社 Liquid porphyrin derivative and method for producing the same
JP2010116336A (en) * 2008-11-12 2010-05-27 Dainippon Printing Co Ltd Liquid porphyrin derivative
WO2012029794A1 (en) * 2010-08-30 2012-03-08 味の素株式会社 Aromatic compound containing specific branch
JP2014074020A (en) * 2012-09-11 2014-04-24 Jnc Corp Liquid crystalline compound, liquid crystal composition, and liquid crystal display element
CN103936960A (en) * 2014-04-28 2014-07-23 华南理工大学 Polyurethane associated thickener, and preparation method and application thereof
WO2016140232A1 (en) * 2015-03-04 2016-09-09 Jitsubo株式会社 Peptide synthesis method
JP2021501769A (en) * 2017-11-07 2021-01-21 バイエル・アニマル・ヘルス・ゲーエムベーハー How to Synthesize Cyclic Depsipeptide
JP6703668B2 (en) * 2018-04-13 2020-06-03 Jitsubo株式会社 Peptide synthesis method

Non-Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
AN TAE HYUN, LA YUNJU, CHO ARAH, JEONG MOON GON, SHIN TAE JOO, PARK CHIYOUNG, KIM KYOUNG TAEK: "Solution Self-Assembly of Block Copolymers Containing a Branched Hydrophilic Block into Inverse Bicontinuous Cubic Mesophases", ACS NANO, AMERICAN CHEMICAL SOCIETY, US, vol. 9, no. 3, 24 March 2015 (2015-03-24), US , pages 3084 - 3096, XP093076744, ISSN: 1936-0851, DOI: 10.1021/nn507338s *
OKADA YOUHEI, KAZUHIRO CHIBA : "Liquid-phase peptide synthesis using hydrophobic tags and its application ", CHEMISTRY AND BIOLOGY, vol. 56, no. 8, 20 July 2018 (2018-07-20), pages 558 - 565, XP093076742, DOI: 10.1271/kagakutoseibutsu.56.558 *
TAN QIAN, LIAO JUNQIU, CHEN SHENG, ZHU YA, ZHANG HAILIANG: "Mesogen-jacketed liquid crystalline polymers with peripheral oligo(ethylene oxide) chains: phase structure and thermoresponsive behavior", POLYMER CHEMISTRY, ROYAL SOCIETY OF CHEMISTRY, CAMBRIDGE, vol. 5, no. 17, 1 January 2014 (2014-01-01), Cambridge , pages 5147 - 5159, XP093076743, ISSN: 1759-9954, DOI: 10.1039/C4PY00371C *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2023097449A (en) 2023-07-07
JP7356607B2 (en) 2023-10-04
JP2023166447A (en) 2023-11-21
JP7338088B2 (en) 2023-09-04
JP2023097442A (en) 2023-07-07

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11787836B2 (en) Method for synthesizing peptide containing N-substituted amino acid
JP6350632B2 (en) Method for producing peptide
WO2016140232A1 (en) Peptide synthesis method
JP5515738B2 (en) Dibenzofulvene derivative method
JP2024038095A (en) Method for producing peptide and method for treating base
JP2023052381A (en) Method for liquid-phase peptide synthesis and protection strategy therefor
JP7372320B2 (en) Compounds or their salts, their preparation methods and applications
JP2022527041A (en) An improved way to make precanatides
JP7260725B1 (en) Peptide production method, protective group removal method, and removal agent
JP7338088B2 (en) Peptide production method and benzyl compound
JP5119159B2 (en) Method for producing peptide thioester
CA2826877A1 (en) Method for preparing peptides by assembling multiple peptide fragments
WO1992006107A1 (en) Process for purifying synthetic peptide, and linker and linker-combining solid-phase carrier used in said process
CN114805480A (en) Preparation method of octreotide
KR20110060779A (en) Process for the preparation of leuprolide
CN110330552A (en) The synthetic method of acetic acid Ac-D-2Nal-D-4Cpa-D-3Pal-Ser-4Aph(Hor)-D-4Aph(Cbm)-Leu-Lys(iPr)-Pro-D-Ala-NH2
Han et al. Azatides as Peptidomimetics
EP2343309A1 (en) Method for producing a peptide
TW201307379A (en) A process for extraction of peptides and its application in liquid phase peptide synthesis
JP2007084468A (en) Thiol ester compound containing functional atomic group, and method for producing polypeptide containing functional atomic group-zinc finger motifs using the same
CZ486089A3 (en) vasopressin analogs

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2022578817

Country of ref document: JP

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 22915562

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1